Legal Document View

Unlock Advanced Research with PRISMAI

- Know your Kanoon - Doc Gen Hub - Counter Argument - Case Predict AI - Talk with IK Doc - ...
Upgrade to Premium
[Cites 156, Cited by 0]

Supreme Court of India

Property Owners Association vs State Of Maharashtra on 5 November, 2024

                                                                         Reportable
2024 INSC 835


                                IN THE SUPREME COURT OF INDIA
                            CIVIL APPELLATE/ORIGINAL JURISDICTION


                                  Civil Appeal No. 1012 of 2002




             Property Owners Association & Ors.                   …Appellants


                                                     Versus

             State of Maharashtra & Ors.                          …Respondents




                                             With
                                   SLP(C) No. 5777 of 1992
                                             With
                                   SLP(C) No. 5204 of 1992
                                             With
                                   SLP(C) No. 8797 of 1992
                                             With
                                   SLP(C) No. 7950 of 1992
                                             With
                                   SLP(C) No. 4367 of 1992
                                             With
                                    W.P.(C) No. 934 of 1992
                                             With
                                 SLP(C) Nos. 6191-6192 of 1992
                                             With
                                   SLP(C) No. 6744 of 1993
   Signature Not Verified                    With
   Digitally signed by
   SANJAY KUMAR
   Date: 2024.11.05
                                   SLP(C) No. 2303 of 1995
                                             With
   14:18:31 IST
   Reason:



                                   SLP(C) No. 13467 of 1995
                                                                      Page 1 of 193
         With
W.P.(C) No. 660 of 1998
         With
W.P.(C) No. 342 of 1999
         With
W.P.(C) No. 469 of 2000
         With
W.P.(C) No. 672 of 2000
      And With
W.P.(C) No. 66 of 2024




                          Page 2 of 193
                                                   JUDGMENT


Dr Dhananjaya Y Chandrachud, CJI



Table of Contents
A.       Background ..................................................................................................... 6
 i.      Genesis of the Reference ............................................................................... 6
 ii.        The three reference orders ........................................................................ 12
 iii.       Scope of the present reference ................................................................. 18
B.       Issues ............................................................................................................. 21
C.       Article 31C ..................................................................................................... 23
 i.      Brief History of Article 31-C.......................................................................... 23
 ii.        The present dispute concerning Article 31-C and rival contentions ..... 35
 iii.       Precedents concerning invalidation of amendments ............................. 46
 iv.        Analysis and Conclusions concerning Article 31-C................................ 75
D.       Article 39(b).................................................................................................... 84
 i.      Submissions .................................................................................................. 84
       a.   Submissions of the appellants and intervenors ......................................... 84
       b.   Submissions of the Respondents and Intervenors .................................... 89
 ii.      Judicial Discipline: Observations in Sanjeev Coke and Mafatlal ........... 95
       a.  The resurrection of the minority view in Ranganatha Reddy by Sanjeev
       Coke .................................................................................................................. 96
       b.  Sanjeev Coke erred in relying on the observations of the minority in
       Ranganatha Reddy ......................................................................................... 103
       c.  The error has been carried forward in subsequent decisions .................. 110
       d.  The single-line observation in Mafatlal is obiter dicta .............................. 112
 iii. Interpreting Article 39(b) .......................................................................... 123
    a.  Article 39(b) as a pre-requisite to protection under Article 31C ............... 123
    b.  Article 39(b) as a Directive Principle........................................................ 128
 iv. Historical Context: Constituent Assembly Debates .............................. 135
   a. Debates about the purpose of Directive Principles .................................. 135
   b. Debates about the text of Article 39(b) .................................................... 142
   c. Inferences from the discussions in the Constituent Assembly ................. 150
 v.         Interpretation of Article 39(b) that has been doubted ........................... 156

                                                                                                               Page 3 of 193
vi. Correctness of the above interpretation of Article 39(b) ...................... 175
  a. The interpretation is inconsistent with the text of Article 39(b)................. 176
  b. The interpretation amounts to endorsing a particular economic ideology 180
  c. The interpretation is incompatible with the right to property .................... 184
  d. Determining the ‘materiality’ and ‘community element’ of the resource ... 186
  e. The provision may include the ‘vesting’ of private resources in the state 189
E.    Conclusion ................................................................................................ 191




                                                                                                    Page 4 of 193
1. The reference to this Constitution Bench raises significant questions about

       Articles 39(b) and 31-C of the Constitution. Answering the reference has been

       an adventure through the intricacies of constitutional interpretation and the

       annals of constitutional history. However, an interpretation of these provisions

       must involve an understanding of not only their historical context but also the

       social and economic values which guide the present and are likely to guide the

       future. Directive Principles of State Policy 1 such as Article 39(b) and safe

       harbour provisions such as Article 31-C are unique creations of our

       Constitution. Understanding them is a delicate task that involves balancing

       competing yet coexistent values embedded in our Constitution – the recognition

       of the individual rights of all citizens and an aspiration towards a welfare state

       which secures socio-economic justice.


2. Before proceeding, it would be appropriate to briefly refer to the provisions of

       the Constitution which form the heart of the reference and controversy before

       this Court. Article 39(b), a part of the Directive Principles contained in Chapter

       IV of the Constitution, reads as follows:

                             “39. Certain principles of policy to be followed by
                             the State.—The State shall, in particular, direct its
                             policy towards securing—
                             …
                             “(b) that the ownership and control of the material
                             resources of the community are so distributed as best
                             to subserve the common good;”




1
    “Directive Principles”

                                                                                     Page 5 of 193
                                                                                    PART A


3. Article 31C of the Constitution provides certain legislations a safe harbour and

    protects them from being challenged under Articles 14 and 19. The only

    requirement is that the legislation must give effect to “the principles specified in

    clause (b) or clause (c) of Article 39”. In a sense, Article 31C is the ying to the

    yang of Article 39(b), which gives it a unique colour and texture and provides it

    with far-reaching consequences. Once it is established that a particular

    legislation has a nexus with the principles specified in Article 39(b), Article 31C

    provides the legislation with a lifeboat – protecting it from a challenge to its

    constitutionality under Articles 14 and 19 of the Constitution.


4. With this broad context in mind, we first delve into the journey of the reference

    to this Constitution Bench and define the scope of this judgement.



A. Background


    i.    Genesis of the Reference

5. Mumbai is the most populous city in India and one of the most densely

    populated cities in the world. A persistent problem faced by its residents has

    been the large number of old, dilapidated buildings which continue to be

    inhabited despite becoming unsafe due to lack of repairs and reconstruction. It

    is estimated that over sixteen thousand buildings in the city were constructed

    before 1940.2 The antiquity of the buildings in the island city is compounded by

    the geographical location of the city. Situated on the western coastline, the



2
    Maharashtra Housing and Area Development Authority,      Number   of   Cessed   Buildings,
https://www.mhada.gov.in/en/content/m-b-r-r-board-history.

                                                                               Page 6 of 193
                                                                                                 PART A


    saline air of the city contributes to the reduction in the lifespan of its structures.

    The monsoon rains create pressing challenges for the safety of human

    settlements and residential buildings. Every year before the monsoon, the

    Mumbai Building Repair and Reconstruction Board issues a list of dangerous

    buildings deemed unfit for human habitation. It issues eviction notices to the

    people living in such buildings and asks occupants to vacate the buildings to

    avert untoward incidents. Yet, despite these efforts, the city still grapples with

    the recurring tragedy of building collapses, resulting in loss of life and property,

    a reminder of the ongoing struggle to ensure safe and secure housing for its

    residents. 3


6. The erstwhile Bombay was originally a group of seven islands. These islands

    were merged by a series of land reclamation projects to create the present-day

    ‘Island City of Bombay’. By the beginning of the twentieth century, the island

    city emerged as a major textile centre. With the growth of the textile industry,

    there was a significant inflow of workmen from outside of the city. This

    necessitated the construction of additional residential buildings to house the

    workmen and their families. The colonial government leased properties for this

    purpose and a large number of buildings were constructed. During World War

    II, the scarcity of housing accommodation became even more acute and there



3
  See Hindustan Times, 1 dead, four hurt as portion of nearly 100-year-old building collapses in Grant Road,
21 July 2024, https://www.hindustantimes.com/cities/mumbai-news/1-dead-four-hurt-as-portion-of-nearly-
100-year-old-building-collapses-in-grant-road-101721503683871.html; Indian Express, Dongri building
collapse: In 37 years, 894 people died in accidents involving MHADA, 17 July 2019,
https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/mumbai/dongri-building-collapse-in-37-years-894-people-died-in-
accidents-involving-mhada-buildings-5832965/; Indian Express, Mumbai building collapse: Bhendi Bazaar
accident leaves 24 dead, CM Devendra Fadnavis assures strict action, 31 August 2017,
https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/mumbai/mumbai-building-collapse-bhendi-bazaar-accident-death-
toll-rises-to-22-4822665/
                                                                                             Page 7 of 193
                                                                            PART A


   was an unprecedented increase in the rents. To mitigate this, Rent Control

   legislations were introduced.


7. The use of the buildings by more people than they could accommodate resulted

   in a steady deterioration of the structures and the dilapidation of the buildings

   over a period of time. Therefore, the Bombay Housing Board Act 1948 was

   enacted which provided for the setting up of a Housing Board of Bombay to

   execute housing schemes and construct new residential buildings in the island

   city. Although the enactment helped increase the housing stock, it could not

   address the issue of existing buildings, which were collapsing from time to time,

   resulting in loss of life and property. To address the alarming rate of collapses,

   which were resulting in the loss of life and property, and exacerbating the

   existing housing shortage, urgent measures were needed, particularly in light

   of the rapid population growth of the city due to influx from various parts of the

   country. The Bombay Repairs and Reconstruction Board Act 1969 was

   introduced. Under this enactment, the Bombay Building Repairs and

   Reconstruction Board was set up and a cess was introduced to generate funds

   for the repair and reconstruction of dangerous buildings. A part of the cess was

   borne by the owners, while the remaining part was borne by the tenants.

   However, despite these efforts, due to the unprecedented scale of the problem

   and lack of financial resources, the problem persisted.




                                                                         Page 8 of 193
                                                                             PART A


8. Accordingly, the state legislature of Maharashtra enacted the Maharashtra

    Housing and Area Development Act 1976, 4 which received the assent of the

    President on 25 April 1977. The long title stipulates that it is an Act to “unify,

    consolidate and amend the laws relating to housing, repairing and

    reconstructing dangerous buildings and carrying out improvement works in

    slum areas.” Pre-existing laws such as the Bombay Housing Board Act 1948,

    the Madhya Pradesh Housing Board Act 1950, the Bombay Building Repairs

    and Reconstruction Board Act 1969 and the Maharashtra Slum Improvement

    Board Act 1973 were repealed on the enactment of the MHADA Act. 5


9. Chapter VIII of the MHADA Act provides for the repairs and reconstruction of

    dilapidated buildings in ‘Brihan Mumbai’ or the erstwhile ‘Greater Bombay’ 6. A

    cess is levied on the owners which is utilised by the Mumbai Building Repair

    and Reconstruction Board to carry out repairs and reconstruction of such

    buildings. For this purpose, the buildings in Brihan Mumbai are divided into

    three categories. Category A consists of buildings erected before 1 September

    1940, Category B consists of buildings erected between 1 September 1940 and

    31 December 1950 and Category C consists of buildings erected between 1

    January 1951 and 30 September 1969.7


10. On 26 February 1986, the Governor of Maharashtra introduced an Ordinance

    to amend the MHADA Act. 8 Subsequently, an amending Act came into force,



4
  “MHADA Act”
5
  Section 188, MHADA Act.
6
  Section 1(2), MHADA Act.
7
  Section 84, MHADA Act.
8
  Maharashtra Housing and Area Development (Amendment) Ordinance, 1986
                                                                          Page 9 of 193
                                                                                 PART A


    which inserted Chapter VIII-A of the MHADA Act. 9 The chapter deals with the

    ‘acquisition of cessed properties for co-operative societies of occupiers’, and its

    provisions apply to the buildings in Category A, i.e. cessed buildings erected

    before 1 September 1940 in Brihan Mumbai. 10 The provisions of the Chapter

    envisage the acquisition of such properties by the state and their transfer to a

    cooperative society on payment of a hundred times the monthly rent of the

    premises if seventy per cent of the occupiers of the building make an application

    to this effect. 11 Such acquisition may be for the better preservation of the

    buildings; for carrying out structural repairs or for the reconstruction of a new

    building. After the land is transferred to the cooperative society, it must be used

    solely for its original purpose, and there is a restriction on transferring the land

    or building. 12


11. The intention behind inserting Chapter VIII-A has been stated by the legislature

    in the Preamble and the Statement of Objects and Reasons of the Amending

    Act. It is stated that the provisions were introduced to address the urgent need

    for repairs and reconstruction of old, dilapidated buildings in urban areas,

    particularly in ‘Greater Bombay’. These buildings pose a significant danger due

    to their poor condition and risk of collapse. Previous efforts, including levying a

    cess and establishing an authority for structural repairs, failed to achieve the

    desired results due to the scale of the problem and insufficient financial




9
   Maharashtra Housing and Area Development (Second Amendment) Act, 1986 [Mah. XXI of 1986]
(“Amending Act”)
10
   Section 103A, MHADA Act.
11
   Section 103B, MHADA Act.
12
   Section 103C, MHADA Act.
                                                                             Page 10 of 193
                                                                                   PART A


       resources. Thus, a new approach was adopted by introducing Chapter VIII-A,

       involving occupiers in structural repairs or reconstruction by acquiring the old

       buildings and transferring ownership and control to the occupiers. The aim,

       according to the legislature, is to protect the occupiers' shelter, prevent building

       collapses, and promote equitable distribution of ownership and control of

       tenements to subserve the ‘common good’.


12. Significantly, by the same Amending Act, Section 1A was also inserted in the

       MHADA Act containing the following declaration:

                      “1-A. Declaration.—It is hereby declared that this
                      Act is for giving effect to the policy of the State
                      towards securing the principle specified in Clause (b)
                      of Article 39 of the Constitution of India and the
                      execution of the proposals, plans or projects therefor
                      and the acquisition therefor of the lands and
                      buildings and transferring the lands, buildings or
                      tenements therein to the needy persons and the co-
                      operative societies of occupiers of such lands or
                      buildings.”



13. The appellants instituted proceedings under Article 226 of the Constitution

       before the High Court of Judicature at Bombay 13 challenging the

       constitutionality of the provisions of Chapter VIII-A of the MHADA Act. The case

       of the appellants before the High Court was that the provisions of Chapter VIII-

       A are violative of Articles 14 and 19 of the Constitution. It was urged that the

       provisions are arbitrary, deprive property owners of their rights for illusory

       amounts and the classification of the buildings had no rational nexus to their

       object. On the other hand, the respondents submitted that the provisions were



13
     “High Court”
                                                                               Page 11 of 193
                                                                                             PART A


     not discriminatory or unreasonable. Further, the respondents argued that the

     MHADA Act gives effect to the principles laid down in Article 39(b) and in view

     of the immunity granted by Article 31C, the constitutionality of the Act cannot

     be challenged under Articles 14 and 19. 14


14. On 13 December 1991, a Division Bench of the High Court dismissed the writ

     petitions and upheld the constitutionality of the provisions of Chapter VIII-A of

     the MHADA Act. 15 Relying on the decision of this Court in State of

     Maharashtra v Basantibai Khetan16, the High Court held that the provisions

     of Chapter VIII-A are saved by Article 31C as they were enacted to give effect

     to the principles laid down in Article 39(b). In Basantibai Khetan, this Court

     held certain other provisions of the MHADA Act to be protected by Article 31C.

     The High Court held that the same principle applies to Chapter VIII-A as well.

     Further, the High Court also rejected the challenge to the constitutionality of the

     provisions on their merits and held that they do not violate Article 14.


15. Aggrieved by the judgement of the High Court, the appellants instituted Special

     Leave Petitions before this Court. These petitions have culminated in the

     underlying civil appeals.



     ii.    The three reference orders

16. The appeals have travelled through three separate reference orders before

     being placed before this bench of nine judges. The batch of appeals was first


14
   Property Owners' Association v. State of Maharashtra, 1991 SCC OnLine Bom 521, para 10.
15
   Ibid.
16
   (1986) 2 SCC 516; 1986 INSC 40.
                                                                                      Page 12 of 193
                                                                                PART A


     placed before a bench of three judges of this Court. By an order dated 1 May

     1996, 17 the three-Judge Bench recorded the submission of Mr Fali S Nariman,

     the learned counsel appearing for the appellants that Article 31C no longer

     survives in the Constitution after an amendment to the provision was invalidated

     by this Court in Minerva Mills v. Union of India18. It was argued that since

     Article 31C no longer survived, it could not exclude an attack on the

     constitutional validity of the Act on the grounds of Articles 14 and 19.


17. A brief history of Article 31C and the layers of this contention are discussed in

     Part C of this judgement. However, at this stage, to understand the scope of the

     reference, it is sufficient to note that in Kesavananda Bharati v. State of

     Kerala 19, this Court upheld the validity of Article 31C in part. Subsequently,

     Article 31C was amended by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act,

     1976 20 to expand the protection of Article 31-C to laws framed in furtherance of

     any Directive Principle and not only Articles 39(b) and (c). This amendment to

     Article 31C by the forty-second amendment was invalidated by this Court in

     Minerva Mills for being violative of the basic structure of the Constitution.


18. Before the bench of three judges, Mr Nariman inter alia urged that the doctrine

     of revival, as it applies to ordinary statutes does not apply to a constitutional

     amendment. Hence, he urged that when the part of the forty-second

     amendment which amended Article 31C was invalidated, it did not result in the




17
   (1996) 4 SCC 49; 1996 INSC 598 (“three-judge bench order”)
18
   (1980) 3 SCC 625; 1980 INSC 142
19
   (1973) 4 SCC 225; 1973 INSC 91
20
   “Forty-Second Amendment”
                                                                          Page 13 of 193
                                                                                   PART A


      automatic revival of the unamended Article 31C. He argued that the decision in

      Minerva Mills proceeded on a concession that Article 31C remained in force

      and an unexplained assumption that the unamended Article 31-C (to the extent

      that it was upheld in Kesavananda Bharati) stood revived. He argued that the

      question never arose nor was it decided in the case or subsequently in Waman

      Rao v Union of India 21 or Sanjeev Coke Manufacturing Co vs. Bharat

      Coking Coal Ltd.22


19. On the other hand, Mr Ashok Desai appearing for the respondents contended

      that the matter stood concluded by the decisions in Minerva Mills, Waman Rao

      and Sanjeev Coke, wherein revival of the unamended Article 31C was

      undisputed because it was an ‘obvious position of law’ and had held the field

      for a long period of time.


20. The three-judge bench of this Court observed since the decisions in Minerva

      Mills, Waman Rao and Sanjeev Coke were all rendered by a bench of five

      judges and the assumption that Article 31C remains in force was disputed, it

      would be appropriate to refer the matter to a larger bench. The reference was

      made in the following terms:

                       “8. Having heard learned counsel for some time, we
                       have formed the opinion that it would be more
                       appropriate for a Bench of not less than five Judges
                       to consider and decide these questions for an
                       authoritative pronouncement on the same. The
                       decisions in Minerva Mills [(1980) 3 SCC 625],
                       Waman Rao [(1980) 3 SCC 587] and Sanjeev Coke
                       [(1983) 1 SCC 147] are all by a Bench of five Judges.
                       The question in the form it is raised by Shri F.S.


21
     (1980) 3 SCC 587; 1980 INSC 216
22
     (1983) 1 SCC 147; 1982 INSC 93
                                                                               Page 14 of 193
                                                                                   PART A

                         Nariman did not arise for consideration in any of
                         those decisions which were rendered on a certain
                         premise as indicated therein, which assumption is
                         now seriously challenged by Shri F.S. Nariman.
                         Even if it is assumed that Article 145(3) of the
                         Constitution is not attracted, it does appear to us
                         that in order to settle the controversy on this
                         point which is of some significance and to avoid
                         the question being reagitated before another
                         Bench of less than five Judges, the more
                         appropriate course is to refer these matters for
                         being heard and decided by a Bench of not less
                         than five Judges.”

                                                        (emphasis supplied)



21. The underlying appeals were then placed before a bench of five judges of this

      Court. By an Order dated 21 March 2001, 23 the five-judge bench noted the

      contentions which had been raised before the three-judge bench about the

      revival of Article 31-C. Further, it was observed that the counsel were heard by

      the Bench at length on the “various issues” that arose in the case, including the

      interpretation of Article 39(b). The bench went on to express the need to

      reconsider the view taken by this Court in Sanjeev Coke on the interpretation

      of Article 39(b), where this Court relied on a concurring opinion authored by

      Justice Krishna Iyer in State of Karnataka v. Ranganatha Reddy 24, on behalf

      of a minority of judges.


22. Part D of this judgement will explore these decisions and their interpretation of

      Article 39(b) in further detail. At this stage, to understand the scope of the

      reference, it is sufficient to note that in Ranganatha Reddy, the validity of the




23
     (2001) 4 SCC 455 (‘five-judge bench order”)
24
     (1977) 4 SCC 471; 1977 INSC 196.
                                                                               Page 15 of 193
                                                                               PART A


  Karnataka Contract Carriages (Acquisition) Act 1976 was under challenge. The

  majority opinion authored by Justice Untwalia (for himself and three other

  judges) upheld the constitutionality of the legislation on its merits. However,

  Justice Krishna Iyer (for himself and two other judges) authored a concurring

  opinion, where the enactment was upheld on the ground that it had a nexus

  with Article 39(b), which protected the legislation under Article 31C. The

  majority opinion expressly noted that it did not consider it necessary to deal with

  Article 31C or Article 39(b) and must not be construed to agree with the

  observations of Justice Krishna Iyer. Subsequently, in Sanjeev Coke, while

  upholding the validity of the Coking Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act 1972, a

  five-judge Bench of this Court adopted the view taken in the judgement

  authored by Justice Krishna Iyer, on behalf of the minority in Ranganatha

  Reddy.


23. In this backdrop, the Bench of five judges expressed the view that the

  interpretation of Article 39(b) in Sanjeev Coke, requires reconsideration and

  referred the cases to a larger bench, in the following terms:

                 “6. The interpretation put on Article 39(b) by Krishna
                 Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy case [(1977) 4 SCC
                 471 : (1978) 1 SCR 641] was not specifically
                 assented to in the majority decision but in Sanjeev
                 Coke case [(1983) 1 SCC 147 : (1983) 1 SCR 1000]
                 it is the observations in the judgment of Krishna Iyer,
                 J. which have been followed.

                 7. Having heard the counsel at length, we are of the
                 opinion that the views expressed in Sanjeev Coke
                 case [(1983) 1 SCC 147 : (1983) 1 SCR 1000]
                 require reconsideration. Keeping in view the
                 importance of the point in issue, namely, the
                 interpretation of Article 39(b) it will be


                                                                           Page 16 of 193
                                                                                PART A

                     appropriate if these cases are heard by a larger
                     Bench of not less than seven Judges.”

                                                      (emphasis supplied)
24. Finally, the batch of cases was placed before a Bench of seven judges of this

     Court. The learned Solicitor General (at the time) brought the attention of the

     bench to an observation in the majority opinion in Mafatlal Industries Ltd vs.

     Union of India, 25 a decision by a bench of nine judges of this Court. In the

     majority opinion in Mafatlal, Justice Jeevan Reddy (speaking for himself and

     four other judges) observed: “[t]that ‘the material resources of the community

     are not confined to public resources but include all resources, natural and man-

     made, public, and private owned’ is repeatedly affirmed by this Court” and

     referred inter alia to the decisions of this Court in Ranganath Reddy and

     Sanjeev Coke to advance this proposition.


25. In its order dated 19 February 2002, 26 the Bench of seven judges took the view

     that the interpretation of Article 39(b) requires reconsideration by a larger bench

     of nine judges. The bench expressed “some difficulty in sharing the broad view”

     that material resources owned by the community, the phrase employed by

     Article 39(b), includes privately owned resources. It was directed that the case

     be listed before a bench of nine judges after the hearing in IR Coelho vs. State

     of Tamil Nadu 27 is concluded, as there appeared to be similar issues raised.

     The reference was made in the following terms:

                     “5. Having given due consideration, we are of the
                     opinion that this interpretation of Article 39(b)
                     requires to be reconsidered by a Bench of nine


25
   1997 (5) SCC 536; 1996 INSC 1514.
26
   (2013) 7 SCC 522 (“seven-judge bench order”)
27
   (1999) 7 SCC 580; 1999 INSC 394.
                                                                            Page 17 of 193
                                                                               PART A

                  learned Judges: we have some difficulty in
                  sharing the broad view that material resources of
                  the community under Article 39(b) covers what
                  is privately owned.

                  6. Given that there is some similarity in the issues
                  here involved and in I.R. Coelho v. State of
                  T.N. [(1999) 7 SCC 580. Ed. : The nine-judge Bench
                  decision therein is reported as I.R. Coelho v. State
                  of T.N., (2007) 2 SCC 1.] which already stands
                  referred to a larger Bench, preferably of nine learned
                  Judges, we are of the view that these matters should
                  be heard by a Bench of nine learned Judges
                  immediately following the hearing in I.R. Coelho”

                                                  (emphasis supplied)



26. The above seven-Judge Bench order has resulted in the present reference

   before this bench of nine judges.



   iii.   Scope of the present reference

27. During the course of the hearing, the learned Solicitor General appearing on

   behalf of the respondents, submitted that the reference made in the seven-

   judge bench order only pertains to the interpretation of Article 39(b) and not the

   survival of Article 31-C. It was urged that, unlike the three-judge bench order,

   the five-judge bench order and the seven-judge bench order dropped the issue

   concerning Article 31C and only referred the Article 39(b) question to a larger

   bench. Therefore, it was urged that this Court restrict the scope of this

   judgement to the interpretation of Article 39(b) and more specifically, only to the

   question of whether “material resources of the community” include privately

   owned resources.



                                                                           Page 18 of 193
                                                                              PART A


28. On the other hand, the learned counsel for the appellants urged this Court to

   understand the scope of the reference more expansively. They broadly

   submitted that this Court may consider five issues and filed detailed

   submissions on each of these questions. The issues which they raised are:

   firstly, whether the unamended Article 31C survives after the amendment to the

   provision by the forty-second amendment was struck down in Minerva Mills.

   Second, the meaning of Article 39(b) and whether the phrase ‘material

   resources of the community’ includes privately owned resources. Third,

   whether the MHADA Act gives effect to the principles laid down in Article 39(b)

   and is protected by Article 31C. Fourth, in view of the decision in IR Coehlo,

   whether a challenge under Articles 14, 19 and 21 can continue to be mounted

   even if the Act is protected by Article 31C. Finally, the appellants have also filed

   their submissions challenging the constitutionality of specific provisions of

   Chapter VIII-A of the MHADA Act on other grounds.


29. Eventually, during the course of the hearing, the counsel for the appellants fairly

   conceded that the last three issues may be argued before a regular bench after

   the present reference is answered. They urged that this Court, however, must

   determine the question about whether Article 31C survives in the Constitution

   as it was a central theme in the reference orders and also has a bearing on the

   interpretation of Article 39(b). We agree with this understanding.


30. In our considered view, although the seven-judge bench order does not directly

   refer the question regarding the survival of Article 31C to this bench of nine

   judges, it must form a part of our analysis for the following reasons:

                                                                         Page 19 of 193
                                                                         PART A



 i.    The issue about the survival or revival of Article 31C is intrinsically

       connected to the question of interpreting Article 39(b). If this Court

       concludes that Article 31C does not survive as part of the Constitution

       after the decision in Minerva Mills, no protection will be provided to the

       MHADA Act even if it has a nexus with the principles laid down in Article

       39(b). Therefore, logically, in the context of this reference, this Court

       must first decide the question about the survival of Article 31C before

       adjudicating on the interpretation of Article 39(b).

ii.    The question about the survival of 31-C has never been conclusively

       answered by this Court. The question was specifically referred to the

       bench of five judges in the three-judge bench order. However, the five-

       judge bench did not decide the question about the survival of Article 31-

       C and instead referred the case to a larger bench on the question of the

       interpretation of Article 39(b). Similarly, even the seven-judge bench did

       not answer the Article 31-C question and only referred the Article 39(b)

       question to this bench. Therefore, the 31-C question has remained

       unanswered.

iii.   Several judgements of this Court post-Minerva Mills have proceeded

       on the assumption that Article 31C (as upheld in Kesavananda Bharati)

       remains part of the Constitution. However, none of these decisions

       directly deals with the legal question of its survival. These decisions are

       addressed in further detail in Part C below. This Court must provide

       certainty on questions of law that have remained unanswered over


                                                                     Page 20 of 193
                                                                             PART B


            prolonged periods of time, particularly, when the question has a direct

            bearing on the reference before it. In the event that this Court concludes

            that Article 31C is not revived, it will impact numerous legislations that

            have been protected by this provision. Therefore, it is incumbent on this

            Court to decide this significant constitutional question at the earliest

            occasion. A bench of nine judges is best suited to carry out this exercise

            and bring finality to this question of law.



B. Issues


31. In view of the above, the scope of this judgment can be tied down to determining

   two issues:

   a. Article 31C: Whether Article 31C (as upheld in Kesavananda Bharati)

       survives in the Constitution after the amendment to the provision by the

       forty-second amendment was struck down by this Court in Minerva Mills;

       and

   b. Article 39(b): Whether the interpretation of Article 39(b) adopted by Justice

       Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy and followed in Sanjeev Coke must be

       reconsidered. Whether the phrase ‘material resources of the community’ in

       Article 39(b) can be interpreted to include resources that are owned

       privately and not by the state.




                                                                         Page 21 of 193
                                                                            PART B


32. All other issues, including the constitutionality of the MHADA Act, are not being

     determined in the present judgment. Parties are at liberty to raise submissions

     on these issues before the regular bench that will decide the underlying appeal.

33. A Writ Petition challenging inter alia the standard rent provisions of the Bombay

     Rent Hotel and Lodging House Rates Control Act 1947 and the Maharashtra

     Rent Control Act 1999 has also been tagged with the underlying appeals. 28 The

     petitioners contend that the provisions of these legislations contravene the

     decision of this Court in Malpe Vishwanath Acharya vs. State of

     Maharashtra. 29 A determination of the constitutionality of these individual

     enactments does not form part of our analysis in this judgement and may be

     determined by a regular bench after this Court answers the present reference.


34. Further, several intervenors before this Court, including the State of West

     Bengal are parties to a pending batch of appeals before this Court relating to

     the constitutionality of the West Bengal Land Reforms Act 1955 and the

     amendments made to the Act in 1981 and 1986. 30 Akin to the declaration in the

     MHADA Act, the West Bengal Land Reforms Act 1955 also contains a

     declaration that it has been enacted to give effect to the “policy of the State

     towards securing the principle specified in Clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 of

     the Constitution”. By an Order dated 17 July 2014, a three-judge Bench of this

     Court has referred several questions arising from these appeals to a Bench of




28
   Writ Petition No 660 of 1998.
29
   (1998) 2 SCC 1; 1997 INSC 831.
30
   Civil Appeal No. 16879 of 1996.
                                                                        Page 22 of 193
                                                                                                   PART C


    five judges. 31 On 26 February 2016, the five-Judge Bench of this Court so

    constituted directed that these appeals be listed after the disposal of the

    underlying civil appeals in the present case. It is clarified that the intervenors

    have only been heard on the issues that arise from the reference before us.

    This judgement does not deal with the West Bengal Land Reforms Act 1955 or

    any other related enactment. A determination on the questions of law referred

    to the five-judge bench and adjudication of the constitutionality of the West

    Bengal Land Reforms Act 1955 will be carried out by appropriate benches of

    this Court.



C. Article 31C


    i.       Brief History of Article 31-C

35. Article 31-C provides statutes with immunity against constitutional challenges

    for alleged breaches of Articles 14 and 19 provided that the statutes give effect

    to the principles set out in clauses (b) or (c) of Article 39. Article 31-C represents

    a constitutionally sanctioned limitation on the operation of certain Part III rights

    insofar as they give effect to the Directive Principles contained in clauses (b)

    and (c) of Article 39.



31
   Questions referred: “a. Whether Article 300 A, which does not contain a provision like Article 31(2), would
mandate payment of any amount as compensation for depriving of a person of his property under the
authority of law? If yes, then what are the parameters of adjudging the principles for payment of amount or
the amount fixed by the Acquiring Act as illusory?
b. Whether the Constitutional Amendments inserting the amending Acts in the 9th Schedule would be
violative of the Basic Structure of the Constitution and would therefore be open to challenge in the light of
the judgment of this Hon’ble Court in I.R. Coelho (Dead by LRS) Vs. State of Tamil Nadu [(2007) 2 SCC 1]
and therefore be liable to be struck down?
c. Whether the Section 4-D inserted by the 1981 Amendment Act of the West Bengal Land Reforms Act,
1955 which prescribes the offences and penalties with retrospective effect from 07.08.1969 in the face of the
prohibition contained in Article 20(1) of the Constitution of India is valid?”
                                                                                             Page 23 of 193
                                                                                       PART C


36. When inserted into the Constitution in 1971, Article 31-C provided that no law

      giving effect to a State policy securing the principles set out in clauses (b) or (c)

      of Article 39 was void on the ground that it impermissibly abridged the rights

      conferred by Articles 14, 19, or 31. However, Article 31-C has been amended

      by Parliament and interpreted by this Court on several occasions. It is therefore

      necessary to clearly lay out the history of this constitutional provision before

      adverting to the current controversy concerning the provision. Article 31-C was

      inserted into the Constitution by Section 3 of the Constitution (Twenty-Fifth

      Amendment) Act, 1971. At the time of its inclusion in the Constitution, it read as

      follows:


                     “31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain
                     directive principles. – Notwithstanding anything
                     contained in article 13, no law giving effect to the policy
                     of the State towards securing the principles specified in
                     clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39 shall be deemed to
                     be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or
                     takes away or abridges any of the rights conferred by
                     article 14, article 19 or article 31; and no law containing
                     a declaration that it is for giving effect to such policy
                     shall be called in question in any court on the ground
                     that it does not give effect to such policy:

                     Provided that when such law is made by the Legislature
                     of a State, the provisions of this article shall not apply
                     thereto unless such law, having been reserved for the
                     consideration of the President, has received his
                     assent.”



37. Article 31-C, along with Article 31-A, was challenged in Kesavananda Bharati

      v State of Kerala.32 In the decision in that case, a majority comprising of seven

      of the thirteen judges consisting of Justices KK Mathew, AN Ray, DG Palekar,



32
     1973 (4) SCC 225; 1973 INSC 91
                                                                                   Page 24 of 193
                                                                                                 PART C


    HR Khanna, YV Chandrachud, MH Beg, and SN Dwivedi upheld the

    constitutional validity of the first part of Article 31-C which provided immunity

    from challenges under Article 14, Article 19, and Article 31 to laws giving effect

    to the Directive Principles set out in clauses (b) or (c) of Article 39. 33 In the case

    of six of the Judges (Mathew, Ray, Palekar, Chandrachud, Beg, and Dwivedi

    JJ), this flowed from their reasoning that Parliament’s power to amend the

    Constitution was unbounded and courts could not judicially review the validity

    of a constitutional amendment even if it modified the application of fundamental

    rights. Justice Khanna, however, did not subscribe to the view that Parliament’s

    power to amend the Constitution was unlimited. 34 Nonetheless, on an

    independent analysis of Article 31-C, Justice Khanna found that the first part of

    Article 31-C which immunised laws from Article 14, Article 19, and Article 31

    challenges did not violate the basic structure of the Constitution. 35


38. In Kesavananda Bharati, there also arose substantial disagreement

    concerning the second half of Article 31-C which stated that no law containing

    a declaration that the statute gave effect to a policy furthering the principles in

    clause (b) or (c) of Article 39 could be questioned by a court on the ground that

    it did not in fact give effect to such policy. A majority of seven judges consisting

    of Chief Justice SM Sikri, and Justices JM Shelat, AN Grover, KS Hegde, AK

    Mukherjea, P Jaganmohan Reddy, and HR Khanna found that the latter half of




33
   Ibid [1035]-[1040], [1065] (Ray J); [1323], [1331], [1333] (Palekar J); [1518] (Khanna J); [1770]-[1771],
[1787]-[1788] (Mathew J); [1855] (Beg J); [1995] (Dwivedi J); [2118] (Chandrachud J).
34
   Ibid [1537] (Khanna J).
35
   Ibid [1518] (Khanna J).
                                                                                           Page 25 of 193
                                                                                                  PART C


     Article 31-C violated the basic structure and was therefore invalid. 36 Thus, the

     final outcome of the decision in Kesavananda Bharati as concerns Article 31-

     C was that (i) the first half of Article 31-C granting immunity to laws enacted in

     furtherance of clauses (b) or (c) of Article 39 against challenges based on

     Articles 14,19 and 31 was valid; and (ii) the second half of Article 31-C excluding

     judicial review over whether a law in truth furthers the principles set out in

     clauses (b) or (c) of Article 39 was struck down. As Justice HR Khanna

     succinctly recorded in his conclusions:


                    “1537. … (xiii) The first part of Article 31-C introduced by
                    the Constitution (Twenty-fifth) Amendment Act is valid.
                    The said part is as under:

                       “31-C. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article
                       13, no law giving effect to the policy of the State
                       towards securing the principles specified in clause (a)
                       or clause (c) of Article 39 shall be deemed to be void
                       on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or takes away
                       or abridges any of the rights conferred by Article 14,
                       Article 19 or Article 31:

                       Provided that where such law is made by the
                       legislature of a State, the provisions of this article shall
                       not apply there to unless such law, having been
                       reserved for the consideration of the President, has
                       received this assent.”

                    (xiv) The second part of Article 31-C contains the seed of
                    national disintegration and is invalid on the following two
                    grounds:

                       (1) It gives a carte blanche to the legislature to make
                           any law violative of Articles 14, 19 and 31 and
                           make it immune from attack by inserting the
                           requisite declaration. Article 31-C taken along with
                           its second part gives in effect the power to the
                           legislature including a State Legislature, to amend
                           the Constitution in important respects.


36
  Ibid [417]-[429] (Sikri CJ); [599]-[605] (Shelat and Grover JJ); [726]-[735] (Hedge and Mukhrejea); [1203]-
1210] (Reddy J); [1530]-[1535-A] (Khanna J).
                                                                                            Page 26 of 193
                                                                                   PART C

                  (2) The legislature has been made the final authority
                      to decide as to whether the law made by it is for
                      the objects mentioned in Article 31-C. The vice of
                      the second part of Article 31-C lies in the fact that
                      even if the law enacted is not for the object
                      mentioned in Article 31-C, the declaration made
                      by the legislature precludes a party from showing
                      that the law is not for the object and prevents a
                      court from going into the question as to whether
                      the law enacted is really for that object. The
                      exclusion by the legislature, including a State
                      Legislature, of even that limited judicial review
                      strikes at the basic structure of the Constitution.
                      The second part of Article 31-C goes beyond the
                      permissible limit of what constitutes amendment
                      under Article 368.

                      The second part of Article 31-C can be severed
                      from the remaining part of Article 31-C and its
                      invalidity would not affect the validity of the
                      remaining part. I would, therefore, strike down the
                      following words in Article 31-C –

                      “and no law containing a declaration that it is for
                      giving effect to such policy shall be called in
                      question in any court on the ground that it does
                      not give effect to such policy.”


39. In essence, the second half of Article 31-C was severed from the first half and

   struck down. The second half of Article 31-C was thus no longer legally

   enforceable. What follows from the above conclusions is that after the decision

   in Kesavananda Bharati, Article 31-C ought to be read as follows:

               “31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain
               directive principles. – Notwithstanding anything
               contained in article 13, no law giving effect to the policy
               of the State towards securing the principles specified in
               clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39 shall be deemed to
               be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or
               takes away or abridges any of the rights conferred by
               article 14, article 19 or article 31; *[and no law
               containing a declaration that it is for giving effect to such
               policy shall be called in question in any court on the
               ground that it does not give effect to such policy:]



                                                                               Page 27 of 193
                                                                                      PART C

               Provided that when such law is made by the Legislature
               of a State, the provisions of this article shall not apply
               thereto unless such law, having been reserved for the
               consideration of the President, has received his
               assent.”

               *No longer enforceable after Kesavananda Bharati



40. Subsequently, Article 31-C was further amended by the Constitution (Forty-

   second Amendment) Act, 1976 (“Forty-Second Amendment”). By Section 4 of

   this Act, the words “the principles specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article

   39” were replaced with the words “all or any of the principles laid down in Part

   IV.” The effect of the Forty-Second Amendment was that Article 31-C was

   amended as follows:


               “31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain directive
               principles. – Notwithstanding anything contained in article
               13, no law giving effect to the policy of the State towards
               securing *[all or any of the principles laid down in Part IV
               the principles specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article
               39] shall be deemed to be void on the ground that it is
               inconsistent with, or takes away or abridges any of the
               rights conferred by article 14, article 19 or article 31; **[and
               no law containing a declaration that it is for giving effect to
               such policy shall be called in question in any court on the
               ground that it does not give effect to such policy:]

               Provided that when such law is made by the Legislature of
               a State, the provisions of this article shall not apply thereto
               unless such law, having been reserved for the
               consideration of the President, has received his assent.”

               *Substitution effected by the Forty-Second Amendment
               ** No longer enforceable after Kesavananda Bharati



   Shortly thereafter, Article 31-C was once again amended by Section 8 of the

   Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978. This amendment removed

   reference to Article 31 of the Constitution contained in Article 31-C. This was a

                                                                                  Page 28 of 193
                                                                                        PART C


       logical corollary to the omission of Article 31 itself from the Constitution. As

       Article 31 had been removed from the Constitution, it was no longer necessary

       that Article 31-C provide legislation with immunity from Article 31 challenges.

       Thus, after the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, Article 31-C

       read as follows:

                     “31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain directive
                     principles. – Notwithstanding anything contained in
                     article 13, no law giving effect to the policy of the State
                     towards securing *[all or any of the principles laid down
                     in Part IV the principles specified in clause (b) or clause
                     (c) of article 39] shall be deemed to be void on the ground
                     that it is inconsistent with, or takes away or abridges any
                     of the rights conferred by article 14, [or] article 19 **[or
                     article 31]; ***[and no law containing a declaration that it
                     is for giving effect to such policy shall be called in
                     question in any court on the ground that it does not give
                     effect to such policy:]

                     Provided that when such law is made by the Legislature
                     of a State, the provisions of this article shall not apply
                     thereto unless such law, having been reserved for the
                     consideration of the President, has received his assent.”

                     *Substitution effected by the Forty Second Amendment
                     **Omission by Forty Forth Amendment
                     *** No longer enforceable after Kesavananda Bharati



       The amendment to Article 31-C by Section 8 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth

       Amendment) Act, 1978 and its legal effect are not in dispute.


41. The amendment to Article 31-C by Section 4 of the Forty-Second Amendment

      was challenged in Minerva Mills v Union of India. 37 The petitioners had

      challenged the Sick Textile Undertakings (Nationalisation) Act, 1974, and the

      order dated 19 October 1971 nationalising their business. However, at the time



37
     1980 (3) SCC 625; 1980 INSC 142.
                                                                                    Page 29 of 193
                                                                              PART C


      of the challenge, the impugned legislation had already been inserted into the

      Ninth Schedule of the Constitution. Thus, to secure the ultimate relief of

      reversing the nationalisation, the petitioners in Minerva Mills also challenged

      the thirty-ninth amendment to the Constitution which had inserted the impugned

      legislation into the Ninth Schedule of the Constitution and Section 55 of the

      Forty-Second Amendment which modified Article 368 to exclude constitutional

      amendments from judicial review. As part of this broader challenge, the

      petitioners in Minerva Mills also separately challenged Section 4 of the Forty-

      Second Amendment on the ground that the amendment to Article 31-C violated

      the basic structure of the Constitution. Parallel to the Constitution Bench

      proceedings in Minerva Mills, a separate Constitution Bench heard the

      challenge to the Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) Act, 1961

      in Waman Rao v Union of India.38 Although Chief Justice YV Chandrachud

      and Justice PN Bhagwati sat on both Constitution Benches (and indeed Justice

      Bhagwati authored a common opinion for both cases), the remaining three

      judges on both Constitution Benches were different and the two cases dealt

      with separate issues. In Waman Rao, the petitioners sought to assail the

      unamended portion of Article 31-C. We shall advert to the decision in Waman

      Rao shortly, but at present, it is sufficient to note that in Minerva Mills, the

      Constitution Bench decided the validity of the changes wrought to Article 31-C

      by the Forty-Second Amendment while in Waman Rao, the Constitution Bench

      dealt with arguments concerning the validity of Article 31-C as it stood prior to




38
     1981 (2) SCC 362;
                                                                          Page 30 of 193
                                                                              PART C


the Forty-Second Amendment. This is clarified by the observation of Chief

Justice YV Chandrachud, speaking for the majority in Minerva Mills, where he

noted:


           “24. … Mr. Palkhivala did not challenge the validity of
           the unamended Article 31-C, and indeed that could not
           be done. The unamended Article 31-C forms the
           subject-matter of a separate proceeding and we have
           indicated therein that it is constitutionally valid – to the
           extent to which it is upheld in Kesavananda Bharati.”


The separate proceedings that the learned Chief Justice was adverting to were

those in Waman Rao. It is also worth referring to the opinion of Justice PN

Bhagwati (as he then was) in the decision of Minerva Mills. Justice Bhagwati

authored a common judgment for both the decisions in Minerva Mills and

Waman Rao. In his common judgment he stated:

            “84. Now, in Wamanrao case the broad argument of Mr
           Phadke on behalf of the petitioners […] that the
           fundamental rights enshrined in Articles 14 and 19 form
           the basic structure of the Constitution and therefore
           Article 31-A, Article 31-B read with Ninth Schedule and
           the unamended Article 31-C insofar as they exclude
           the applicability of Articles 14 and 19 to certain
           kinds of legislation emasculate those fundamental
           rights and thereby damage the basic structure of the
           Constitution…
           […]
           The argument of Mr. Palkhivala on behalf of the
           petitioners in the Minerva Mills case was a little
           different. He too attacked the vires of clause (4) and 5)
           of Article 368 since they barred at the threshold any
           challenge against the constitutional validity of the
           amendment made in Article 31-C but so far as Article
           31-A, Article 31-B and the unamended Article 31-C
           were concerned, he did not dispute their validity and, as
           pointed out by us earlier, he conceded and in fact gave
           cogent reasons showing that they were constitutionally
           valid. His only attack was against the validity of the
           amendment made in Article 31-C by Section 4 of the
           Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976
           and he contended that this amendment, by making the
                                                                          Page 31 of 193
                                                                                         PART C

                      directive principles supreme over the fundamental
                      rights, damaged or destroyed the basic structure of the
                      Constitution….”
                                                        (emphasis supplied)


       The opinion of Justice PN Bhagwati clearly delineates the scope of the

       contentions, and consequently the decisions in Minerva Mills and Waman

       Rao. In the former case, the amendment to Article 31-C, which expanded the

       scope of immunity provided to legislation, was challenged. In the latter case,

       the petitioners sought to challenge the unamended Article 31-C that had

       already been partly upheld and partly invalidated in Kesavananda Bharati.


42. The Constitution Bench of five judges of this Court in Minerva Mills invalidated

      Section 4 of the Forty-Second Amendment. 39 Chief Justice YV Chandrachud,

      speaking for the majority held:


                       “58. … On any reasonable interpretation, there can be
                      no doubt that by the amendment introduced by Section
                      4 of the 42nd Amendment, Articles 14 and 19 stand
                      abrogated at least in regard to the category of laws
                      described in Article 31-C. The startling consequence
                      which the amendment has produced is that even if a law
                      is in total defiance of the mandate of Article 13 read with
                      Articles 14 and 19, its validity will not be open to
                      question so long as its object is to secure a directive
                      principle of State policy. […] A large majority of laws, the
                      bulk of them, can at any rate be easily justified as
                      having been passed for the purpose of giving effect to
                      the policy of that State towards securing some principle
                      or the other laid down in Part IV. In respect of such laws,
                      which will cover an extensive gamut of the relevant
                      legislative activity, the protection of Articles 14 and 19
                      will stand wholly withdrawn…”




39
     Minerva Mills [75] (Chandrachud CJ).
                                                                                     Page 32 of 193
                                                                                    PART C


   Chief Justice YV Chandrachud noted that the amendment to Article 31-C

   provided immunity to a sweeping range of legislation and the threshold for

   availing of such immunity was remarkably low. This severely undermined the

   protections granted to citizens by Articles 14 and 19. This reasoning led the

   majority in Minerva Mills to conclude that:

               “75.…Section 4 of the Constitution (Forty-second
               Amendment) Act is beyond the amending power of the
               Parliament and is void since it damages the basic or
               essential features of the Constitution and destroys its
               basic structure to the total exclusion of challenge to any
               law on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or takes
               away or abridges any of the rights conferred by Article
               14 or Article 19 of the Constitution, if the law is for giving
               effect to the policy of the State towards securing all or
               any of the principles laid down in Part IV of the
               Constitution.”


   Before examining the legal effect of the Minerva Mills decision on Article 31-

   C, we may briefly advert to the decision in Waman Rao which was delivered

   four months after the decision in Minerva Mills. As noted above, the

   Constitution Bench in Waman Rao was faced with arguments that the

   unamended Article 31-C was also unconstitutional.


43. The petitioners in Waman Rao challenged the Maharashtra Lands (Ceiling on

   Holdings) Act, 1961 which had been placed in the Ninth Schedule of the

   Constitution. The respondents relied on Articles 31A, 31B, and 31C to contend

   that the impugned legislation was immunised from constitutional challenges

   grounded in Articles 14 and 19. In response to this defence, the petitioners

   contended that the aforementioned constitutional provisions were themselves

   unconstitutional and assailed the constitutional amendments which inserted

   them into the Constitution. In doing so, the petitioners challenged Article 31-C
                                                                                Page 33 of 193
                                                                               PART C


(as it stood prior to the Forty-Second Amendment). To obviate the precedent in

Kesavananda Bharati, where the vires of Article 31-C had already been

disputed and arguably settled, the petitioners in Waman Rao contended that

no clear holding concerning Article 31-C was discernible from the numerous

opinions in Kesavananda Bharati. The Constitution Bench in Waman Rao

rejected this contention. Chief Justice YV Chandrachud, speaking for the

majority, held:


              “53. Shri M.N. Phadke, who led the argument on behalf
             of the petitioners, built a formidable attack against the
             vires of Article 31-C. But, with respect to the learned
             counsel, the effort is fruitless because the question as
             regards the validity of Article 31-C is no longer res
             integra. The opening clause of Article 31-C was upheld
             by the majority in Kesavananda Bharati and we do not
             quite see how the petitioners can be permitted to go
             behind this decision. […] It is well known that six learned
             Judges who were in minority in Kesavananda Bharati
             upheld the first part of Article 31-C, which was a logical
             and inevitable consequence of Parliament’s power to
             amend the Constitution. Khanna, J. did not subscribe to
             that view but, all the same, he upheld the first part of
             Article 31-C for different reasons. The question of the
             validity of the Twenty-fifth Amendment by which the
             unamended Article 31-C was introduced into the
             Constitution was specifically raised before the court and
             the arguments in that behalf were specifically
             considered by all the six minority Judges and by
             Khanna, J. It seems to us difficult, in these
             circumstances, to hold that no common ratio can be
             culled from the decision of the majority of the seven
             judges who upheld the validity of Article 31-C. Putting it
             simply, there is no reason why simple matters should be
             made complicated, the ratio of the majority judgements
             in Kesavananda Bharati is that the first part of Article
             31-C is valid.”


The majority of the Constitution Bench in Waman Rao ultimately held that:

              “68. … (3) Article 31-C of the Constitution, as it stood
             prior to its amendment by Section 4 of the Constitution
             (42nd Amendment) Act, 1976, is valid to the extent to
                                                                           Page 34 of 193
                                                                                   PART C

                which its constitutionality was upheld in Kesavananda
                Bharati. Article 31-C, as it stood prior to the Constitution
                (42nd Amendment) Act does not damage any of the
                basic or essential features of the Constitution or its
                basic structure….”


   The decision in Waman Rao upheld the validity of Article 31-C (as it stood prior

   to the Forty-Second Amendment) insofar as it had already been upheld in

   Kesavananda Bharati.


44. To sum up, the decision in Kesavananda Bharati upheld the first half of Article

   31-C to the extent that it provided immunity to statutes from Article 14 and Article

   19 challenges if they gave effect to the principles in clause (b) or clause (c) of

   Article 39. The decision in Kesavananda Bharati also struck down the second

   half of Article 31-C which prevented judicial review of whether a law in fact gave

   effect to these principles. The decision in Minerva Mills invalidated Section 4

   of the Forty-Second Amendment which expanded the scope of the immunity

   provided by Article 31-C from laws giving effect to the principles in clause (b) or

   clause (c) of Article 39 to laws giving effect to any Directive Principle. The

   decision in Waman Rao, which concerned Article 31-C prior to the Forty-

   Second Amendment, reiterated the position set out in Kesavananda Bharati,

   that the first half of the unamended Article 31-C was constitutionally valid and

   the second half was not.


   ii.    The present dispute concerning Article 31-C and rival contentions

45. It is here that the present controversy concerning Article 31-C arises. Both the

   appellants and the respondents before us accept that after the decision in

   Minerva Mills, the words “all or any of the principles laid down in Part IV” in
                                                                               Page 35 of 193
                                                                                  PART C


Article 31-C are legally unenforceable. But this is where the agreement ends.

In the respondents’ view, the consequence of Minerva Mills invalidating these

words is that the words that existed in Article 31-C prior to the Forty-Second

Amendment stand revived. In other words, as the Forty-Second Amendment

has been struck down by the Court, Article 31-C will now read as it did after the

decision in Kesavananda Bharati but prior to the Forty-Second Amendment.

The Respondents submit that after Minerva Mills, Article 31-C should be read

as follows:


              “31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain
              directive principles. – Notwithstanding anything
              contained in article 13, no law giving effect to the policy
              of the State towards securing [all or any of the principles
              laid down in Part IV] the principles specified in clause
              (b) or clause (c) of article 39 shall be deemed to be void
              on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or takes away
              or abridges any of the rights conferred by article 14,
              article 19 or article 31; and no law containing a
              declaration that it is for giving effect to such policy shall
              be called in question in any court on the ground that it
              does not give effect to such policy:”


In contrast to this, the appellants submit that since the words “the principles

specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of Article 39” were omitted by the Forty-

Second Amendment and substituted with different words, the invalidation of the

substituted words by the Minerva Mills decision cannot revive words

specifically omitted by Parliament. Thus, in the view of the appellants, Article

31-C reads as follows:

              “31C. Saving of laws giving effect to certain
              directive principles. – Notwithstanding anything
              contained in article 13, no law giving effect to the policy
              of the State towards securing [all or any of the principles
              laid down in Part IV] the principles specified in clause
              (b) or clause (c) of article 39 shall be deemed to be void

                                                                              Page 36 of 193
                                                                                   PART C

               on the ground that it is inconsistent with, or takes away
               or abridges any of the rights conferred by article 14,
               article 19 or article 31; and no law containing a
               declaration that it is for giving effect to such policy shall
               be called in question in any court on the ground that it
               does not give effect to such policy:”


   The appellants acknowledge that such an interpretation would effectively

   render the protection granted to legislation by Article 31-C nugatory. However,

   this is not an inadvertent consequence of the appellants’ argument but rather

   a central plank. It is their case that after the decision in Minerva Mills, Article

   31-C may no longer be relied on to immunise legislation, even if such legislation

   can be justified as giving effect to the principles specified in clause (b) or clause

   (c) of Article 39. Thus, the tests of Articles 14 and 19 would be unequivocally

   applicable even to such legislations. The contentions and interpretation

   advanced by the appellants have significant ramifications not only for the

   legislations impugned in the underlying appeals before us but also for

   countless others whose constitutional validity is dependent on the immunity

   provided by Article 31-C.


46. At its core, the present dispute concerns whether the text of Article 31-C as it

   stood prior to the Forty-Second Amendment can continue to be given legal

   effect after the Court in Minerva Mills invalidated Section 4 of the Forty-Second

   Amendment. The appellants contended that the unamended Article 31-C (as it

   stood prior to the Forty-Second Amendment) does not automatically revive after

   the decision in Minerva Mills. Mr Zal Andhyarujina, learned senior counsel and

   Mr Sameer Parekh, learned counsel represented the appellants. Their position



                                                                               Page 37 of 193
                                                                              PART C


   was supported by Ms Uttara Babbar, learned senior counsel for one of the

   intervenors. The argument may be briefly summarised as follows:


        (i)    The act of substitution by the Forty-Second Amendment consists of

               two steps, first the old provision is erased and next, the new

               provision is inserted. After the new provision is inserted, the old text

               ceases to exist and cannot be given legal effect. This was

               described as the “pen and ink” theory. Thus, even if Minerva Mills

               invalidated the amended text, the judgement’s effect was only to

               stop the inserted text from being enforced and a judicial order

               cannot reverse the first step of erasure. Only a legislature can

               modify words in a statute. As a result, after Minerva Mills, the

               words erased by the Forty-Second Amendment do not revive and

               the unamended Article 31-C cannot be given effect to.


        (ii)   Further, when a court declares a law to be unconstitutional, this

               declaration does not repeal the law from the statute books, it merely

               renders it legally unenforceable. Only the legislature can add or

               repeal the text from the statute books. Thus, the decision in

               Minerva Mills only renders the amended text of Article 31-C

               unenforceable and cannot repeal the Forty-Second Amendment in

               totality or reinstate the unamended Article 31-C.


47. Mr R Venkatramani, learned Attorney General for India and Mr Tushar Mehta,

   learned Solicitor General of India, representing the respondents, countered the

   above understanding. Their position was supported by Mr Rakesh Dwivedi and
                                                                         Page 38 of 193
                                                                          PART C


Mr Gopal Sankarnarayan, learned senior counsel appearing for the intervenors.

Their arguments may be briefly summarised as follows:

     (i)     When an amendment is set aside, the entire legal effect of the

             amendment is invalidated and thus the text preceding the

             amendment will be restored. There are no distinct steps of erasure

             and insertion. All the stages of the Forty-Second Amendment

             stand cumulatively negated by the decision in Minerva Mills;


     (ii)    When exercising basic structure scrutiny, this Court grounds its

             reasoning in the relationship between the unamended provision

             and the amended provision and the impact the amendment has

             on the Constitution. If the Court finds an amendment

             impermissible and invalidates it, the position as it stood prior to

             the amendment must stand revived for the basic structure theory

             to have effect. If the invalidation of an amendment by the Court

             led to some third result, where the insertion was invalidated but

             the erased text did not revive, this would not result in a return to

             the unamended Constitution but some third uncontemplated

             result which may itself violate the basic structure. Thus, the revival

             of the unamended constitutional provision is the approach

             consistent with the theoretical foundation of basic structure

             review;




                                                                     Page 39 of 193
                                                                                   PART C


             (iii)    The decision of a Constitution Bench of this Court in Supreme

                      Court Advocates-On-Record Association v Union of India 40

                      squarely covers the present scenario and holds that when a

                      constitutional amendment is struck down, the position that existed

                      prior to the amendment stands revived;


             (iv)     This Court in the decisions in Maharao Sahib Shri Bhim Singhji

                      v Union of India, 41 Sanjeev Coke and Basantibal Khetan has

                      repeatedly held that Article 31-C as it stood prior to the Forty-

                      Second Amendment is operative; and


             (v)      If the words struck down by Minerva Mills relating to clauses (b)

                      and (c) of Article 39 were omitted by judicial fiat from Article 31-C,

                      the entire provision would be unworkable despite this precise text

                      of Article 31-C having been upheld by thirteen judges in

                      Kesavananda Bharati and the constitutional validity of the

                      provision having been reaffirmed in Waman Rao.


       Before delving further into our analysis, we may briefly advert to the decisions

       relied on by the Respondents where this Court has applied Article 31-C after

       the decision in Minerva Mills. If these decisions provide a cogent answer as

       to the status of Article 31-C after Minerva Mills, our inquiry need not go any

       further.




40
     2016 (5) SCC 1; 2015 INSC 285.
41
     1981 (1) SCC 166; 1980 INSC 219.
                                                                              Page 40 of 193
                                                                                                  PART C


48. In Bhim Singh, a Constitution Bench of this Court upheld the Urban Land

       (Ceiling and Regulation) Act, 1976 on the ground that the Act gave effect to the

       Directive Principles in clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 of the Constitution. The

       impugned legislation in Bhim Singh sought to inhibit the concentration in

       ownership of urban land and was inter alia challenged on the ground that it was

       not in furtherance of clause (b) or (c) of Article 39 and thus not protected under

       Article 31-C. Rejecting this submission, Chief Justice YV Chandrachud,

       speaking for himself and Justice PN Bhagwati held:


                      “1. We have perused the judgement prepared by
                      Brother Tulzapurkar with care but, with respect, we are
                      unable to agree with him that the Urban Land (Ceiling
                      and Regulation) Act, 33 of 1976, does not further the
                      Directive Principles of State Policy in clauses (b) and (c)
                      of Article 39 of the Constitution. The vice from which a
                      provision here or a provision there of the impugned Act
                      may be shown to suffer will not justify the conclusion
                      that the Act is not intended to or does not, by its
                      scheme, in fact implement or achieve the purpose of
                      clause (b) and (c) of Article 39.” 42


       Justice Krishna Iyer, concurring with Chief Justice Chandrachud and Justice

       Bhagwati and thus forming a majority in Bhim Singh, held:

                      “16-A. … The purpose of the enactment, garnered from
                      the preamble, is to set a ceiling on vacant urban land,
                      to take over the excess and to distribute it on a certain
                      basis of priority. The whole story of the legislation, the
                      long gestation of pre-legislative consideration, the
                      brooding presence of Article 39(b) and (c) and the
                      emphasis in Section 23(4) on common good as the
                      guiding factor for distribution point to public purpose,
                      national development and social justice as the
                      cornerstone of the policy of distribution…”43




42
     Maharao Sahib Shri Bhim Singhji v Union of India 1981 (1) SCC 166 [1] (Chandrachud CJ).
43
     Maharao Sahib Shri Bhim Singhji v Union of India 1981 (1) SCC 166 [16-A] (Krishna Iyer J).
                                                                                            Page 41 of 193
                                                                            PART C


   The decision in Bhim Singh was delivered after that in Minerva Mills. The

   majority opinions in Bhim Singh proceeded on the basis that the text of Article

   31-C stood as it had prior to the Forty-Second Amendment to the Constitution.

   In other words, the judges began their analysis with the presumption that the

   Union could rely on Article 31-C and that the appropriate test under Article 31-

   C was whether the legislation in question furthered the principles set out in

   clauses (b) or (c) of Article 39. If the Court had adopted the present appellants’

   interpretation of Article 31-C, they could not have proceeded on this basis

   because according to the appellants, references to clauses (b) or (c) of Article

   39 are deemed to be omitted from Article 31-C after the Forty-Second

   Amendment and Minerva Mills. While the decision in Bhim Singh would fortify

   the position of the present respondents, the judgment does not provide any

   rationale as to how and why the text of the unamended Article 31-C stood

   revived.


49. In Sanjeev Coke, a challenge was brought to various legislations including the

   Coking Coal Mines (Emergency Provisions) Act, 1971 which vested the

   management of coking coal mines and coke oven plants with the State, the

   Coking Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 which resulted in the

   nationalisation of certain coking coal mines, the Coal Mines (Taking Over of

   Management) Act, 1973 and finally the Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973

   which together resulted in nationalisation of all coal mines irrespective of

   whether they were a coking coal mine or not. The petitioners in Sanjeev Coke

   argued that the State had discriminated between certain coke oven plants and

   their coke oven plants. In response, the Union Government contended that the
                                                                       Page 42 of 193
                                                                                           PART C


      legislations were immunised against an Article 14 challenge as they were

      protected by Article 31-C. The majority opinion in Sanjeev Coke raised certain

      concerns regarding the reasoning in Minerva Mills but observed that as a

      review petition against Minerva Mills was pending before the Court, it was not

      appropriate to examine this issue further. 44 Nonetheless, in the ultimate

      analysis of the petitioners’ arguments, Justice Chinnappa Reddy speaking for

      the Constitution Bench in Sanjeev Coke, held:

                     “17. We are firmly of the opinion that once Article 31-C
                     comes in Article 14 goes out. There is no scope for bringing
                     in Article 14 by a side wind as it were, that is, by equating
                     the rule of equality before the law of Article 14 with the
                     broad egalitarianism of Article 39(b) or by treating the
                     principle of Article 14 as included in the principle of Article
                     39(b).To insist on nexus between the law for which
                     protection is claimed and the principle of Article 39(b) is not
                     to insist on fulfilment of the requirement of Article 14. They
                     are different concepts and in certain circumstances, may
                     even run counter to each other. That is why the need for
                     the immunity afforded by Article 31-C. Indeed there are
                     bound to be innumerable cases where the narrower
                     concept of equality before the law may frustrate the
                     broader egalitarianism contemplated by Article 39(b)….”

                     “18. The next question for consideration is whether the
                     Coking Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act is a law directing
                     the policy of the State towards securing “that the ownership
                     and control of the material resources of the community are
                     so distributed as best to subserve the common good”…”



       As in the decision in Bhim Singh, the above paragraphs evince that the

       Constitution Bench in Sanjeev Coke proceeded on the basis that Article 31-C

       was operative and that it ought to be interpreted as it stood prior to the Forty-

       Second Amendment. The Court noted that once an Article 31-C defence is




44
     Sanjeev Coke [10]-[13] (Chinnappa Reddy J).
                                                                                       Page 43 of 193
                                                                                  PART C


    claimed, Article 14 cannot be resorted to if there is a nexus between the law

    and the aims set out in clause (b) and clause (c) of Article 39. The explicit

    references to Articles 31-C and 39(b) demonstrate that the Court proceeded

    on the basis that the protection afforded to legislations by Article 31-C

    continued to operate after Minerva Mills. However, as with Bhim Singh, the

    decision in Sanjeev Coke offers no explanation as to the exact legal

    mechanics which lead to the continued legal operation of the unamended

    Article 31-C. Thus, these decisions leave unaddressed the contentions raised

    by the present appellants.


50. It is also pertinent to refer to the approach of the two-judge Bench of this Court

   in Basantibal Khetan. In that case, Special Leave Petitions were filed against

   the judgement of the High Court of Judicature at Bombay invalidating certain

   provisions of the MHADA Act which permitted the acquisition of private property.

   It was contended that the provisions of the legislation which set out the basis

   for determining compensation were violative of Articles 14 and 19 of the

   Constitution. In invalidating these provisions, the High Court held that the

   impugned provisions were not protected by Article 31-C of the Constitution and

   were violative of Article 14. However, when the matter was heard by a Division

   Bench of this Court, Justice ES Venkataramiah (as the learned Chief justice

   then was) held that the law would be entitled to immunity under Article 31-C.

   The learned judge observed:


                “13. Even granting for purpose of argument that sub-
                sections (33) and (4) of Section 44 are violative of
                Article 14 of the Constitution, we are of the view that the
                said provisions receive the protection of Article 31-C of

                                                                              Page 44 of 193
                                                                             PART C

            the Constitution. […] Let us proceed on the basis that
            after Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala and
            Minerva Mills Ltd. v. Union of India, Article 31-C reads
            as:
                “Notwithstanding anything contained in Article 13, no
                law giving effect to the policy of the State towards
                securing the principles specified in clause (b) or
                clause (c) of Article 39 shall be deemed to be void
                on the ground that it is inconsistent with or takes
                away or abridges any of the rights conferred by
                Article 14 or Article 19.”

            Clause (b) or Article 39 of the Constitution which is
            relevant for our purpose states that the State shall, in
            particular, direct its policy towards securing that the
            ownership and control of material resources of the
            community are so distributed as best to subserve
            common good.
            […]
            14. … The High Court erred in taking a very narrow view
            of the objects of the Act and the functions of the
            Authority under it. We are satisfied that the Act is
            brought into force to implement the Directive Principle
            contained in Article 39(b) and hence even if there is any
            infraction of Article 14 it is cured by Article 31-C which
            is clearly attracted to the case.”
The extracted paragraphs demonstrate that the Division Bench explicitly

proceeded on the basis that the unamended Article 31-C had revived and was

in legal effect. The two-Judge Bench cited both the decisions in Kesavananda

Bharati and Minerva Mills. It concluded that after Kesavananda Bharati, the

second half of Article 31-C was no longer in effect. It also concluded that after

Minerva Mills struck down the Forty-Second Amendment, the text of Article

31-C as it stood prior to the Forty-Second Amendment stood revived. This

approach would support the arguments of the respondents concerning the

interpretation of Article 31-C. However, like the decisions in Bhim Singh and

Sanjeev Coke, no argument was raised that the unamended Article 31-C did

not automatically revive absent legislative intervention and the two-judge


                                                                         Page 45 of 193
                                                                                PART C


       Bench has proceeded on an assumption that the unamended Article 31-C is

       enforceable.


51. In the above decisions interpreting Article 31-C, this Court has consistently

      taken the position that Article 31-C, as it stood prior to the Forty-Second

      Amendment, has legal effect and can be invoked to defend legislations against

      Article 14 and Article 19 challenges. However, as the appellants correctly point

      out, no jurisprudential explanation has been provided for why this is the case

      and, in most decisions, this Court has assumed that Article 31-C continues to

      have legal effect. In light of the specific contentions raised by the appellants in

      the present case, and the significant consequences flowing from the appellants’

      arguments, this Court must examine the constitutional question of whether, after

      Minerva Mills invalidated the Forty-Second Amendment, the text of the

      unamended Article 31-C can be enforced.


      iii.    Precedents concerning invalidation of amendments

52. The first decision which the appellants relied on was Shamarao Parulekar v

      District Magistrate, Thana.45 The case concerned the Preventive Detention

      Act, 1950 which at the time was scheduled to expire on 1 April 1952. A few

      months prior to this, on 15 November 1951, the petitioner (Shamarao) was

      detained. However, the statute was subsequently amended to extend its

      lifespan by six months till 1 October 1952. Shamarao contended that the

      extension of the Act could not extend his detention past 1 April 1952, when the




45
     1952 (2) SCC 1; 1952 INSC 63.
                                                                           Page 46 of 193
                                                                                 PART C


Act was originally scheduled to expire. Justice Vivian Bose, speaking for a

Constitution bench of this Court observed that the amendment to the Preventive

Detention Act, 1950 expressly stated that detention orders shall remain in force

“so long as the principal Act is in force” and “principal Act” had been defined as

the 1950 Act. The learned Judge went on to explain:


            “7. … The rule is that when a subsequent Act amends
            an earlier one in such a way as to incorporate itself, or
            a part of itself, into the earlier, then the earlier Act must
            thereafter be read and construed (except where that
            would lead to a repugnancy, inconsistency or absurdity)
            as if the altered words had been written into the earlier
            Act with pen and ink and the old words scored out so
            that thereafter there is no need to refer to the amending
            Act at all. This is the rule in England [citation omitted]; it
            is the rule in America [citation omitted] and it is the law
            which the Privy Council applied in India in Keshoram
            Poddar v. Nundo Lal Mallick. Bearing this in mind it will
            be seen that the 1950 Act remains the 1950 Act all the
            way through even with its subsequent amendments.
            Therefore, the moment the 1952 Act was passed and
            Section 2 came into operation, the Act of 1950 meant
            the 1950 Act as amended by Section 2, that is to say,
            the 1950 Act now due to expire on 1-10-1952.”


The decision in Shamarao Parulekar outlines the “Pen and Ink” theory

advocated by the appellants. When an amending statute effectuates a

substitution, it modifies the original statutory text by omitting certain words and

inserting certain other words. After the amending Act, the statute must be read

to exclude the omitted words and to include the inserted words. The appellants

rely on Shamarao Parulekar to highlight that a court cannot give effect to the

omitted words after they have been removed by the amending Act. This rule is

subject to certain well-recognised exceptions (such as in respect of rights

which have been created under the original statutory text and limitations on the

                                                                             Page 47 of 193
                                                                                   PART C


       retrospective operation of laws). The exceptions are not of concern to us

       presently. However, the appellants argue that Shamarao Parulekar represents

       an authority for the proposition that after the Forty-Second Amendment, the

       words “the principles specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39” can no

       longer be enforced as they were omitted by a constitutional amendment.

       However, the decision in Shamarao Parulekar is not strictly applicable to the

       present situation as it did not deal with the legal effect of the amending act itself

       being declared void. While the decision undoubtedly lays down the correct

       position of law where a valid amendment is enacted, it offers no insight into

       whether a court can give effect to the words omitted by an amendment if the

       amendment is declared unconstitutional. In such cases, do the omitted words

       revive? This question is not answered by Justice Bose in Shamarao Parulekar

       for the amendment to the Preventive Detention Act was not invalidated.


53. The Appellants next placed significant emphasis on the decision in ATB Mehtab

      Majid v State of Madras. 46 The case concerned a challenge to Rule 16 of the

      Madras General Sales Tax (Turnover and Assessment) Rules, 1939. Rule 16

      had been amended to include a proviso which resulted in the differential

      taxation of tanned hides based on whether they had been tanned within the

      state of Madras or outside the state. When the issue reached this Court, it was

      observed that under the amended Rule 16, a dealer who both purchased the

      untanned hides and tanned them within the State, was only required to pay the

      duty on the purchase price but a dealer who purchased the untanned hides



46
     1963 14 STC 355; 1962 INSC 342.
                                                                              Page 48 of 193
                                                                                        PART C


      from outside the state and tanned them within the state, would be liable to pay

      sales tax on the sale price of the tanned hides, which was substantially higher.47

      Speaking for a Constitution Bench of this Court, Justice Raghubar Dayal, struck

      down the amended Rule 16 as violative of Article 304(a) of the Constitution on

      the following terms:


                     “We are therefore of the opinion that the provisions of rule
                     16(2) discriminate against imported hides or skins which
                     had been purchased or tanned outside the State and that
                     therefore they contravene the provisions of Article 304(a)
                     of the Constitution.

                     It has been urged for the respondent that if the impugned
                     rule be held invalid, old rule 16 gets revived and that the
                     tax assessed on the petitioner will be good. We do not
                     agree. Once the old rule has been substituted by the new
                     rule, it ceases to exist and it does not automatically get
                     revived when the new rule is held to be invalid.”48


       The Court in ATB Mehtab Majid found that when an amendment to a rule is

       invalidated by a court, the old rule does not revive. It draws on the underlying

       rationale of the Shamarao Parulekar decision in that once a rule is substituted,

       it ceases to have any legal force and cannot be given legal effect. Hence, the

       Court held that if the amendment is found to be unconstitutional, the

       unamended text does not revive and cannot be enforced. While the decision

       does support the argument of the appellants, that the unamended text of Article

       31-C does not revive, the judgement does not elaborate on why the pre-

       existing rule does not revive. Thus, the decision is of no more assistance to us




47
     ATB Mehtab Majid v State of Madras 1963 14 STC 355.
48
     ATB Mehtab Majid v State of Madras 1963 14 STC 355.
                                                                                    Page 49 of 193
                                                                                    PART C


       than the decisions in Bhim Singh and Sanjeev Coke which, without providing

       detailed reasons, found that Article 31-C stood revived.


54. However, further elucidation on the view in ATB Mehtab Majid is found in

      Koteswar Vittal Kamath v Rangappa Baliga. 49 The decisions has its roots in

      a contractual dispute where the appellants contended that the contracts in

      question were forward contracts and void considering the prohibition on forward

      contracts in the Travancore-Cochin Vegetable Oils and Oilcakes (Forward

      Contracts Prohibition) Order, 1950. The respondents in the case alleged that

      the 1950 Prohibition Order was unenforceable as it was passed under a law

      that had since been repealed. After tracing the history of the relevant legislation,

      a three-judge bench of this Court observed that the 1950 Prohibition Order was

      potentially still in force due to the Section 73(2) of the Travancore-Cochin Public

      Safety Measures Act, 1950, which stipulated that orders passed under certain

      repealed legislations continued in force. 50 However, the respondents in the

      case raised a secondary contention that the state legislature of Travancore was

      not competent to enact the Public Safety Measures Act, 1950 because

      Parliament had the exclusive power to legislate on the issue of stock exchanges

      and forward contracts under Entry 48 of List I of the Seventh Schedule of the

      Constitution. Justice Bhargava, speaking for a three-Judge Bench of this Court

      opined that this contention was not relevant for the following reasons:


                     “7. … if it be held that the State Government could not
                     competently pass the Prohibition Order, 1950, because
                     it was a piece of legislation on Forward Contracts, that


49
     1969 (1) SCC 255; 1968 INSC 335.
50
     Ibid [4] (Bhargava J).
                                                                                Page 50 of 193
                                                                                         PART C

                       Order would be treated as void and non-est.
                       Thereupon, the earlier Prohibition Order 1119, would
                       continue in force right up to 30th March, 1950. […]
                       When the Prohibition Order of 1950, was purported to
                       be issued on 8th March, 1950, it was not laid down that
                       it was being issued so as to supersede the earlier
                       Prohibition Order of 1119. If it had been a valid Order, it
                       would have covered the same field as the Prohibition
                       Order of 1119, and, consequently, would have been the
                       effective Order under which the rights and obligations
                       of parties have to be governed. On the other hand, if it
                       be held to be void, this Order will not have the effect of
                       superseding the earlier Order of 1119.”


       Justice Bhargava observed that even if the 1950 Prohibition Order was held to

       be void, the consequence would merely be that the parties would have been

       governed by the earlier Prohibition Order 1119. Justice Bhargava held that if

       the later Order was found to be void, it would “not have the effect of

       superseding the earlier Order.” 51 The learned Judge went on to distinguish the

       decision in ATB Mehtab Majid in the following manner:


                       “7. … Learned counsel for the respondent, however,
                       urged that the Prohibition Order of 1119, cannot, in any
                       case, be held to have continued after 8th March, 1950,
                       if the principle laid down by this Court in Firm A.T.B.
                       Mehtab Majid & Co. v. State of Madras is applied….
                       […]
                       8. On that analogy, it was argued that, if we hold that
                       the Prohibition Order of 1950, was invalid, the previous
                       Prohibition Order of 1119, cannot be held to be revived.
                       This argument ignores the distinction between
                       supersession of a rule, and substitution of a rule. In the
                       case of Firm A.T.B. Mehtab Majid & Co., the new Rule
                       16 was substituted for the old Rule 16. The process of
                       substitution consists of two steps. First, the old rule
                       is made to cease to exist and, next, the new rule is
                       brought into existence in its place. Even if the new
                       rule is invalid, the first step of the old rule ceasing
                       to exist comes into effect, and it was for this reason
                       that the court held that, on declaration of the new



51
     Ibid [7] (Bhargava J).
                                                                                     Page 51 of 193
                                                                             PART C

            rule as invalid, the old rule could not be held to be
            revived. In the case before us, there was no
            substitution of the Prohibition Order of 1950, for the
            Prohibition order of 1119. The Prohibition Order of 1950,
            was promulgated independently of the Prohibition
            Order of 1119 and because of the provisions of law it
            would have had the effect of making the Prohibition
            Order of 1119 inoperative if it had been a valid Order. If
            the Prohibition Order of 1950 is found to be void ab
            initio, it could never make the Prohibition Order of 1119
            inoperative.”
                                                 (emphasis supplied)




Justice Bhargava observed that unlike in ATB Mehtab Majid, in Koteswar

Vittal Kamath, the later order did not substitute the earlier order but it merely

superseded the earlier order. Thus, the earlier order was never expressly

repealed and hence if the later order was struck down, the earlier order

continued to be in force. However, beyond this distinction, Justice Bhargava

went on to explain what in his view was the reason for the holding in ATB

Mehtab Majid, namely that the process of substitution had two distinct steps,

first, an omission and second, an insertion. According to Justice Bhargava, the

reason for the outcome in ATB Mehtab Majid was that where an amending

rule is struck down, only the second step of inserting new words is invalidated

but the first step of omitting old words continues to have legal effect. The

appellants rely on this reasoning to contend that when Minerva Mills stuck

down the Forty-Second Amendment, only the newly inserted language

expanding Article 31-C’s exemption to cover all Directive Principles was struck

down. However, the Amendment’s function of omitting the words “the principles

specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39” still stands. Hence, it was

urged that even after the decision in Minerva Mills, these words stand omitted
                                                                         Page 52 of 193
                                                                                PART C


       from Article 31-C. This is in essence the heart of the argument of the appellants.

       As a matter of interpreting precedent, it is important to note that the two-step

       process of substitution relied on by the appellants is only found in the three-

       judge bench decision in Koteswar Vittal Kamath, and not in the Constitution

       Bench decision in ATB Mehtab Majid. Further, Justice Bhargava’s explanation

       of the process of substitution as having two steps after he had already

       distinguished ATB Mehtab Majid on facts is at best an obiter dictum. However,

       ultimately neither of these judgments is binding on us, sitting in a composition

       of nine, and we must independently evaluate the correctness and

       completeness of the view taken regarding the legal effect of invalidating an

       amendment.


55. The Respondents resist the reasoning of a two-step substitution process set

      out in Koteswar Vittal Kamath by relying on a second line of decisions,

      beginning with the 1951 decision of the High Court of Nagpur in Laxmibai v

      State of Madhya Pradesh. 52 The case concerned the Central Provinces &

      Berar Regulation of Letting Accommodation Act, 1946 which, when originally

      enacted, stipulated that the statute would expire at the end of one year.

      However, by an Ordinance, and later a validating legislation, the lifespan of the

      statute was extended till such date as the provincial government may specify.

      The Ordinance and validating legislation were challenged on the grounds of

      excessively delegating legislative functions (concerning the lifetime of a statute)

      to the executive. A Full Bench of the Nagpur High Court upheld the Ordinance



52
     AIR 1951 Nag 94.
                                                                            Page 53 of 193
                                                                                       PART C


       and the validating legislation extending the operation of the 1946 Act. 53 Justice

       Hidayatullah, as the learned Chief Justice then was, speaking for the majority

       of the Full Bench went on to discuss the question of whether, if the amending

       Ordinance had been void, the original text would have been revived or not. The

       learned Judge observed:


                       “144. The original section read:
                          “It shall come into force on 1-10-1947 & shall remain
                          in operation for a period of one year.’
                       145. The underlined (here italicised) words alone were
                       amended. If the amendment is unconstitutional we must
                       leave it completely out. We cannot use the intention
                       underlying that amendment to take the place of
                       enactment. We cannot read the legislative act of the
                       Governor as involving a repeal & a reenactment &
                       give effect to the repeal though not the enactment.
                       To do so would leave the original section truncated,
                       & besides, there is no authority to give effect to a mere
                       legislative intent or purpose…
                       […]
                       146. … When the amendment comes later & is
                       unconstitutional it has no effect whatever.”
                                                           (emphasis supplied)


       The judgement in Laxmibai outlines a different approach to analysing the legal

       effect of a judicial decision invalidating an amendment. Justice Hidayatullah

       found that where an amendment is invalid, the legal effect of the amendment

       is nullified in its entirety. The learned Judge relied on several decisions of the

       US Supreme Court, most notably, Frost v Corporation Commissioner 54

       where Justice Sutherland held:


                       “Here it was conceded that the statute, before the
                       amendment, was entirely valid. When passed, it
                       expressed the will of the Legislature which enacted it.



53
     Ibid [142] (Hidayatullah J); [157] (Mangalmurti J).
54
     278 U.S. 505.
                                                                                   Page 54 of 193
                                                                                   PART C

                     Without an express repeal, a different Legislature
                     undertook to create an exception, but, since that body
                     sought to express its will by an amendment which,
                     being unconstitutional, is a nullity and therefore,
                     powerless to work any change in the existing statute,
                     that statute must stand as the only valid expression of
                     the legislative intent.”




       According to Frost and Laxmibai, where an amendment is invalidated both

       the amendment’s omission of old words and its insertion of new words have no

       legal effect. Justice Hidayatullah noted that giving effect to the legislative intent

       of repeal while simultaneously striking down the new enactment could lead to

       a truncated statutory provision rendering the law unworkable. The effect of the

       judgement may be to inadvertently invalidate two provisions, both the new and

       the old, despite there being no constitutional fault with the old. This observation

       is directly applicable to the case before us because if the unamended Article

       31-C does not revive after the decision in Minerva Mills, Article 31-C would be

       truncated and unworkable despite the validity of the Article being upheld by

       thirteen Judges in Kesavananda Bharati. In terms of precedential value,

       Justice Hidayatullah’s observations are admittedly also obiter dictum given that

       the High Court had upheld the Ordinance. However, these observations were

       subsequently relied on by the High Court of Nagpur in Shriram Gulabdas v

       Board of Revenue, Madhya Pradesh 55 and in the decisions of this Court that

       we shall now advert to.




55
     1952 (3) STC 343.
                                                                               Page 55 of 193
                                                                                        PART C


56. In Mulchand Odhavji v Rajkot Borough Municipality 56 a Constitution Bench

      of this Court invalidated the Municipality of Rajkot’s levy of octroi duty. The case

      originated from the United States of Saurashtra where the Saurashtra Terminal

      Tax and Octroi Ordinance of 1949 allowed the state government to levy octroi

      duty from the towns and cities specified in Schedule I until these municipalities

      enacted their own rules for the levy of octroi duty. Rajkot was one such town

      and in 1953 the municipality enacted its own rules for the levy of octroi duty. In

      1956, the state government removed Rajkot from Schedule I of the 1949

      Ordinance. However, in Mulchand Odhavji, the 1953 rules for levying octroi

      duty were invalidated by the trial court for violating the rule-making procedure

      in the parent legislation. 57 Following this invalidation and in appeal to this Court,

      a secondary question arose as to whether the municipality could still collect

      octroi duty for the period that the 1953 rules were in force. In other words, did

      the levy of octroi duty by the state government under the 1949 Ordinance revive

      after the 1953 rules were invalidated? Justice JM Shelat, speaking for a

      Constitution Bench of this Court held:


                        “8. … As already stated, Ordinance 47 of 1949, was
                        promulgated to meet the transitional situation when
                        municipalities in towns and cities of Saurashtra were yet
                        to be constituted. […] The rules framed by the
                        Government were thus put in the field until the time
                        when the municipalities could frame rules of their own
                        and levy and collect the octroi duty. […] While issuing
                        the said notification, the intention obviously was that
                        once the municipal rules came into operation the
                        Government rules, insofar as they pertained to the
                        respondent-Municipality, would cease to operate. The
                        Government rules, however, were to cease to operate


56
     1971 (3) SCC 53.
57
     Ibid [10].
                                                                                    Page 56 of 193
                                                                           PART C

            as the notification provided “from the date the said
            Municipality put into force their independent bye-laws.”
            It is clear beyond doubt that the Government rules
            would cease to apply from the time the respondent
            Municipality brought into force its own bye-laws and
            rules under which it could validly impose, levy and
            recover the octroi duty. The said notification did not
            intend any hiatus when neither the Government
            rules nor the municipal rules would be in the field.
            Therefore, it is clear that if the bye-laws made by the
            respondent Municipality could not be legally in
            force for some reason or the other, for instance, for
            not having been validly made, the Government
            rules would continue to operate as it cannot be said
            that the Municipality had “put into force their
            independent bye-laws.”
                                                 (emphasis supplied)




The decision in Mulchand Odhavji admittedly did not concern an amendment

simpliciter and relied on the text of the state government rules which stipulated

when they would operate. However, two important observations may be made.

First, this Court observed that it would be an anomalous situation whereby a

court invalidated a freshly enacted rule, but because of such invalidation and

the courts’ simultaneous enforcement of the repeal of the earlier rule, no rule

of taxation held the field despite the state government having such power and

there being no fault with the earlier rule. Second, the court gave effect to the

state government’s rules despite Rajkot being removed from Schedule I of the

1949 Ordinance. This was a recognition that the omission of Rajkot was only

done because of the corresponding enactment of the municipality’s separate

rules. This was even though the omission was done by an entirely separate

authority (the state government) from the enacting authority (the municipality).

Thus, the Constitution Bench in Mulchand Odhavji adopted a broader

approach of examining the entirety of the legislative circumstances and
                                                                       Page 57 of 193
                                                                             PART C


       reversed both the omission and insertion steps of the legislative process after

       invalidating the unconstitutional rule.


57. The respondents next relied on State of Maharashtra v Central Provinces

      Manganese Ore. 58 In a taxation dispute, the assessee challenged an

      amendment to the Explanation to clause (g) of Section 2 of the Central

      Provinces and Berar Sales Tax Act, 1947. The amendment to the Explanation

      modified the regime of taxation from one concerning goods that were in the

      Central Provinces and Berar when the contract was made, to one covering even

      future goods that were in the provinces after the contract was made. The High

      Court invalidated the amendment on the ground that it had not secured the

      assent of the Governor General under Section 107 of the Government of India

      Act, 1935. 59 After the High Court declared the amendment as void, a question

      arose before this Court as to whether the unamended Explanation to clause (g)

      stood revived. The assessee adopted the two-step argument concerning

      substitution found in Koteswar Vittal Kamath and contended that as the assent

      of the Governor General was not required to repeal the earlier Explanation to

      clause (g), the repealing step of the substitution was valid while only the

      insertion step of the substitution was hit by the failure to secure the Governor

      General’s assent under Section 107 of the Government of India Act. Therefore,

      the assessee contended that the unamended Explanation to clause (g) did not




58
     1977 (1) SCC 643; 1976 INSC 269.
59
     Ibid [8] (Beg J).
                                                                         Page 58 of 193
                                                                                PART C


stand revived. Justice Beg, speaking for a Three-Judge Bench of this Court

rejected this contention and held:


            “17. In the case before us although the word “substitution”
            is used in the amending Act, yet, the whole legislative
            process termed substitution was itself abortive. The whole
            of that process did not take effect as the assent of the
            Governor-General, required by Section 107, Government
            of India Act, was lacking. […]
            18. We do not think that the word substitution
            necessarily or always connotes two severable steps,
            that is to say, one of repeal and another of a fresh
            enactment even if it implies two steps. Indeed, the
            natural meaning of the word “substitution” is to
            indicate that the process cannot be split up into two
            pieces like this. If the process describes as
            substitution fails, it is totally ineffective as to leave
            intact what was sought to be displaced. That seems to
            be the ordinary and natural meaning of the words “shall be
            substituted”. This part could not become effective without
            the assent of the Governor-General. The State Governor’s
            assent was insufficient. It could not be inferred that,
            what was intended was that, in case the substitution
            failed or proved ineffective, some repeal, not
            mentioned at all, was brought about and remained
            effective so as to create what may be described as a
            vacuum in the statutory law on the subject matter.
            Primarily, the question is one of gathering the intent from
            the use of words in the enacting provisions seen in the light
            of the procedure gone through. Here, no intention to
            repeal, without a substitution, is deducible. In other
            words, there could be no repeal if substitution failed.
            The two were a part and parcel of a single indivisible
            process and not bits of a disjointed operation.”
                                                   (emphasis supplied)

This extracted paragraph has several strands of important reasoning that build

on the decisions of Laxmibai and Mulchand Odhavji. First, the Court cast

doubt on whether substitution always entails two distinct steps of repeal and

enactment as outlined in Koteswar Vittal Kamath. Second, the Court

reiterated that this two-step approach, where repeal is given effect to but

insertion is not given effect to, can result in an unintended legislative vacuum.
                                                                            Page 59 of 193
                                                                                PART C


       Third, the Court highlighted that it was necessary to examine whether there

       was any intention to repeal without insertion. This is relevant because there

       may exist cases where a legislature independently seeks to repeal a provision

       and also enacts another provision. In such cases, it may be appropriate to

       differentiate the two steps if there is cogent evidence to demonstrate that

       independent of the enactment step, the legislature would have nonetheless

       repealed the provision in question. In the words of Justice Beg, is there an

       “intention to repeal, without a substitution”? However, absent clear legislative

       intent to independently repeal without substitution, where the legislature

       engages in substitution, it is in fact a single indivisible process and the effect

       of a court invalidating the amended text is to bring back the unamended text.

       This is because, in the case of substitution, an inference can be made that the

       legislature would never have repealed the unamended text without

       simultaneously inserting the new amended text. Thus, to invalidate the

       amended text but also refuse to give effect to the unamended text would be to

       give effect to a third outcome that could lead to absurd consequences and was

       never intended by the legislature. Thus, where the intent is substitution and the

       inserted or amended text is declared invalid, the result is to invalidate the

       combined exercise of repeal and enactment and the pre-amendment provision

       continues in force.


58. The above approach was also adopted by a two-Judge Bench of this Court in

      DK Trivedi & Sons v State of Gujarat. 60 The case concerned three



60
     1986 Supp SCC 20.
                                                                            Page 60 of 193
                                                                                      PART C


       notifications issued by the state government of Gujarat under Section 15 of the

       Mines and Minerals (Regulation and Development) Act, 1957 (MMRD Act)

       specifying rates of royalty and dead rent to be paid by mining companies.

       Section 15(3) of the MMRD Act prohibited the state government from increasing

       the rates of royalty (and as a result dead rent) 61 more than once in a period of

       four years. For the four-year period between 1974 and 1978, this Court found

       that the State of Gujarat had increased the rates of royalty and dead rent in

       1974 and then again impermissibly increased royalty rates in 1975 and dead

       rents in 1976. The Court struck down these subsequent enhancements as

       violative of Section 15(3) of the MMRD Act. 62 A question then arose, as to

       whether after invalidating these subsequent notifications, the rate of royalty and

       dead rent under the last valid notification of 1974 stood revived or not. Justice

       DP Madon, writing for the Bench, cited the decision in Central Provinces

       Manganese Ore with approval and held:


                       “72. The position before us is the same. It was not the
                       intention of the Government of Gujarat that even if the
                       new schedule of royalty substituted by the 1975
                       Notification was void and inoperative Schedule I as
                       substituted by the 1974 Notification nonetheless stand
                       repealed. It was equally not the intention of the
                       Government of Gujarat that even if the rates of dead
                       rent substituted in Schedule II by the 1976 Notification
                       were void and inoperative, the rates of dead rent as
                       substituted by the 1974 Notification would nonetheless
                       stand repealed. If the contention in this behalf were
                       correct, it would lead to the startling result that on
                       and from the date of the coming into force of the
                       1975 Notification no royalty was payable in respect
                       of minor minerals and that on and from the date of
                       the coming into force of the 1976 Notification no


61
     See Ibid [55] (Madon J).
62
     Ibid [65], [67] (Madon J).
                                                                                  Page 61 of 193
                                                                            PART C

           dead rent was payable in respect of any leased area.
           The rates in Schedule I and Schedule II were intended
           to be substituted by new rates. The intention was not
           to repeal them in any event. If the substitutions
           effected by the 1975 and 1976 Notifications were
           invalid, such substitutions were equally invalid to
           repeal the 1974 Notification. The result is that the
           1974 Notification continued to be operative both as
           regards the rates of royalty and the rates of dead rent
           until they were validly substituted with effect from April
           1, 1979, by the 1979 Notification.”
                                               (emphasis supplied)




The above extract comports with the reasoning in Central Provinces

Manganese Ore. The two-Judge bench observed that it could never have been

the intention of the Government of Gujarat to independently repeal the existing

1974 rates of royalty and dead rent when it substituted them by subsequent

notifications enhancing the rates. This is doubly evident from the fact that the

government had enhanced the rates of royalty and dead rent. Therefore, it

cannot be presumed that the Government ever independently intended to

repeal the 1974 notification which would have led to a cessation in the

collection of revenue. This being the position, the result of invalidating the

subsequent notifications while simultaneously giving effect to repeal of the

1974 Notification would lead to an absurd result which was never intended by

the government. Thus, rather than breaking down the process of substitution

into two distinct steps of repeal and enactment and analysing the effect of the

invalidation disjunctively, in Central Provinces Manganese Ore and DK

Trivedi & Sons, the Court asks whether it is plausible that the legislature

intended to independently repeal the substituted provision. In the absence of

clear evidence of such legislative intent, the process of substitution is
                                                                        Page 62 of 193
                                                                                      PART C


       invalidated in its entirety and the original, unamended provision continues to

       have legal force.


59. The position adopted in Central Provinces Manganese Ore and DK Trivedi

      & Sons also finds support from decisions in the US. We have already noted

      Justice Hidayatullah’s reliance on the US Supreme Court’s decision in Frost v

      Corporation Commissioner. 63 However, decisions in state Courts of the

      United States following Frost are even more explicit in their reasoning. For

      example, in Texas Company v Cohn 64 the Supreme Court of Washington was

      tasked with determining whether a 1937 taxation statute continued in force after

      a 1939 statute had replaced it, but the subsequent statute had been invalidated

      by the Court. Justice Drive, speaking for the Supreme Court of Washington

      sitting en banc held:


                     “The 1939 petroleum products tax law specifically
                     repealed the 1937 statute, but it is the position of the
                     appellants that, when the repealing act was wholly
                     vitiated as unconstitutional by the Inland case, its
                     repealing clause also fell. Therefore, they assert, the
                     1937 statute has never been legally repealed and has
                     remained in full force and effect in contemplation of law,
                     assuming, of course, that it is constitutional.

                     This position, we think, is sound. It is too apparent to
                     require much comment that the legislature, when it
                     enacted the 1939 act, attempted to set up a new and
                     complete fuel oil tax law in place of the 1937 statute.
                     The earlier law was repealed only to clear the decks
                     and give the new act unobstructed operation and
                     effect. It does not appear that the legislature
                     intended in any event, to repeal the prior law. Under
                     such circumstances, the repeal clause falls within the
                     unconstitutional statute of which it is part.”



63
     278 U.S. 505.
64
     8 Wash 2d 360 (17 April 1941, Supreme Court of Washington).
                                                                                  Page 63 of 193
                                                                                      PART C

                                                         (emphasis supplied)




       The approach adopted by the Supreme Court of Washington was to examine

       the totality of the legislative circumstances and proceedings, and absent any

       express intention of the legislature to independently repeal the 1937 law, hold

       that the repeal of the 1937 law was reversed by the 1939 law being invalidated.

       Thus, the 1937 law continued in force. This reasoning was also adopted by the

       Supreme Court of Pennsylvania in Mazurek v FM Ins Company,

       Jamestown. 65 In that case, an 1857 statute allowed individuals to sue insurers

       in the county where the insured property was located. The 1857 statute was

       repealed by a 1921 law, but Section 344 of the 1921 law preserved the

       jurisdiction of individuals to sue insurers in the jurisdiction where the insured

       property was located. The 1921 law was later invalidated, and a question arose

       as to whether the 1857 law and the preservation of jurisdiction by Section 344

       could still be given effect. Justice Maxey held that it could be:


                     “The only question is whether where, as here, an act
                     expressly repeals another act and provides a substitute
                     for the act repealed and the substitute is found
                     unconstitutional, is the other act so expressly repealed,
                     to be judicially accepted as repealed. Such a
                     construction is not warranted unless it clearly
                     appears that the legislature would have passed the
                     repealing clauses even if it had not provided a
                     substitute for the acts repealed. Not only was there
                     no such intention on the part of the legislature in the
                     present case, but it is apparent that exactly the opposite
                     was intended. The precise question now being
                     discussed has not heretofore been passed upon by this
                     court. However, other courts have enunciated the
                     principle that a repealing clause expressly repealing



65
     320 Pa 33 (Pa. 1935) (25 November 1935, Supreme Court of Pennsylvania)
                                                                                  Page 64 of 193
                                                                               PART C

              a prior statute is itself ineffective where the
              substitute for the prior statute provided in the
              repealing statute is unconstitutional, and where it
              does not appear that the legislature would have
              enacted the repealing clause without providing a
              substitute for the act repealed [citations omitted].
              There is no doubt that the legislature in enacting section
              344 of the Act of 1921 intended to preserve to courts of
              countries in which insured properties were located the
              jurisdiction in insurance cases created by the Act of
              1857. It is a legitimate inference that the Act of 1857
              would not have been repealed by the Act of 1921 if
              the legislature had known that section 344 of that
              act would be declared invalid for defect in the title
              of the act.”
                                                   (emphasis supplied)




   The above extracts make it evident that the appropriate test in cases of

   substitution is whether the legislature intended to repeal the law if they knew

   that the law they were enacting would not have legal effect. Looked at from

   another perspective, the question is, would the legislature have given effect to

   the repeal if they did not also simultaneously intend to enact an alternative

   provision or statute. These decisions from the United States of America are of

   particular relevance, as like in India, courts in the United States have long

   followed the doctrine of judicial review and invalidation of both primary and

   secondary legislation. Therefore, the experience of American courts on the

   consequences of a legislation being struck down is undoubtedly of assistance

   in the Indian context where courts are similarly empowered.


60. Although the decisions of Central Provinces Manganese Ore and DK Trivedi

   & Sons were rendered by a three-Judge Bench and a two-Judge Bench of this

   Court respectively, they were also endorsed by a Constitution Bench of five

   judges of this Court in Supreme Court Advocates-On-Record Association v
                                                                           Page 65 of 193
                                                                                             PART C


     Union of India.66 The NJAC Decision is particularly relevant to the case before

     us because it expressly concerns the legal consequences arising out of the

     invalidation of a constitutional amendment. In the NJAC Decision, a

     Constitution Bench of this Court was seized of a challenge to the Ninety-Ninth

     Constitutional (Amendment) Act, 2014. 67 The amendment replaced the

     collegium-led system of appointing judges with a National Judicial

     Appointments Committee. The Constitution Bench invalidated the ninety-ninth

     amendment as violating the basic structure. However, the Union of India

     contended that upon the invalidation of the ninety-ninth amendment, the earlier

     collegium-led system of judicial appointments would not revive because Article

     124(2) in its original form (upon which the collegium-led system is based) had

     been repealed by the ninety-ninth amendment. A majority of four judges in the

     NJAC Decision all rejected this argument and held that the earlier system of

     judicial appointments would stand revived upon the invalidation of the ninety-

     ninth amendment. 68 The opinion of Justice JS Khehar (as the learned Chief

     Justice then was) expressly relied on the decision in Central Provinces

     Manganese Ore. The learned Judge held:


                     “412.10 What needs to be kept in mind as we have
                    repeatedly expressed above is that the issue
                    canvassed in the judgements relied upon [by the
                    Solicitor General of India] was the effect of a voluntary
                    decision of a legislature in amending or repealing an
                    existing provision. That position would arise, if
                    Parliament had validly amended or repealed an existing
                    constitutional provision. Herein, the impugned
                    constitutional amendment has definitely the effect of


66
   2016 (5) SCC 1; 2015 INSC 285 (“NJAC Decision”).
67
   “Ninety-ninth amendment”
68
   NJAC Decision [413] (Khehar J); [963] (Lokur J); [989] (Joseph J); [1110] (Goel J).
                                                                                         Page 66 of 193
                                                                            PART C

            substituting some of the existing provisions of the
            Constitution, and also, adding to it some new
            provisions. Naturally substitution connotes that the
            earlier provision ceases to exist and the impugned
            constitutional amendment by a process of judicial
            review has been set aside. Such being the position,
            whatever be the cause and effect of the impugned
            constitutional amendment, the same will be
            deemed to be set aside and the position preceding
            the Amendment will be restored. It does not matter
            what are the stages or steps of the cause and effect
            of the Amendment, all the stages and steps will
            stand negated, in the same fashion as they were
            introduced by the Amendment, when the amended
            provisions are set aside.”
                                              (emphasis supplied)




Justice Khehar endorsed the approach whereby the invalidation of an

amendment would also reverse any repeals brought about by the amendment.

The learned Judge rejected the approach of disaggregating the process of

substitution into the two steps of repeal and enactment. When Parliament acted

to substitute one provision with the other, it cannot be said to have intended to

independently repeal the original provision absent clear evidence to the

contrary. Where no intention to independently repeal the existing provision of

law is to be found, the effect of invalidating a substitution is that the entirety of

the substitution stands at nullity. In the NJAC Decision, Justice Khehar also

opined on the dire consequences of the pre-existing appointment process for

judges not reviving. He wrote:


            “413. … it would have to be kept in mind that if the
            construction suggested by the learned Solicitor General
            was to be adopted, it would result in the creation of a
            void. We say so, because if neither the impugned
            constitutional provision nor the amended provisions of
            the Constitution would survive, it would lead to a
            breakdown of the constitutional machinery inasmuch as
                                                                       Page 67 of 193
                                                                                PART C

               there would be a lacuna or a hiatus insofar as the
               manner of selection and appointment of Judges to the
               higher judiciary is concerned. Such a position, in our
               view, cannot be the result of any sound process of
               interpretation..,”




   The above extract highlights a key issue originally expounded by Justice

   Hidayatullah in Laxmibai and reiterated by Central Provinces Manganese

   Ore and DK Trivedi & Sons; namely, that giving effect to the repeal while

   simultaneously invalidating the enactment could lead to a lacuna in the law,

   rendering a provision unworkable, or as in the case of the NJAC Decision,

   lead to a “constitutional crisis”.


61. The opinion of Justice MB Lokur in the NJAC Decision also highlights another

   aspect of this issue that must be kept in mind. Justice Lokur assessed the

   outcome of non-revival of the unamended text vis-à-vis the principles expressed

   in the judgement. The learned Judge wrote:


               “961. … If the contention of the learned Solicitor
               General is accepted, then on the facts of the case, the
               result would be calamitous. The simple reason is that if
               the 99th Constitutional Amendment Act is struck down
               as altering the basic structure of the Constitution and if
               Article 124(2) in its original form is not revived then
               Article 124(2) of the Constitution minus the words
               deleted (by the 99th Constitution Amendment Act) and
               minus the words struck down (those inserted by the
               99th Constitution Amendment Act) would read as
               follows:
                   “(2) Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall be
                   appointed by the President by warrant under his
                   hand and seal and shall hold office until he attains
                   the age of sixty-five years:”

               962. This would give absolute power to the President to
               appoint a Judge to the Supreme Court without
               consulting the Chief Justice of India (and also to appoint

                                                                            Page 68 of 193
                                                                                 PART C

               a Judge to a High Court). The result of accepting his
               submission would be to create a tyrant […]

               963. This was put to the learned Solicitor General and
               it was also put to him that if his submissions are correct,
               then it would be better for the Union of India to have the
               99th Constitution Amendment Act struck down so that
               absolute power resides in the President making him/her
               an imperium in imperio so far as the appointment of
               Judges is concerned. The learned Solicitor General
               smiled but obviously had no answer to give. It must,
               therefore, be held that the constitutional provisions
               amended by the 99th Constitution Amendment Act
               spring back to life on the declaration that the 99th
               Constitution Amendment Act is unconstitutional.”


   The above extract highlights how following a two-step approach advanced by

   the appellants may result in a situation where the ultimate consequence of

   invalidating an amendment is a graver perpetuation of the harms sought to be

   prevented by the striking down of the amendment. The Constitution Bench in

   the NJAC Decision invalidated the Ninety-Ninth Amendment on the ground

   that it interfered with judicial independence which is part of the basic structure

   of the Constitution. But as Justice Lokur’s opinion points out, disaggregating

   the substitution and giving effect to the repealing portion of the amendment

   while also invalidating the new enactment would lead to a situation where

   judicial independence was further compromised. Such an approach would be

   neither legally tenable nor normatively desirable.




62. We may briefly advert to three more decisions on the relationship between the

   principles of the judgement in question and the outcome of invalidating an

   amendment to demonstrate the significance of this issue. In the NJAC

                                                                             Page 69 of 193
                                                                                   PART C


     Decision, it was evident that absent the pre-existing regime reviving, the

     principles set out in the judgement would be significantly undermined. However,

     the opposite may also be true. This may be seen from the decision in BN Tewari

     v Union of India, 69 which was a writ petition under Article 32 filed on the heels

     of the decision of this Court in T Devadasan v Union of India. 70 The case

     concerned a Union Public Service Commission (UPSC) notification reserving

     12.5 per cent of seats for candidates from the Scheduled Castes and 5 per cent

     of seats for candidates from the Scheduled Tribes. In 1952, the UPSC instituted

     a carry-forward rule whereby unfilled reserved seats each year were added to

     the subsequent year’s reserved seats for up to two years. This rule was

     subsequently amended in 1955, challenged in T Devadasan, where the carry

     forward rule “as modified in 1955” was struck down as unconstitutional. 71 In BN

     Tewari, the petitioners contended that it was only the 1955 substitution that was

     invalidated, and as a result the 1952 carry-forward rule was revived and

     continued to be in effect. Justice KN Wanchoo, speaking for a Constitution

     Bench of this Court, negatived this contention by noting:


                  “6. … It is true that in Devadasan case, the final order
                  of this Court was in these terms:
                      “In the result the petition succeeds partially and the
                      carry forward rule as modified in 1955 is declared
                      invalid.”
                  That however does not mean that this Court held that
                  the 1952-rule must be deemed to exist because this
                  Court said that the carry forward rule as modified in
                  1955 was declared invalid. The carry forward rule of
                  1952 was substituted by the carry forward rule of 1955.
                  On this substitution the carry forward rule of 1952



69
   1965 (2) SCR 421.
70
   1964 (4) SCR 680; 1963 INSC 183.
71
   T Devadasan [22] (Mudholkar J).
                                                                               Page 70 of 193
                                                                              PART C

            clearly ceased to exist because its place was taken by
            the carry forward rule of 1955. Thus by promulgating the
            new carry forward rule in 1955, the Government of India
            itself cancelled the carry forward rule of 1952. When
            therefore this Court struck down the carry forward rule
            as modified in 1955 that did not mean that the carry
            forward rule of 1952 which had already ceased to exist,
            because the Government of India itself cancelled it and
            had substituted a modified rule in 1955 in its place,
            could revive it. We are therefore of the opinion that after
            the judgment of this Court in Devadasan case there is
            no carry forward rule at all, for the carry forward rule of
            1955 was struck down by this Court while the carry
            forward rule of 1952 had ceased to exist when the
            Government of India substituted the carry forward rule
            of 1955 in its place.”


The Court in BN Tewari found that after the rule was amended in 1955, the

1952 rule ceased to exist and even after the 1955 rule was struck down, the

1952 rule did not revive as it had been repealed by the Government itself. At

first glance, the decision in BN Tewari also supports the “Pen and Ink” theory

propounded by the appellants and results in an identical outcome to that in

ATB Mehtab Majid. We have already adverted to the limitations and

inconsistencies with this approach as highlighted in the cases of Laxmibai,

Central Provinces Manganese Ore, and DK Trivedi & Sons. However, this

case also demonstrates the practical difficulties that may arise if an

unconstitutional provision revives. In T Devadasan, the Court had held the

underlying basis for the carry forward rule to be unconstitutional. If the Court in

BN Tewari had found the carry forward rule stood revived, it would have

resulted in the revival of a rule that was (at the time) ex-facie unconstitutional

and repugnant to the holding in the T Devadasan. Thus, in addition to the

narrower issue of whether a pre-existing rule is revived, the Court in BN Tewari

was also mindful of the relationship between the unamended provision and the
                                                                          Page 71 of 193
                                                                                   PART C


       decision to invalidate the amendment. BN Tewari is an example of where

       allowing the unamended rule to revive would have revived a (at the time)

       unconstitutional rule.


63. The need to assess not only the entirety of the legislative circumstances but

      also the judicial decision invalidating the amending statute is also apparent from

      the decision in Shaukat Khan v State of Andhra Pradesh. 72 The case

      concerned the Hyderabad Inams Abolition Act, 1955 which was eventually

      repealed as amended by the Andhra Pradesh (Telangana Area) Abolition of

      Inams Act, 1967. During proceedings concerning the validity of the 1955 Act

      before this Court, the High Court of Andhra Pradesh Act invalidated the entirety

      of the 1967 legislation. Before this Court, a question arose that as the 1967

      statute had repealed the 1955 law, and the 1967 statute itself had been struck

      down, whether the 1955 was now in force. Justice P Jaganmohan Reddy,

      speaking for a two-Judge Bench of this Court observed:


                     “10. On the main question whether the impugned Acts
                     were revived by reason of the High Court of Andhra
                     Pradesh striking down Act 9 of 1967, a perusal of that
                     judgment would show that the Division Bench
                     considered the question and held that as the inam lands
                     had already vested in the Government on July 20, 1955,
                     there was no need to abolish inams which already stood
                     abolished long before the date when the impugned Act,
                     namely, Act 9 of 1967, was enacted.”

       The learned Judge quoted the judgment of the High Court of Andhra Pradesh

       where the High Court had held:




72
     1974 (2) SCC 376; 1974 INSC 118.
                                                                               Page 72 of 193
                                                                             PART C

           “The effect of the impugned Act in pith and substance is
           really not agrarian reform but to destroy the rights of the
           inamdars and others who were assured compensation
           under the repealed Act.”

Based on this finding of the High Court, Justice Jaganmohan Reddy concluded:


           “10. … The striking down of Act 9 of 1967 must be
           construed in the light of the reasoning given by the
           learned Judges of the Division Bench of the Andhra
           Pradesh High Court that the Abolition Act 8 of 1955 and
           the Amendment Act 10 of 1956 had already achieved
           the result which Act 9 of 1967 was intended to achieve,
           and once the inams had already vested in the
           Government, compensation had to be paid in
           accordance with the terms of those laws and cannot
           again be re-opened by vesting the inams which had
           already vested as if they had not already vested in the
           Government. This postulates the existence of the Acts
           impugned before us as a ground for striking down Act 9
           of 1967, so that when the High Court says that the latter
           Act 9 of 1967 is void it could not have intended to say
           that even the Acts now impugned before us did not
           revive.”




This Court in Shaukat Khan observed that the High Court of Andhra Pradesh

had invalidated the 1967 statute precisely on the ground that the inams had

already vested in the state government under the 1955 law and the regime of

compensation could not subsequently be altered by the 1967 statute. This

reasoning presupposes the existence of the 1955 laws being in force. The High

Court could not invalidate the 1967 law but also simultaneously enforced the

repeal of the 1955 statute which it had expressly stated would govern

compensation. Thus, where a court assesses whether a law revives or not after

an amendment or subsequent enactment is invalidated, the court must assess

both the totality of the legislative circumstances but also the logical


                                                                         Page 73 of 193
                                                                                  PART C


       consequences that flow from the decision to invalidate the statute or provision

       in question.


64. An even more explicit demonstration of this rationale can be found in Indian

      Express Newspapers (Bombay) v Union of India.73 The case concerned a

      1977 notification under Section 25 of the Customs Act, 1962 granting a

      wholesale exemption from customs duty on newsprint. However, by a fresh

      notification in 1981, the Union Government amended its policy and stated that

      for the printing of newspapers, books and periodicals, the exemption from

      customs duty would only apply beyond 10 per cent. In effect, the 1981

      notification imposed a 10 per cent ad valorem customs duty on imported

      newsprint from newspapers and periodicals. The 1981 notification was struck

      down by a three-judge bench of this Court on the ground that it impermissibly

      restricted the freedom of speech guaranteed by Article 19 of the Constitution. 74

      On the secondary question of whether the earlier 1977 notification stood

      revived, the Court held that it did. Justice ES Venkataramiah, as the learned

      Chief Justice then was, speaking for the Court held:


                     “107. … We may also state that the legal effect on an
                     earlier law when the later law enacted in its place is
                     declared invalid does not depend merely upon the use
                     of words like, ‘substitution’, or ‘supersession’. It
                     depends upon the totality of the circumstances and the
                     context in which they are used.
                     […]
                     109. Hence, if the notification dated July 15, 1977
                     cannot revive on the quashing of the impugned
                     notifications, the result would be disastrous to the
                     petitioners as they would have to pay customs duty of


73
     1985 (1) SCC 641; 1984 INSC 231.
74
     Ibid [102] (Venkataramiah J).
                                                                              Page 74 of 193
                                                                             PART C

               40% ad valorem from March 1, 1981 to February 28,
               1982 and 40% ad valorem plus Rs 1000 per MT from
               March 1, 1982 onwards. […] Such a result cannot be
               allowed to ensue.”




   The Court in Indian Express Newspapers (Bombay) observed that the

   consequence of the pre-existing law not reviving would in fact result in greater

   prejudice to the petitioners than if there had been no judgment of the court at

   all. If after the 1981 notification was invalidated, the 1977 notification granting

   a general exemption from customs duty on newsprint did not continue in force,

   the net outcome would be a higher customs duty on news publishers. This was

   because the original notification itself was framed in the manner of an

   exemption from customs duty. The above extract makes it clear that in addition

   to the question of whether the legislative intent was indivisible, the issue of the

   legal effect of invalidation in cases of substitution must take into account the

   facts of a given case, the rationale for invalidation, and the practical effect of

   the unamended text being revived or not.


   iv.   Analysis and Conclusions concerning Article 31-C

65. Based on the above precedents, certain principles governing the consequence

   of an amendment resulting in a substitution being invalidated come to the fore.

   It is not appropriate to separate an amendment which substitutes certain words

   with certain other words into multiple steps and examine the legal effect of

   invalidation on each of these steps independently. This is because when a

   legislature enacts a substitution, it is only removing certain text to make space

   for the new text it wishes to enact. Simply put, the legislature would not remove

                                                                        Page 75 of 193
                                                                                PART C


  the text in question without at the same time inserting alternate text. Given that

  the legislative intent is composite and indivisible, to remove and insert

  simultaneously, a judicial approach which disaggregates these two steps and

  treats them differently would amount to the court re-writing the law contrary to

  the legislative intent. As the decisions from the United States note, in such

  cases, there are two expressions of legislative intent, the original text and the

  amended text. If the amended text is invalidated, the only valid expression of

  legislative intent is the original text. If a court were to find that even the original

  text could not be given legal effect because it had been repealed, this would

  result in a third outcome, a legal vacuum which was neither intended by the

  legislature that enacted the original text nor by the legislature which adopted

  the amended the text. Crucially, this third outcome would fail to give effect to

  either legislative intent despite there being no constitutional fault in the original

  provision. As the decisions in Laxmibai, Central Provinces Manganese Ore,

  and DK Trivedi & Sons note, if a court were to not only invalidate the newly

  inserted text but also hold that the old text stands repealed it could lead to

  absurd outcomes or render the text wholly unworkable. The practical effect of

  such an outcome would be that a judicial decision invalidating an

  unconstitutional amendment would also inadvertently nullify a valid and

  constitutional provision which the legislature would never have repealed without

  providing a replacement.


66. Insofar as the argument that the original rule had been repealed by the

  legislature itself and thus ought not to be given effect, as noted above, this

  reasoning is negated by the inference that the legislature would never have
                                                                           Page 76 of 193
                                                                            PART C


repealed the original text without simultaneously adopting the amended text.

While a court cannot give effect to text that the legislature has repealed, as

noted in Shamarao Parulekar, a case where a legislature has engaged in

substitution, and the newly enacted text has been invalidated, is materially

different. There may exist a narrow sub-set of cases where it is evident from the

legislative circumstances or external aids to statutory interpretation, that the

legislature would have in fact repealed the provision or words in question

independent of its enactment of an alternative provision. Therefore, it is

incumbent on courts to ask the question posed by Justice Beg in Central

Provinces Manganese Ore, is there “intention to repeal, without a

substitution”? Although some of the precedents discussed frame the question

as ‘would the legislature have repealed the original text if it knew a court would

invalidate the amended text?’, a more appropriate framing of the question would

be, “Would the legislature have repealed the original text without giving effect

to the amended text?” for this is the result of a court invalidating the amended

text. If in cases where a legislature has repealed text and inserted other text,

there is clear evidence that the legislature would have repealed the text in

question independent of its decision to give effect to new or alternate language,

then a court can continue to give effect to the repeal despite invalidating the

new text. This is because, in such cases, the legislative intent is not composite

or indivisible, and it is evident that the legislature contemplated that the original

text would be repealed independent of whether the new text was given effect

or not. However, absent such clear legislative intent, where a legislature



                                                                       Page 77 of 193
                                                                              PART C


   substitutes a text by amendment and the amendment is invalidated, it is

   presumed that the unamended text stands revived.


67. This analysis of whether legislative intent is composite or not is relevant to the

   case of substitutions. However, there is another reason why the argument of

   the appellants that repealed text can never be enforced after a court invalidates

   an amendment may be flawed, and that is the case of a repeal simpliciter. Let

   us imagine a situation where Parliament were to by constitutional amendment,

   repeal protections concerning tenure or salary granted to constitutional

   functionaries such as Judges or Election Commissioners. This would be a case

   of an amendment that only repealed constitutional text. Such an amendment

   would likely violate the basic structure of the Constitution. If this Court were to

   invalidate such an amendment, could it be contended that the protections do

   not revive? The only logical relief in such a case is the revival of those

   protections. These protections would be enforceable despite the fact that they

   have been omitted from the statute book or constitutional text by the legislature.

   This would not be a case of the court re-writing the law but merely nullifying the

   effect of the repeal. Thus, it cannot be said that a court cannot nullify the effect

   of a repeal. The case of substitutions is admittedly more complicated, as the

   Court must investigate whether the legislative intent to repeal and enact is

   composite and indivisible. However, once it is demonstrated that the legislature

   would not have repealed without simultaneously enacting, there can be no

   doubt that a court can reverse both the effects of the enactment and the repeal.




                                                                         Page 78 of 193
                                                                                 PART C


68. Finally, in addition to looking at the totality of the legislative circumstances, the

   court must also examine the consequence of the original text reviving or not

   reviving vis-à-vis the principles espoused in the judgement. Ordinarily, where

   an unconstitutional provision is struck down, it is presumed that the original text

   is constitutional and thus there are no adverse consequences flowing from its

   reviving. However, there may exist cases where the underlying or original rule

   itself is unconstitutional or that to revive the situation that existed prior to the

   amendment would either severely undermine the legal principles set out in the

   judgement invalidating the amendment or result in some other adverse

   consequences. In such cases, courts have the flexibility to appropriately shape

   reliefs. Having clarified the position of law, we now apply the tests outlined

   above to the question concerning Article 31-C before us.


69. By Section 4 of the Forty-Second Amendment the words “the principles

   specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39” in Article 31-C were replaced

   with the words “all or any of the principles laid down in Part IV.” This is a case

   of substitution. Section 4 of the Forty-Second Amendment was subsequently

   struck down in Minerva Mills. As noted above, where an amendment

   substituting certain text with certain alternate text is invalidated, the effect is that

   the unamended text continues in force. This is because the legislative intent of

   repeal and enactment in such cases is composite and cannot be separated. To

   give effect to the repeal and not the enactment would result in an outcome which

   does not correlate with legislative intent, and, as Justice Hidayatullah noted in

   Laxmibai “leave the original section truncated” resulting in absurd outcomes.

   This would in effect invalidate the original, valid and constitutional provision
                                                                             Page 79 of 193
                                                                               PART C


   despite there being no constitutional fault with it nor the legislature intending to

   repeal it. Thus, the presumption would be that after Minerva Mills, the

   unamended Article 31-C would continue in force. Indeed, it is evident that cases

   such as Bhim Singh and Sanjeev Coke proceeded on this presumption.


70. The only plausible exception to this presumption would be if it could be

   demonstrated that Parliament, when enacting the Forty-Second Amendment

   would have repealed the words “the principles specified in clause (b) or clause

   (c) of article 39” independent of their enactment of the words “all or any of the

   principles laid down in Part IV.” In this case, no reference to the broader

   legislative proceedings or external aids is necessary to arrive at the inference

   that Parliament would not have independently repealed these words. The text

   of the amendment adopted by Parliament itself makes it abundantly clear that

   there was no independent intention to repeal. The effect of Section 4 of the

   Forty-Second Amendment was to expand the scope of the immunity provided

   by Article 31-C to legislation. Under the unamended Article 31-C, immunity was

   only provided to legislation if it gave effect to the Directive Principles found in

   clause (b) or clause (c) of Article 39. However, by Section 4 of the Forty-Second

   Amendment, the scope of this immunity was significantly expanded to immunise

   legislations that gave effect to any or all of the Directive Principles in Part IV of

   the Constitution. Thus, the intention of Parliament in enacting Section 4 of the

   constitutional amendment was undoubtedly to expand the scope of the

   immunity granted by Article 31-C. This being the situation, it cannot be

   suggested that Parliament would have repealed the words “the principles

   specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39” if it did not simultaneously
                                                                          Page 80 of 193
                                                                            PART C


   enact the broader language expanding the scope of Article 31-C. If Parliament

   had independently repealed these words, it would have not just reduced the

   scope of Article 31-C but altogether eliminated the effect of the Article. Without

   the words “the principles specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of article 39” in

   Article 31-C, the provision would have been rendered nugatory. Given

   Parliament’s manifest intention to expand the scope of Article 31-C by Section

   4 of the Forty-Second Amendment, it is not plausible to hold that Parliament

   independently sought to repeal the words “the principles specified in clause (b)

   or clause (c) of article 39” from Article 31-C. Therefore, it is evident that the

   legislative intent of Parliament when adopting Section 4 of the Forty-Second

   Amendment was composite, to repeal and enact (i.e., to substitute) through one

   single action. This Court cannot therefore disaggregate the steps of repeal and

   enactment and give effect to the repeal even after invalidating the enactment.

   After Minerva Mills invalidated Section 4 of the Forty-Second Amendment, the

   composite legal effect of Section 4 is nullified and the unamended text of Article

   31-C stands revived.


71. The final question is whether the revival of the unamended text of Article 31-C

   would in some way manifestly contravene the principles laid down in the

   judgment of Minerva Mills or result in some other adverse consequence. The

   text of the unamended Article 31-C was challenged, and the first part of the

   Article was upheld by thirteen-judge decision in Kesavananda Bharati while

   the latter half of the Article was invalidated. Therefore, the first half of

   unamended Article 31-C, which is the subject matter of the present controversy,

   was undoubtedly constitutional as held by the thirteen-judge decision in
                                                                        Page 81 of 193
                                                                          PART C


   Kesavananda Bharati and further by the Constitution Bench in Waman Rao.

   Therefore, if as a consequence of the decision in Minerva Mills, the

   unamended Article 31-C continues in force, there can be no question of any

   unconstitutionality or adverse consequences associated with the unamended

   Article 31-C. Indeed, both the Constitution Benches in Minerva Mills and

   Waman Rao expressly noted that the first half of Article 31-C had been held to

   be constitutional in Kesavananda Bharati. Further, given that the unamended

   Article 31-C has been given effect for over four decades as demonstrated by

   the decisions in Bhim Singh and Sanjeev Coke, no argument can be raised

   concerning any legal or practical difficulties with the operation of the

   unamended Article 31-C. Given these findings, we conclude that the

   unamended Article 31-C continues in force.


72. One final observation may be made. The principles discussed in this section of

   the judgement concerning the consequences of a substitution being invalidated

   emanate from cases concerning the invalidation of statutory provisions or

   delegated legislation. While constitutional amendments undoubtedly stand on

   a different footing legally, there is no reason that these principles concerning

   statutory interpretation would not apply equally to constitutional amendments.

   Indeed, the respondents before us highlighted a reason for them to apply with

   even greater force to constitutional amendments. The underlying rationale of

   the basic structure doctrine concerning constitutional amendments is that the

   amendment must not impermissibly deviate from the core principles that

   structure and govern our constitutional democracy. An amendment can be

   invalidated when it modifies, obliterates, or adds some feature to the
                                                                      Page 82 of 193
                                                                             PART C


Constitution that is anathema to the principles that emerge upon a structural

reading of the constitutional text. While Parliament undoubtedly has a

constitutional prerogative to amend the Constitution and continually give

constitutional character to the citizens’ democratic aspirations, the question in

basic structure review is a question of the degree of deviation from the

principles that undergird the Constitution. If an amendment is invalidated

because it causes a drastic deviation from the principles that govern our

constitutional democracy, the consequences must be a return to those

principles. Article 31-C represented a delicate balance between the goals of

Part IV and the rights of Part III of the Constitution. This balance was held to

not impermissibly deviate from the core principles that govern our Constitution

by the thirteen judges’ decision of this Court in Kesavananda Bharati.

However, in Minerva Mills, Section 4 of the Forty-Second Amendment was

held to violate these core principles that form the basic structure. The logical

result of such a ruling is that the constitutional text must return to within the fold

of the basic structure. To give effect to the repealing portions of Section 4 of the

Forty-Second Amendment while also invalidating the enactment would not

result in a return to a constitutional text that is in conformity with the basic

structure. Rather, it would result in a novel third outcome, the constitutionality

of which would be uncertain, untested, and may itself violate the basic structure.

Therefore, the consequence of invalidating Section 4 of the Forty-Second

Amendment must be that the unamended Article 31-C is revived.




                                                                        Page 83 of 193
                                                                              PART D


D. Article 39(b)


73. The second question framed for our determination is:

                   “Whether the interpretation of Article 39(b) adopted
                   by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy and
                   followed in Sanjeev Coke must be reconsidered.
                   Whether the phrase ‘material resources of the
                   community’ in Article 39(b) can be interpreted to
                   include resources that are owned privately and not
                   by the state.”



74. To answer this question, we will first briefly summarise the submissions of the

   counsel on this issue. Next, we will address the arguments that relate to the

   judicial discipline followed in the judgments of this Court which have given rise

   to the reference. Finally, we analyse the interpretation of Article 39(b) adopted

   in the judgements that have been doubted and determine the correctness of

   such an interpretation.




   i.     Submissions

   a. Submissions of the appellants and intervenors

75. Mr Zal Andhyarujina, learned senior counsel, and Mr Sameer Parekh, learned

   counsel for the appellants broadly made the following submissions:

   a. Article 31C gives primacy to the Directive Principles contained in Articles

        39(b) and overrides the fundamental rights guaranteed in Articles 14 and

        19. As this is a significant immunity, the requirements of Article 39(b) must

        be strictly complied with and read narrowly;



                                                                          Page 84 of 193
                                                                        PART D


b. Article 39(b) requires that there must not only be a ‘material resource’, but

   such resource must also be ‘of the community’. If the material cannot be

   traced to the ‘the community’, it cannot be the subject of the policy;

c. The object that must be “distributed” under Article 39(b) is the “ownership

   and control” of the resources. The mere distribution of the resources,

   without disturbing the element of its ownership and control cannot be the

   subject of the policy;

d. From various dictionary definitions of the terms ‘material’, ‘resource’, and

   ‘resources’, it emerges that ‘material resources of the community’ mean

   either natural resources (which are those of the country or the nation) or the

   means of production which in a large sense can be said to be of community,

   even though they may be in private hands;

e. The formulation of ‘material resources’ advanced by Justice Krishna Iyer in

   Ranganatha Reddy and subsequently followed in several judgements of

   this Court is too wide. Merely because a privately owned resource meets

   the qualifier of “material needs” does not make it a ‘material resource of the

   community’. The Constitution does not embody the social theory that

   because the individual is a member of the community, his resources

   however small are a necessary part of the community;

f. As evidenced from the debates in the Constituent Assembly, Article 39(b)

   has been deliberately drafted in language which provides flexibility to adapt

   to changing constitutional and social values. It cannot be restricted to a

   ‘Marxist reading’ of the Constitution;



                                                                    Page 85 of 193
                                                                         PART D


   g. Despite the purported socialist aims of the Constituent Assembly in

      incorporating the Directive Principles, private property was included as a

      fundamental right at the inception of the Constitution and continues to be

      given importance in inter alia Article 300A. This must be considered while

      interpreting the “community” element of Article 39(b); and

   h. The observations of this Court in Mafatlal on whether Article 39(b)

      encompasses private property are obiter dicta. The decision merely

      proceeds on the basis that the same has been “repeatedly affirmed by this

      Court” and the question was not before the Court.



76. Mr H Devarajan, counsel appearing on behalf of the appellants supplemented

   the arguments of Mr Andhyarujina and Mr Parekh. In the context of the MHADA

   Act, he made the following submissions:

   a. If Article 39(b) is to be read to include privately owned resources, the

      provision would have to be worded differently. It would either expressly

      contain the words “private material resources” or in any event, not contain

      the rider after material resources that they must be “of the community”;

   b. ‘Material resources of the community’ refers to resources which must

      produce goods or services for the community or be ‘capable of producing

      wealth for the community’. While dilapidated buildings in the island city of

      Mumbai may fall within the ambit of ‘resources’, they cannot constitute

      ‘material resources of the community’; and

   c. The minority opinion authored by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha

      Reddy and subsequently followed in Sanjeev Coke was rendered in the

                                                                     Page 86 of 193
                                                                                     PART D


            context of ‘nationalisation’ and the same context cannot be supplanted in

            the context of the MHADA Act.



77. Ms Uttara Babbar, senior counsel for one of the intervenors 75 supplemented the

       arguments of the counsel for the appellants and made the following

       submissions:

       a. The decision in Sanjeev Coke and the observations in Mafatlal that

            ‘material resources of the community’ include privately owned resources

            are not good law. The interpretation of Article 39(b) advanced by Justice

            Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy relied on in these decisions was part of

            the minority opinion, from which the majority had distanced itself;

       b. Further, in Sanjeev Coke, the Court expressed its ‘misgivings’ about the

            decision in Minerva Mills. However, this was not permissible as Minerva

            Mills was rendered by a bench of co-equal strength. Similarly, observations

            in Sanjeev Coke about the validity of Article 31-C as amended by the Forty-

            Second Amendment were beyond the lis before it;

       c. In Mafatlal Industries, the nine-judge bench carried forward the error by

            relying on the decision in Sanjeev Coke and the observations of Justice

            Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy;

       d. The words “of the community” used in Article 39(b) must be understood as

            distinct from the ‘individual’. An interpretation of the Article that provides that




75
     I.A. No. 28541 of 2024.
                                                                                 Page 87 of 193
                                                                             PART D


      resources of the individual are part of the community, renders the use of the

      phrase “of the community” otiose;

   e. Article 39(b) mandatorily requires “distribution” of “ownership and control”

      of the resources in question. This pre-supposes the acquisition of the

      resource by the state and cannot include laws that provide for the

      acquisition of private resources by the state. The protection of Article 31-C

      and Article 39(b) comes in only at the stage of distribution and not at the

      anterior stage of acquisition of assets by the state or vesting;

   f. Acquisition of resources is permissible under the various other powers of

      the legislature, including the power of eminent domain and would get other

      protections such as the protection of Article 31-A. However, laws which

      provide for acquisition cannot be interpreted to be giving effect to Article

      39(b) and must meet the muster of Articles 14 and 19; and

   g. The Constituent Assembly discussed the proposal for an amendment to the

      draft text of the present Article 39(b). The proposal entailed that the

      provision be read as “material resources…shall be vested in and belong to

      the country collectively”. However, this amendment was rejected. The

      assembly consciously chose to use the phrase “material resources…are so

      distributed”, rather than “material resources …shall be vested”, indicating

      that it does not encompass the acquisition or vesting of private resources.



78. The counsel for the appellants also sought to argue that the constitutional

   jurisprudence with regard to fundamental rights has undergone a sea change

   since Kesavananda Bharati. In I.R. Coelho, in the context of Article 31-B, a

                                                                         Page 88 of 193
                                                                            PART D


   bench of nine judges of this Court held that even constitutional amendments by

   which laws are inserted in the ninth schedule are amenable to a basic structure

   challenge. This Court further held that the essence of Articles 21, 14 and 19 is

   a part of this basic structure and amendments inserting laws in the ninth

   schedule can be tested on this anvil. According to the appellants, in view of this

   judgement, it is difficult to envisage a situation where Articles 14 and 19 can be

   abrogated by a mere legislation under the protection of Article 31-C without

   even requiring a constitutional amendment. As noted during the course of the

   hearing, such arguments essentially involve a challenge to the constitutionality

   of Article 31-C itself, which falls outside the ambit of this judgement and has

   already been settled by a thirteen-judge bench of this Court in Kesavananda

   Bharati. We are not inclined to address these arguments. However, parties are

   at liberty to raise arguments relying on IR Coehlo to advance their submissions

   on the constitutionality of the MHADA Act before the regular bench.




   b. Submissions of the Respondents and Intervenors

79. Mr R Venkataramani, the learned Attorney General appearing on behalf of the

   respondents, contested the interpretation of Article 39(b) advanced by the

   appellants and advocated for a wider reading of the provision. He submitted:

   a. Given the constitutional context of Article 39(b) and its relevance towards

       realising an egalitarian social order, any narrow reading of the provision

       would offend the free play that is desirable in the working of the provision;




                                                                        Page 89 of 193
                                                                                             PART D


     b. Nothing in Article 39 suggests any limitation of the words used therein. The

         distinction between public and private resources, or natural and human-

         made resources is alien to the spirit of Article 39 (b) and (c); and

     c. A wide range of resources have been considered as part of the phrase

         ‘material resources of the community’ and within the ambit of Article 39(b).

         These include housing 76, contract carriages77, land 78, coke oven plants 79,

         assets of sick textile undertakings 80, drugs81, electricity 82, capital 83, licenses

         for felling bamboo84, refractory plants 85, grant of dealerships of petroleum

         products 86, mines and minerals 87, mining lease 88, refund of excise, 89 natural

         gas 90and the grant of natural resource91.



80. Mr Tushar Mehta, the learned Solicitor General, supplemented the arguments

     of the learned Attorney General. He argued:

     a. The interpretation that Article 39(b) includes privately owned resources, has

         been a consistent position of this Court and has acquired the status of stare

         decisis. The opinion of Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy has



76
   B Banerjee v Anita Pan, (1975) 1 SCC 166; 1974 INSC 246.
77
   State of Karnataka & Anr v. Shri Ranganatha Reddy & Anr. (1977) 4 SCC 471; State of Tamil Nadu & Ors.
v. L. Abu Kavur Bai & Ors. (1984) 1 SCC 515
78
   Maharao Sahib Shri Bhim Singhji v. Union of India & Ors. (1981) 1 SCC 166; Jijubhai Nanbhai Kachar v
State of Gujarat (1995) Supp 1 SCC 596
79
   Sanjeev Coke.
80
   National Textile Corp Ltd v. Sitaram Mills Ltd, AIR 1986 SC 1234; 1986 INSC 61.
81
   Union of India v. Cynamide India Ltd., (1987) 2 SCC 720; 1987 INSC 100.
82
   Tinsukhia Electric Supply Co. Ltd. v. State of Assam & Ors. (1989) 3 SCC 709; 1989 INSC 128.
83
   N. Parthasarathy v. Controller of Capital Issues, (1991) 3 SCC 153; 1991 INSC 104.
84
   Orient Paper and Industries Ltd. v. State of Orissa, 1991 Supp (1) SCC 81;
85
   Assam Sillimanite Ltd & Anr v. Union of India & ors. (1992) Suppl (1) SCC 692; 1990 INSC 89.
86
   Mahinder Kumar Gupta v. Union of India, Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, (1995) 1 SCC 85
87
   Tata Iron & Steel Co v UOI, (1996) 9 SCC 709; 1996 INSC 770; 1996 INSC 770.
88
   Victorian Granites Pvt. Ltd. v. P. Rama Rao & Ors (1996) 10 SCC 665; 1996 INSC 1018.
89
   Mafatlal Industries Ltd. & Ors. v. Union of India & Ors. (1997) 5 SCC 536
90
   Reliance Natural Resources Ltd. v. Reliance Industries Ltd. (2010) 7 SCC 1, 2010 INSC 290
91
   In Re Natural Resources Allocation (2012) 10 SCC 1,
                                                                                        Page 90 of 193
                                                                                  PART D


           been followed in Sanjeev Coke, State of Tamil Nadu & Ors vs. L. Abu

           Kavur Bai & Ors., 92 and also by a bench of eleven judges in Mafatlal

           Industries. There is no conflict of opinion between different judgements;

       b. The observations in Mafatlal Industries on the interpretation of Article

           39(b) do not constitute obiter dicta. The interpretation of Article 39(b) is

           discussed by three opinions in the decision, including the dissenting opinion

           and the issue was specifically argued;

       c. The meaning of the phrase “material resources of the community” cannot

           be whittled down to only include public resources and exclude private

           property. The phrase specifically uses the word ‘community’ to include the

           resources of every individual;

       d. The inclusion of the phrase “securing that the ownership and control” in

           Article 39(b) indicates that the phrase that follows it i.e. “material resources

           of the community” includes resources which are not public resources. The

           ‘ownership and control’ of public resources would not be required to be

           secured and it is only private property that is required to be “secured” for

           the purposes of ownership and control;

       e. The terms ‘ownership’ and ‘control’ are disjunctive and there may be

           situations where the state does not acquire ownership but only acquires

           control. For instance, if a mineral is found on private land, the ownership

           may remain with the private person, but control over the mineral and the




92
     1984 (1) SCC 515; 1984 INSC 17.
                                                                             Page 91 of 193
                                                                             PART D


     land is taken over by the government. Therefore, the term ‘and’ must be

     read as ‘and/or’;

f. The securing of ownership and control must be of any identifiable class of

     “material resources” and not in general terms as a wholesale acquisition of

     all private property without any defined principle;

g. Article 39(b) leaves it entirely to the wisdom of the legislature to decide what

     should constitute ‘material resources’ at a given point in time, keeping in

     mind the dynamics of national and international economic configurations. It

     allows the legislature to enact a law for the distribution of particular material

     resources, irrespective of its pattern of ownership;

h. The debates in the Constituent Assembly indicate that the framers of the

     Constitution deliberately framed Article 39(b) in the broadest possible

     terms. The idea was to leave enough room for future governments to

     determine the best way of achieving ‘economic democracy’;

i.   The deletion of the right to property as a fundamental right, under the

     erstwhile Article 31 and Article 19(1)(f), points towards the inclusion of

     private property within the ambit of ‘material resources of the community’

     under Article 39(b);

j. Provisions akin to Article 39(b) are present in various constitutions across

     the world and have not posed any problems. Even in the absence of Article

     39(b), the formation of any nation State, includes within itself, the power to

     acquire an identifiable class of property or “material resource” from an

     identifiable “community” for the larger public or “common good”; and



                                                                        Page 92 of 193
                                                                              PART D


   k. The preservation of ‘material resources’, such as buildings constitutes the

       ‘common good’. The principle of ‘inter-generational equity’ propounded by

       this Court in the context of natural resources, provides that resources need

       to be used judicially to ensure that future generations are also able to enjoy

       the fruits of the resources.



81. Mr Rakesh Dwivedi, senior counsel appearing for the State of West Bengal

   advanced the view that this Court should refrain from laying down a water-tight

   interpretation of the resources and forms of distribution that fall within the ambit

   of Article 39(b). Such an exercise, Mr Dwivedi urged, is context-specific and

   must be left for experimentation by the Parliament, in view of changing

   economic priorities. In the context of this formulation, he broadly made the

   following submissions:

   a. The phrase ‘material resources” includes privately owned resources within

       its ambit. Only resources that are earmarked for personal use and do not

       act as a source of income or wealth are excluded from the phrase;

   b. The proposal to amend the existing provision to include specific resources

       was rejected by the Constituent Assembly. Dr Ambedkar stated that it was

       a deliberate choice to keep the phraseology extensive to account for future

       economic priorities. Thus, Article 39(b) must be construed liberally.;

   c. The provision uses the term “community” instead of “State/Government”.

       The phrase includes all citizens or sections of citizens or a community of

       individuals and thus, encompasses privately owned resources;



                                                                         Page 93 of 193
                                                                           PART D


   d. Various forms of private property inherently have a bearing on ecology and

      the well-being of the community, for instance, privately owned forests, large

      ponds, fragile areas and wetlands. Such properties by their nature, would

      be included in the phrase “material resources of the community”.

   e. The word “distributed” in Article 39(b) has been used as a part of the phrase,

      “so distributed as best to subserve the common good” and must be widely

      interpreted. The intent is that the State may adopt any mode of distribution

      as long as it subserves the common good. Such distribution may be

      piecemeal or the resources may be kept in the control of a governmental or

      private agency, provided the benefits reach the people as a ‘common good’;

      and

   f. Articles 38, 39(b) and (c), must be read together. They indicate that the

      provisions are not limited to the material resources owned by the State and

      its agencies. They enable the state to make a law for distributing ownership

      and control of the material resources which may be in the hands of private

      persons to achieve economic justice and redistribution.



82. Mr Gopal Sankarnaryanan, senior counsel, appearing for an intervenor,

  supplemented the arguments advanced by the counsel for the respondents and

  the State of West Bengal. He broadly made the following submissions:

   a. The purport of clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 must be interpreted in the

      context of whether Article 31C was meant to apply to laws dealing with

      privately owned property or resources. Article 31C was inserted in the

      Constitution by the Parliament to overcome the judgement in RC Cooper,

                                                                       Page 94 of 193
                                                                            PART D


        wherein this Court struck down the nationalisation of the private rights of

        shareholders and banks as violative of Article 14;

   b. Article 31C is part of a scheme, along with Articles 31A and 31B which were

        inserted by the first amendment. That both Article 31-A and 31-B apply to

        private property is uncontested.;

   c. If ‘ownership and control’ of ‘material resources of the community’ excluded

        private ownership, there would be no challenge under Article 19 to require

        protection under Article 31C;

   d. Article 39(c) seeks to prevent the “concentration of wealth and means of

        production” which could be to the common detriment. Such phrases cannot

        be construed to refer to public wealth and public means of production. A

        similar interpretation must be adopted for Article 39(b); and

   e. The concept of ‘common good’ alluded to in Article 39(b) is critical to

        determine whether the provision includes privately owned resources. The

        COVID-19 pandemic has shown us the need to pool resources, which may

        often be privately owned, to protect the health of the community.



  ii.     Judicial Discipline: Observations in Sanjeev Coke and Mafatlal

83. Several arguments have been made with regard to the judicial discipline

  followed by and the precedential value of the judgements which lie at the heart

  of this reference. We will first address these arguments before analysing the

  correctness of the interpretation of Article 39(b) in these judgements.




                                                                        Page 95 of 193
                                                                           PART D


   a. The resurrection of the minority view in Ranganatha Reddy by Sanjeev

      Coke



84. As discussed in Part A of this judgement, the five-judge bench order referred

   the correctness of the decision in Sanjeev Coke to a larger bench of seven

   judges. One of the apprehensions of this Court in this reference order was that

   this Court in Sanjeev Coke, followed the observations of the minority

   judgement in Ranganatha Reddy, despite the majority expressly distancing

   itself from such observations. The appellants have also advanced similar

   contentions. They argue that the decision in Sanjeev Coke is not good in law

   as the judgement follows a minority view which was ‘disagreed’ with by the

   majority, and the same error was repeated by subsequent decisions that have

   followed Sanjeev Coke. Therefore, we first explore whether the decision in

   Sanjeev Coke can be faulted on the ground of judicial discipline.


85. The judgement at the heart of this controversy before us is Ranganatha Reddy

   rendered by a bench of seven judges of this Court. The issue before this Court

   related to the constitutional validity of the Karnataka Contract Carriages

   (Acquisition) Ordinance, 1976, followed by the Karnataka Contract Carriages

   (Acquisition) Act, 1976. The legislation provided for the nationalisation of

   contract carriages in the state. One opinion was authored by Justice NL

   Untwalia for the majority, speaking for himself, Chief Justice MH Beg, Justice

   YV Chandrachud and Justice PS Kailasam. Justice Krishna Iyer, speaking for

   himself, Justice Jaswant Singh and Justice PN Bhagwati, authored a separate

   but concurring opinion on behalf of a minority of the judges.
                                                                       Page 96 of 193
                                                                                                   PART D



86. In Ranganatha Reddy, the issue arose before this Court in an appeal from the

     judgement of the Karnataka High Court which struck down the legislation and

     declared it to be unconstitutional. Justice Untwalia, speaking for the majority,

     briefly delineated the findings of the High Court in the following terms:

                        “4. We now proceed to state the findings of the High
                        Court on the various points argued before it not in
                        the order as finally recorded in para 98 of its
                        judgment at p. 1530 but in the order the points were
                        urged before us by Mr Lal Narayan Sinha, learned
                        Counsel for the appellants. They are as follows:
                        “(1) The acquisition is not for a public purpose.
                        (2) The compensation or the amount provided for or
                        the principles laid down in the Act for payment in lieu
                        of the various vehicles, permits and other assets is
                        wholly illusory and arbitrary.”
                        For the two reasons aforesaid, the Act is violative of
                        Article 31(2) of the Constitution and is a fraud on it.
                        It is, therefore, null and void.
                        (3) The acquisition of contract carriages with inter-
                        State permits and other assets pertaining to such
                        operators is ultra vires the legislative power and the
                        competence of the State Legislature.
                        (4) Article 31-C does not bar the challenge to the
                        Act as being violative of Article 31(2) of the
                        Constitution as there is no reasonable and
                        substantial nexus between the purpose of the
                        acquisitions and securing the principles
                        specified in clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39.”
                                                         (emphasis supplied)



87. From the above, it is clear that the High Court declared the Act unconstitutional

     on several grounds, including a violation of Article 31(2)93 and on the ground of

     legislative competence. Significantly, as stated in point (4) of the above extract,


93
   Article 31(2) was part of the Constitution at the time. It has been subsequently omitted by Section 6 of the
Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, w.e.f. 20.06.1979. [It read: “(2) No property, movable or
immovable, including any interest in, or in any company owning, any commercial or industrial undertaking,
shall be taken possession of or acquired for public purposes under any law authorising the taking of such
possession or such acquisition, unless the law provides for compensation for the property taken possession
of or acquired and either fixes the amount of the compensation, or specifies the principles on which, and the
manner in which, the compensation is to be determined and given.”]
                                                                                              Page 97 of 193
                                                                                  PART D


   the High Court also decided on the question of whether the legislation had a

   nexus with Articles 39(b) and (c) and was consequently protected by Article 31-

   C. In this regard, the High Court took the view that there was no substantial

   nexus between the purpose of the acquisition by the legislation and the

   principles laid down in Articles 39(b) and (c).

88. It was in the context of the above findings of the High Court that the appeal was

   heard by this Court. The majority judgement, authored by Justice Untwalia,

   upheld the constitutionality of the Act on the ground that the legislation met the

   muster of Article 31(2). It was held that the provisions were for ‘public purpose’

   and provided adequate compensation, as required by the provision. While

   arguments were made by the counsel on all the issues raised by the judgement

   of the High Court, the majority judgement eventually upheld the constitutionality

   of the Act only on the ground of Article 31(2). In fact, it appears that Justice

   Untwalia consciously refrained from making observations about whether the

   legislation had a nexus with Article 39(b) and the consequent protection under

   Article 31C. This is evidenced by the following observations of Justice Untwalia:


                  “15. … For the purpose of deciding the point which
                  falls for consideration in these appeals, it will suffice
                  to say that still the overwhelming view of the majority
                  of Judges in Kesavananda Bharati case is that the
                  amount payable for the acquired property either
                  fixed by the legislature or determined on the basis of
                  the principles engrafted in the law of acquisition
                  cannot be wholly arbitrary and illusory. When we say
                  so we are not taking into account the effect of
                  Article 31-C inserted in the Constitution by the
                  25th Amendment (leaving out the invalid part as
                  declared by the majority).

                  …


                                                                              Page 98 of 193
                                                                                 PART D

                 17. As already stated the High Court took the view
                 that the amount payable under the Act for the
                 property acquired would be such that it will be wholly
                 arbitrary and illusory and leave the many operators
                 in huge debts. Many of them were plying their
                 contract carriages having taken loans of
                 considerable sums of money from the various
                 financiers on hire-purchase system, for whom also
                 Mr A.K. Sen appeared and argued before us. They
                 would not only be paupers but huge liability will
                 remain on their shoulders if the interpretation put by
                 the High Court were to be correct. Mr Lal Narayan
                 Sinha, learned Counsel for the appellants, took a
                 very just and proper attitude in advancing an
                 argument before us which would take away the basis
                 of the High Court judgment in this regard. With
                 respect to each and every relevant section on the
                 question of payment of the amount in lieu of the
                 property acquired he suggested such a reasonable,
                 harmonious and just construction by the rules of
                 interpretation that we found no difficulty in accepting
                 his argument — rather, were glad to do so. The other
                 side on the interpretation so put, which we are going
                 to mention hereinafter, felt satisfied to a large extent.
                 Mr Sinha also advanced some argument with
                 reference to the valid part of Article 31-C read
                 with clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 but very
                 wisely did not choose to heavily rely upon it. On
                 the interpretation of the statute as canvassed by
                 him, there hardly remained any necessity of it.

                 27. On the interpretations aforesaid which we
                 have put to the relevant provisions of the Act, it
                 was difficult — rather impossible — to argue that
                 the amount so fixed will be arbitrary or illusory.
                 In some respects it may be inadequate but that
                 cannot be a ground for challenge of the
                 constitutionality of the law under Article 31(2).
                 The respondents felt quite satisfied by the
                 interpretations aforesaid and could not pursue
                 their attack on the vires of the Act on that
                 ground.”

                                                       (emphasis supplied)



89. Justice Untwalia also expressly clarified that the majority opinion does not

   express any opinion on whether the Act has a reasonable nexus with Articles
                                                                             Page 99 of 193
                                                                                        PART D


      39(b) and (c) and Article 31-C is applicable. Further, the learned judge observed

      that while Justice Krishna Iyer has rendered a separate opinion specifically

      dealing with the Article 39(b) and (c) question, the majority must not be

      understood to be in agreement with those findings. Justice Untwalia observed:

                        “37. At the end we may also indicate that under sub-
                        section (6) of Section 19 all sums deducted by the
                        State Government under sub-section (3) of Section
                        10 which include the sums payable to the secured
                        creditors stand transferred to the Corporation which
                        is obliged to credit the sums transferred to the
                        appropriate funds. The said provision would take
                        within its ambit the liability of the Corporation to pay
                        forthwith the sum found due to the secured creditors.
                        Since we have upheld the constitutional validity
                        of the Act on merits by repelling the attack on it
                        by a reasonable and harmonious construction of
                        the Act, we do not consider it necessary to
                        express any opinion with reference to Article 31-
                        C read with clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 of the
                        Constitution. Our learned Brother Krishna Iyer, J.
                        has prepared a separate judgment specially
                        dealing with this point. We must not be
                        understood to agree with all that he has said in
                        his judgment in this regard.”



90. Justice Krishna Iyer began his separate opinion, on behalf of himself and two

      other judges, with the following question: “We go wholly with our learned brother

      Untwalia, J. Then why a separate afterword?” 94 The opinion then goes on to

      frame the questions that arose from the judgement of the High Court in the

      following terms:

                        “50. Back to the challenging problems thrown up by
                        the High Court's decision. The facts are there in the
                        leading judgment and the formulation of the
                        controverted propositions also needs no reiteration.
                        Broadly speaking, we strike no note of dissensus but
                        seek to bring out some social nuances even in


94
     Ranganatha Reddy [40].
                                                                                   Page 100 of 193
                                                                                PART D

                  consensus. Let us project the pegs on which our
                  discussion may hang. Incidentally, conceptual
                  differences about the dimensions of the change
                  visualised by Article 31-C read with Article 39(b) and
                  (c) are bound to exist among Judges who, after all,
                  professionally objectify the social philosophy of the
                  Constitution through the subjective prism of their
                  own mentalism.
                  1. What is a “public purpose”, set as a constitutional
                  limitation in Article 31(2), compliance with which
                  conditions the immunity from attack based on Article
                  19(1)(f) or inadequacy of recompense when any
                  person is deprived of his property?
                  1(a). What is the degree of nexus between the public
                  purpose and the acquisition desiderated by Article
                  31(2)?
                  1(b). Can Cooper be judicially resurrected, draped
                  differently but with the same “compensation” soul,
                  even after the amendment of Article 31(2)?
                  2. What are the pervasive ambience and
                  progressive amplitude of the “directive
                  principle” in Article 39(b) and (c) in the context
                  of nationalisation of public utilities?
                  2(a). Can State monopoly by taking over private
                  property be a modus operandi of distribution of
                  ownership and control of the material resources
                  of the community to subserve tile common
                  good, within the framework of Article 39 (b)?
                  2(b). Are distribution and nationalisation
                  antithetical or overlapping?
                  2(c). What is the connotation of the expression
                  “material resources”? Can private buses be
                  regarded as material resources of the
                  community?”



91. The above formulation by Justice Krishna Iyer of the issues raised by the High

   Court is distinguishable from the formulation of the issues by the majority in

   paragraph 4 of the judgement, extracted above. Issues 2, 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c)

   identified by Justice Krishna Iyer on the interpretation of Article 39(b), and

   particularly the purport of the terms ‘distribution’ and ‘material resources’ were

   not even framed as issues by the majority, let alone answered. We will discuss

   in detail, the answers given by Justice Krishna Iyer to these questions at a later
                                                                           Page 101 of 193
                                                                                   PART D


      stage. For now, it is sufficient to note that Justice Krishna Iyer inter alia observed

      that all resources that satisfy material needs, including privately owned

      resources, fall within the ambit of the phrase ‘material resources of the

      community’ used in Article 39(b).95



92. There was a resurrection of these observations by Justice Krishna Iyer in the

      decision of five judges of this Court in Sanjeev Coke. As briefly noted above,

      in this case, the petitioners challenged the nationalisation of their coke oven

      plants on the ground that nationalising certain coke oven plants, while leaving

      others out violated Article 14 of the Constitution. The Court proceeded on the

      assumption that Article 31C remains in force and protects a legislation from

      challenge under Articles 14 and 19 when the Act bears a nexus with the

      principles in Article 39(b) or (c). This Court held that the Coking Coal Mines

      (Nationalisation) Act 1972 is a legislation that gives effect to the policy specified

      in Article 39(b) and therefore, is immune from a challenge to its constitutionality

      under Article 14. To establish the nexus between the Act and the principles laid

      down in Article 39(b), the bench of five judges of this Court (speaking through

      Chinappa Reddy, J) analysed the scope of Article 39(b) and the meaning of

      both ‘material resources of the community’ and the concept of ‘distribution to

      subserve the common good’.


93. The counsel for the petitioner in Sanjeev Coke mirrored the arguments made

      by some of the appellants in the case before us. It was urged that a coal mine



95
     Ranganatha Reddy [80-84].
                                                                             Page 102 of 193
                                                                            PART D


   or coke oven plant owned by private parties cannot constitute a “material

   resource of the community” until it is acquired by the state. It was argued that

   to qualify as a material resource of the community, the ownership of the

   resource must vest with the state. A legislation such as the Coking Coal Mines

   (Nationalisation) Act, it was urged, may be a legislation for the acquisition of

   coking coal mines and coke oven plants belonging to private parties but cannot

   be considered to be a legislation in furtherance of Article 39(b). In essence, the

   petitioners’ case was that acquisition is a pre-requisite for ‘distribution’ and

   cannot be considered synonymous with distribution.


94. This Court rejected this argument and quoted with approval paragraphs 82 to

   83 of the judgment authored by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy for

   a minority of judges. Relying on the observations of Justice Krishna Iyer, this

   Court concluded that material resources of the community are not confined to

   public-owned resources but include “all resources, natural and man-made,

   public and private-owned”. In this way, the observations in the minority opinion

   authored by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy were resurrected by a

   five-Judge Bench of this Court in Sanjeev Coke.



   b. Sanjeev Coke erred in relying on the observations of the minority in

      Ranganatha Reddy



95. The first issue which arises is the precedential value of the observations made

   by Justice Krishna Iyer in his opinion in Ranganatha Reddy and whether a


                                                                       Page 103 of 193
                                                                                                   PART D


     subsequent bench of lesser strength in Sanjeev Coke was in violation of judicial

     discipline by following these observations.


96. The law laid down by this Court is binding on subsequent benches of lesser or

     coequal strength. A bench of lesser strength cannot disagree or dissent from

     the view taken by a bench of a larger quorum. In case of any doubt, such a

     bench may only invite the attention of the Chief Justice and request for the

     matter to be placed for hearing before a bench of a larger strength than the

     quorum of the bench whose decision was being considered. A bench of coequal

     strength may go one step ahead, and express an opinion doubting the

     correctness of the view taken by the earlier bench of coequal strength.

     Subsequently, the matter may be placed before a larger bench to lay down the

     law on the correctness of the decision which is doubted.96


97. Judges of this Court have the liberty to pronounce separate dissenting

     judgment(s). However, it is the decision of the majority of judges which

     constitutes the binding judgment. 97 The binding nature of the judgement

     depends on the bench strength and not the numerical strength of the majority

     taking a particular view. For instance, if a judgment is pronounced by a bench

     of seven judges, with four judges constituting the majority, and the remaining

     three judges dissenting from the view of the majority, the majority judgement




96
  Central Board of Dawoodi Bohra vs. State of Maharashtra, (2005) 2 SCC 673 [12]; 2004 INSC 720
97
  Article 145(5), Constitution of India. [It reads: “No judgment and no such opinion shall be delivered by the
Supreme Court save with the concurrence of a majority of the Judges present at the hearing of the case, but
nothing in this clause shall be deemed to prevent a Judge who does not concur from delivering a dissenting
judgment or opinion.”] A similar provision was contained in Section 214(4) of the Government of India Act,
1935.
                                                                                            Page 104 of 193
                                                                              PART D


     will constitute a binding judgment by a bench of seven judges and not a bench

     of four judges. This position of law has been clarified and settled by a

     Constitution Bench of this Court in Trimurthi Fragrances (P) Ltd. v. State

     (NCT of Delhi). 98



98. A dissenting judgment, however, must be distinguished from a concurring

     judgment. 99 A dissenting judgment is a judgment signed by a minority of judges,

     with or without an accompanying opinion, which expresses non-concurrence

     with the decision of the majority of judges of the court.100 However, judges of

     this Court who agree with the decision of the majority may also author separate

     opinions. In such ‘concurring opinions’, the judge (or judges) agree with the

     conclusion of the majority, though they separately state their views on the case

     or their reasons for concurrence. Such opinions may be based on different

     grounds and the judges may give separate reasons, even about observations

     on which they concur with the majority. The majority judgement too is not

     always contained in a single opinion. It is common practice for a plurality of

     judges of this Court to render separate opinions, and it is from the conclusions

     and concurring observations of each of their judgements that a majority opinion

     is identified.


99. In order to determine whether the observations in the concurring opinion of a

     numerical minority of judges constitute a binding precedent, we must ask two



98
   2022 SCC OnLine SC 1247; 2022 INSC 975.
99
   DD Basu, ‘Constitution of India’, Vol 9, p 9917.
100
    ADVANCED LAW LEXICON BY RAMANATHAIER, 3rd Edn., Vol. III, p. 2509.
                                                                         Page 105 of 193
                                                                                  PART D


      questions. Firstly, when only the concurring opinion expounds the law on a

      particular point, does the majority opinion indicate a difference of opinion from

      that view or distance itself from such reasoning? Secondly, are the

      observations in the concurring opinion essential to the ratio decidendi and can

      they be regarded as an expression of opinion on behalf of this Court as a

      whole? 101 These requirements are cumulative. For observations in a concurring

      opinion to be binding on a smaller or coequal bench, the observations in the

      concurring opinion should be both free from disagreement or difference by the

      majority of judges and also be a part of the ratio decidendi of the judgment.


100. The disagreement with the concurring view in the majority opinion may be

      express or implied. The majority may expressly state that it disagrees with or

      distances itself from the view taken in a concurring opinion on a particular issue.

      Alternatively, the discussion in the majority judgment on that issue may be at

      odds with the observations in the concurring opinion. It is the latter situation that

      becomes more tricky, particularly, when a single opinion has not been authored

      on behalf of the majority. A Constitution Bench of this Court in Jaishri

      Laxmanrao Patil v. State of Maharashtra 102 has provided some assistance

      about how to cull out the binding majority opinion in such a situation, where

      various judges, discuss the same question of law albeit differently. The

      Constitution Bench (speaking through Justice Ravindra Bhat) relied on the

      observations in Rajnarain Singh v. Patna Administration Committee103 and



101
    DD Basu, ‘Constitution of India’, Vol 9, p 9849.
102
    (2021) 8 SCC 1; 2021 INSC 284.
103
    (1954) 2 SCC 82; 1954 INSC 69.
                                                                            Page 106 of 193
                                                                                 PART D


   held that to cull out the majority in such cases, the Court must attempt to

   ascertain the ‘greatest common measure’ of agreement. The Court held:

                  “355. Before we proceed to notice the relevant
                  paragraphs of the judgment of Indra Sawhney, we
                  need to first notice method of culling out the majority
                  opinion expressed in a judgment where more than
                  one judgments have been delivered. The
                  Constitution Bench of this Court in Rajnarain
                  Singh v. Patna Admn. Committee, had occasion to
                  find out the majority opinion of a seven-Judge Bench
                  judgment delivered by this Court in Delhi Laws Act,
                  1912, In re. the Constitution Bench laid down that
                  opinion which embodies the greatest common
                  measures of the agreement among the Bench is
                  to be accepted as the decision of the Court.
                  Thus, for culling out the decision of the Court in
                  a case where there are several opinions, on
                  which there is greatest common measure of
                  agreement is the decision of the Court.”
                                                    (emphasis supplied)


101. Therefore, in situations where several opinions are authored, dealing with

   the same questions of law, to identify the propositions of law that are binding

   on subsequent benches, the greatest common measure of agreement by a

   majority of judges would be binding on future benches.


102. It must be noted, however, that there is a difference between whether an

   observation is a binding precedent and whether it is a position of law that may

   have persuasive value on subsequent benches. In the absence of

   disagreement by a majority of judges (either express or implied), nothing

   precludes subsequent benches of this Court from relying on observations made

   in a concurring opinion (on behalf of the minority of judges) which are not

   discussed by the other judges at all. It is assumed in such cases, that all judges

   on the bench have read the opinions of one another, and did not deem it

                                                                            Page 107 of 193
                                                                                               PART D


      necessary to either state their express disagreement with the opinion or lay

      down a different understanding of the proposition of law (implied

      disagreement).104


103. For instance, in Navtej Singh Johar v Union of India, 105 one of us (DY

      Chandrachud, J) authored a concurring opinion, recognising the concept of

      ‘indirect discrimination’. While technically this was an opinion on behalf of only

      one judge, the other judgements in the case did not discuss this issue at all.

      Neither did the other judges expressly disagree with the view, nor did they

      present a view on the subject that could be seen as being at odds with the view

      taken in the concurring opinion. In the absence of such disagreement, express

      or implied, subsequent benches of this Court were not precluded from relying

      on the observations as having persuasive value. In Lt. Col. Nitisha & Ors. vs.

      Union of India & Ors, 106 a two-Judge Bench of this Court relied on the

      conception of ‘indirect discrimination’ while analysing an evaluation criteria set

      by the army, which was facially neutral but disproportionately impacted women

      officers. The bench was not violating judicial discipline merely because a

      majority of judges did not expressly agree with the view or discuss the concept

      at all. The fact that the observations of the concurring opinion were not

      disagreed with or even discussed is sufficient for a subsequent bench to rely on

      the same if they choose to do so. In such cases, the court is not bound by the

      view but may choose to rely on it.



104
    Kaikhosrou (Chick) Kavasji Framji v. Union of India, (2019) 20 SCC 705 [40-46]; 2019 INSC 378.
105
    (2018) 10 SCC 1 [442-446]; 2018 INSC 790.
106
    (2021) 15 SCC 125 [50]; 2021 INSC 210.
                                                                                        Page 108 of 193
                                                                            PART D


104. However, the above example is distinguishable from the situation in

   Ranganatha Reddy. The majority judgment in Ranganatha Reddy not only

   refrained from making observations about the interpretation of Article 39(b) but

  also indicated an express disagreement with the observations in the judgment

  of Justice Krishna Iyer on the point. It was to prevent future benches from relying

  on the observations of that judgment, by presuming concurrence, that the

  majority opinion clarified that it must not be understood to agree with the

  observations in the judgement of Justice Krishna Iyer. Thus, it is clear that a

  majority of judges of this Court did not adopt the view advanced by Justice

  Krishna Iyer on the interpretation of Article 39(b). In such a situation, the bench

  of five judges in Sanjeev Coke was bound by the view of the majority in

  Ranganatha Reddy, which was a decision rendered by a bench of seven

  judges. The view taken by a minority of three judges and specifically disagreed

  with by the majority of four judges could not be relied on by a smaller bench of

  five judges in Sanjeev Coke. Not only was the opinion in the judgment of a

  minority of judges not binding, but it also could not be relied on as having

  persuasive value, since there was a majority opinion of a larger bench

  disagreeing with the view.


105. The majority in Ranganatha Reddy did not discuss its interpretation of

  Article 39(b) and merely expressed their disagreement simpliciter with the view

  of the concurring minority. Therefore, it is undoubtedly possible that the bench

  of a lower quorum in Sanjeev Coke was perplexed about the interpretation of

  Article 39(b) that it was bound to follow. In such a situation it was open to the

  bench to have brought this to the attention of the Chief Justice and requested
                                                                      Page 109 of 193
                                                                                                    PART D


      for the matter to be placed before a larger bench. A part of the beauty of minority

      opinions undoubtedly lies in the hope of the author that, in some cases, they

      may become the law when adopted by a majority in a future case. 107 However,

      this cannot be done by compromising on judicial discipline. To this effect, this

      Court in Sanjeev Coke erred in relying on the observations in the opinion of

      Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy, when the binding opinion of the

      majority of judges expressly stated their inability to agree with those

      observations.



      c. The error has been carried forward in subsequent decisions

106. Mr Tushar Mehta, the learned Solicitor General of India, has argued that this

      Court has consistently upheld the observations of Justice Krishna Iyer in

      Ranganatha Reddy and this is not a case of jurisprudential inconsistency or

      conflicting decisions. The observations in Sanjeev Coke on Article 39(b),

      adopting the minority view in Ranganatha Reddy, have been followed in

      subsequent decisions of this Court. These decisions include inter alia SAbu

      Kavur Bai, Basantibal Khetan, and Mafatlal. Thus, it was urged, that this

      Court should refrain from unsettling a position of law that has been consistent

      for several years and has “acquired the status of stare decisis”.




107
   The famous words of Chief Justice Hughes: "A dissent in a court of last resort is an appeal to the brooding
spirit of the law, to the intelligence of a future day when a later decision may possibly correct the error into
which the dissenting judge believes the court to have been betrayed...... Nor is this always in vain. In a
number of cases dissenting opinions have in time become law.” [HUGHES, THE SUPREME COURT OF
THE UNITED STATES, (1930) American Bar Asson. Journal.]
                                                                                             Page 110 of 193
                                                                                   PART D


107. We are not inclined to accept this submission. In Sita Soren v Union of

       India,108 a Constitution Bench of this Court, speaking through one of us (DY

       Chandrachud, J) had occasion to clarify that the doctrine of stare decisis is not

       an inflexible rule of law. This Court may review its earlier decisions if it believes

       that there is an error, or the effect of the decision would harm the interests of

       the public or if “it is inconsistent with the legal philosophy of the Constitution”.

       In cases involving the interpretation of the Constitution, this Court would do so

       more readily than in other branches of law because not rectifying a manifest

       error would be harmful to the public interest and the polity. The period of time

       over which the case has held the field is not of primary consequence.


108. As noted above, the decision of the five-judge bench in Sanjeev Coke was

       based on an erroneous reliance on the minority opinion in Ranganatha Reddy.

       The same error committed in Sanjeev Coke has been carried forward in

       subsequent decisions of this Court ever since. The view of a minority of three

       judges, expressly disagreed with by a majority of four judges, has been relied

       on for several years, without its validity ever being tested by a larger bench.

       Similarly, the disagreement with the minority opinion expressed by the majority

       in Ranganatha Reddy has also remained untested, with the smaller bench in

       Sanjeev Coke adopting the minority view without any explanation. Therefore,

       this bench of nine judges must test the correctness of the decision in

       Ranganatha Reddy and the subsequent decisions relying on the minority

       opinion in the case. This exercise has eluded this Court for a long period of



108
      (2024) 5 SCC 629 [33]; 2024 INSC 161.
                                                                             Page 111 of 193
                                                                            PART D


   time. As noted above, it is only a bench of a larger quorum (nine judges) that

   can test the correctness of an opinion rendered by a smaller bench (seven

   judges) and thus, this Constitution Bench must reconsider the interpretation of

   Article 39(b) adopted in these judgements.




   d. The single-line observation in Mafatlal is obiter dicta



109. Another point of contention between the parties has been the precedential

   value of the single-line observation of a nine-judge bench of this Court in

   Mafatlal that the phrase ‘material resources of the community’ under Article

   39(b) includes privately owned property. As noted above, the underlying seven-

   judge referral order notes that the attention of this Court was drawn to this

   observation in Mafatlal. It was in this context that the seven-judge bench order

   expressed doubts about the view and referred the question to this bench of nine

   judges.


110. The counsel for the appellants contend that the observations in Mafatlal on

   this point constitute obiter dicta and do not bind this bench of coequal strength.

   On the other hand, the counsel for the respondents have advanced the view

   that the issue arose directly in the case and the observations are binding on this

   bench.


111. Not every observation in a judgement of this Court is binding as precedent.

   Only the ratio decidendi or the propositions of law that were necessary to



                                                                       Page 112 of 193
                                                                                        PART D


      decide on the issues between the parties are binding. 109 Observations by the

      judge, even determinative statements of law, which are not part of her

      reasoning on a question or issue before the court, are termed obiter dicta. Such

      observations do not bind the Court. More simply, a case is only an authority for

      what it actually decides. 110


112. A Constitution Bench of this Court (speaking through Chief Justice Khare)

      in Islamic Academy of Education v. State of Karnataka111 pithily observed:

                      “2. […] The ratio decidendi of a judgment has to be
                      found out only on reading the entire judgment. In
                      fact, the ratio of the judgment is what is set out in the
                      judgment itself. The answer to the question would
                      necessarily have to be read in the context of what is
                      set out in the judgment and not in isolation. In case
                      of any doubt as regards any observations, reasons
                      and principles, the other part of the judgment has to
                      be looked into. By reading a line here and there
                      from the judgment, one cannot find out the
                      entire ratio decidendi of the judgment. […]”



113. In Secunderabad Club v. CIT,112 this Court, speaking through one of us

      (Justice BV Nagarathna), had occasion to delineate how to cull out the ratio

      decidendi of a judgement and identify the principles which have precedential

      value. This Court observed:

                      “14. […] According to the well-settled theory of
                      precedents, every decision contains three basic
                      ingredients :
                      (i) findings of material facts, direct and inferential. An
                      inferential finding of fact is the inference which the
                      judge draws from the direct or perceptible facts ;
                      (ii) statements of the principles of law applicable
                      to the legal problems disclosed by the facts ; and


109
    HALSBURY, 2nd Edn, Vol 19, para 556.
110
    Secundrabad Club v. CIT, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 1004 [13]; 2023 INSC 736.
111
    (2003) 6 SCC 697 [2]; 2003 INSC 391.
112
    2023 SCC OnLine SC 1004; 2023 INSC 736.
                                                                                   Page 113 of 193
                                                                                                    PART D

                          (iii) judgment based on the combined effect of (i) and
                          (ii) above.

                          For the purposes of the parties themselves and their
                          privies, ingredient (iii) is the material element in the
                          decision, for, it determines finally their rights and
                          liabilities in relation to the subject-matter of the
                          action. It is the judgment that estops the parties from
                          reopening the dispute. However, for the purpose
                          of the doctrine of precedent, ingredient (ii) is the
                          vital element in the decision. This is the ratio
                          decidendi. It is not everything said by a judge
                          when giving a judgment that constitutes a
                          precedent. The only thing in a judge's decision
                          binding a party is the principle upon which the
                          case is decided and for this reason it is important
                          to analyse a decision and isolate from it the ratio
                          decidendi.”

                                                             (emphasis supplied)



114. Further, a simple test that has been invoked by this Court to determine

       whether a particular proposition of law is to be treated as the ratio decidendi of

       a case is the “inversion test” formulated by Professor Eugene Wambaugh. 113

       The test mandates that to determine whether a particular proposition of law is

       part of the ratio decidendi of the case, the proposition is to be inversed. This

       means that either that proposition is hypothetically removed from the judgement

       or it is assumed that the proposition was decided in reverse. After such removal

       or reversal, if the decision of the Court on that issue before it would remain the

       same then the observations cannot be regarded as the ratio decidendi of the

       case. 114




113
      State of Gujarat v. Utility Users' Welfare Assn., (2018) 6 SCC 21 [113-114]; 2018 INSC 329.
114
      Eugene Wambaugh, The Study of Cases (Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1892)
                                                                                            Page 114 of 193
                                                                                                  PART D


115. In Mafatlal, a Bench of nine Judges of this Court adjudicated on the rights

      and remedies available to a citizen against the State in relation to the refund of

      unlawfully recovered taxes and imposts. The court dealt with whether a

      manufacturer or assessee who has passed on the burden of an illegally

      recovered tax is entitled to a refund or whether a refund in such cases will

      amount to unjust enrichment. One of the several arguments made by the

      counsel appearing for the Union of India was that this question must be decided

      in light of the constitutional values of social and economic justice, including

      those laid down in the Preamble and Articles 39(b) and (c). More specifically, it

      was urged that Article 265 115 must be interpreted in the context of these

      constitutional values.


116. Faced with the above argument, the majority opinion authored by Justice

      Jeevan Reddy, on behalf of himself and four other judges, made certain

      observations which referred to Article 39(b). These observations are found in

      paragraphs 84 to 86 of the judgement. We must take a closer look at these

      observations, in the context of the issues before the Court, to determine

      whether they are part of the ratio decidendi and central to the decision of this

      Court.


117. Justice Jeevan Reddy attempted to locate the question of refund of

      unlawfully recovered duty within the framework of the “philosophy and core

      values” which guide our Constitution. In this context, it was observed that these



115
   Article 265, Constitution of India. [It reads: “265. Taxes not to be imposed save by authority of law – No
tax shall be levied or collected except by authority of law”.]
                                                                                           Page 115 of 193
                                                                                PART D


values can be located inter alia in the Directive Principles contained in Part IV,

including Article 39(b) and the Preamble of the Constitution. Justice Jeevan

Reddy observed:

               “84. […] Unlike the economically neutral — if not pro-
               capitalist — Constitutions governing those countries,
               the Indian Constitution has set before itself the goal of
               “Justice, Social, Economic and Political” — a total
               restructuring of our society — the goal being what is set
               out in Part IV of the Constitution and, in particular, in
               Articles 38 and 39. Indeed, the aforesaid words in
               the Preamble constitute the motto of our
               Constitution, if we can call it one. Article 38 enjoins
               upon the State to “strive to promote the welfare of
               the people by securing and protecting as
               effectively as it may a social order in which justice,
               social, economic and political shall inform all the
               institutions of the national life”. Article 39 lays
               down the principles of policy to be followed by the
               State. It says that the State shall, in particular,
               direct its policy towards securing “(b) that the
               ownership and control of the material resources of
               the community are so distributed as best to
               subserve the common good; and (c) that the
               operation of the economic system does not result
               in the concentration of wealth and means of
               production to the common detriment”. Refunding
               the duty paid by a manufacturer/assessee in situations
               where he himself has not suffered any loss or prejudice
               (i.e., where he has passed on the burden to others) is
               no economic justice; it is the very negation of economic
               justice. By doing so, the State would be conferring an
               unearned and unjustifiable windfall upon the
               manufacturing community thereby contributing to
               concentration of wealth in a small class of persons
               which may not be consistent with the common good.
               The Preamble and the aforesaid articles do demand
               that where a duty cannot be refunded to the real
               persons who have borne the burden, for one or the
               other reason, it is but appropriate that the said
               amounts are retained by the State for being used
               for public good […]
                                                    (emphasis supplied)




                                                                           Page 116 of 193
                                                                                 PART D


118. In the next paragraph, Justice Jeevan Reddy made further observations

  about ‘philosophy and values’ which must be kept in mind while interpreting the

  Constitution. Significantly, Justice Jeevan Reddy borrowed from the

  observations by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy and noted:


                “85. […] As observed by Thomas Jefferson, as far
                back as in 1816, “laws and institutions must go hand-
                in-hand with the progress of the human mind … as
                new discoveries are made, new truths are
                discovered and manners and opinions change with
                the change of circumstances, institutions must
                advance also and keep pace with the time…”. The
                very same thought was expressed by Krishna Iyer,
                J.     in State      of    Karnataka v. Ranganatha
                Reddy with particular reference to our constitutional
                philosophy and values:
                           “Constitutional problems cannot be studied
                           in a socio-economic vacuum, since socio-
                           cultural changes are the source of the new
                           values, and sloughing off old legal thought
                           is part of the process of the new equity-
                           loaded legality…. It is right that the rule of
                           law enshrined in our Constitution must and
                           does reckon with the roaring current of
                           change which shifts our social values and
                           shrivels our feudal roots, invades our lives
                           and fashions our destiny.”
                The learned Judge quoted Granville Austin, saying:
                “The Judiciary was to be the arm of the social
                revolution, upholding the quality that Indians had
                longed for in colonial days…. The courts were also
                idealised because, as guardians of the Constitution,
                they would be the expression of a new law created
                by Indians for Indians.”




119. Having made these observations, this Court went on to accept the

  submission of the counsel for the Union of India and held that the ‘philosophy

  and core values’ of our Constitution must be kept in mind while understanding

  the provisions of the Constitution, including Article 265. Before reaching this

                                                                            Page 117 of 193
                                                                                PART D


   conclusion, the judgement stated in a single sentence that “the ‘material

   resources of the community’ are not confined to public resources” but include

   all resources, including privately owned resources. The observations were as

   follows:

                  “86. That “the material resources of the
                  community” are not confined to public
                  resources but include all resources, natural and
                  man-made, public and private owned” is
                  repeatedly       affirmed      by     this     Court.
                  (See Ranganatha          Reddy, Sanjeev         Coke
                  Manufacturing Co. v. Bharat Coking Coal and State
                  of T.N. v. L. Abu Kavur Bai), We are of the
                  considered opinion that Shri Parasaran is right in
                  saying that the philosophy and the core values of our
                  Constitution must be kept in mind while
                  understanding and applying the provisions of Article
                  265 of the Constitution of India and Section 72 of the
                  Contract Act (containing as it does an equitable
                  principle) — for that matter, in construing any other
                  provision of the Constitution and the laws.
                  Accordingly, we hold that even looked at from
                  the constitutional angle, the right to refund of tax
                  paid under an unconstitutional provision of law
                  is not an absolute or an unconditional right.
                  Similar is the position even if Article 265 can be
                  invoked — we have held, it cannot be — for
                  claiming refund of taxes collected by
                  misinterpretation or misapplication of a
                  provision of law, rules, notifications or
                  regulation.”


120. The above observations indicate that the relevance of Article 39(b) to the

   judgement was limited to the larger socio-economic values which it espouses.

   The ratio decidendi of the majority judgement was that the constitutional values

   contained in the Preamble and Part IV of the Constitution, including Article 39(b)

   must be considered while interpreting Article 265 and determining whether a

   refund of taxes is permissible to a person who has passed on the burden. The

   single-line observation on Article 39(b) encompassing privately owned property
                                                                           Page 118 of 193
                                                                               PART D


       was not relevant to this holding. To hold that this observation constitutes the

       ratio decidendi of the judgment would be to disregard the warning of Chief

       Justice Khare in Islamic Academy of Education that “by reading a line here

       and there from the judgment, one cannot find out the entire ratio decidendi of

       the judgment.”116


121. This Court in Mafatlal did not independently conclude that Article 39(b)

       encompasses private property or justify the relevance of this proposition to the

       issues before the court. It was merely stated that this has been “repeatedly

       affirmed” by this Court. Even if this proposition of law is inverted and it is

       presumed that this Court observed that private resources do not fall within the

       ambit of ‘material resources of the community’, it would not impact the decision

       or the issue in question. The underlying values of economic justice which run

       through Chapter IV of the Constitution and the Preamble would remain intact

       and this Court would have reached the same conclusion. The tax collected was

       already within the “ownership and control” of the government, and in the context

       of a refund, there is no question of distributing any privately owned resources.

       We are therefore inclined to accept the submission of the appellants that the

       issue of whether Article 39(b) includes privately owned property was not a

       matter in dispute in Mafatlal. The single-line observation of Justice Jeevan

       Reddy in the majority opinion constitutes obiter dicta and is not binding on this

       Court.




116
      Islamic Academy of Education [2].
                                                                          Page 119 of 193
                                                                            PART D


122. Mr Tushar Mehta, the learned Solicitor General of India contended that

  certain observations on Article 39(b) have been made not only in the majority

  opinion but also in two other opinions – a concurring opinion authored by Justice

  Paripoornan and a dissenting opinion authored by Justice SC Sen. It was urged

  that this indicates that the issue of Article 39(b) was central to the dispute and

  the observations of the majority on the inclusion of private property are part of

  the ratio of the judgement.


123. Justice Paripoornan concurred with the majority view and accepted the

   submission of the counsel for the Union of India that Article 265 of the

   Constitution must be construed in light of the values in the Preamble and

   Articles 39(b) and (c). The observations were in the following terms:

                 “304. […] The plea urged was that, if the assessee,
                 is denied the refund, the State Government could
                 retain the amount illegally collected, and it would
                 amount to violation of the constitutional mandate
                 enshrined in Article 265 of the Constitution. An
                 equitable principle will not hold good against a
                 constitutional mandate. On the other hand the
                 counsel for the Union of India, Shri K. Parasaran,
                 brought to our notice the following portion of the
                 Preamble and Articles 39(b) and (c) of the
                 Constitution to contend that Article 265 of the
                 Constitution cannot be construed in a vacuo or
                 isolation, but should be construed in the light of
                 the basic principles contained in other parts of
                 the Constitution — viz. — the Preamble and the
                 Directive Principles of State Policy:

                                      “Preamble
                   WE, THE PEOPLE OF INDIA, having
                   solemnly resolved to constitute India into
                   a Sovereign Socialist Secular Democratic
                   Republic and to secure to all its citizens:
                   Justice, social, economic and political:
                   ***”
                   Articles 39(b) and (c):

                                                                       Page 120 of 193
                                                                                 PART D

                    “39. (b) that the ownership and control of
                    the material resources of the community are
                    so distributed as best to subserve the
                    common good;
                    (c) that the operation of the economic
                    system does not result in the concentration of
                    wealth and means of production to the
                    common detriment;”

                  305. Mr Parasaran also urged that it should be borne
                  in mind that excise duty is an indirect levy or tax
                  which could be passed on. Innumerable persons
                  bear the brunt. And it is passed on, ordinarily by
                  prudent businessmen. […] The scope of Article
                  39(b) of the Constitution, as laid down by this
                  Court in State of Karnataka v. Ranganatha
                  Reddy, Sanjeev Coke Mfg. Co. v. Bharat Coking
                  Coal Ltd., State of T.N. v. L. Abu Kavur Bai, was
                  highlighted. […]

                  306. On an evaluation of the rival pleas urged in
                  the matter, I am of the view that the plea of the
                  counsel for Union of India should prevail.”
                                              (emphasis supplied)


124. On the other hand, Justice Sen disagreed with the view taken in the opinions

   authored by Justice Jeevan Reddy and Justice Paripoornan. He held that the

   provisions of Article 39 cannot curtail the interpretation of Article 265, and the

   Directive Principles do not permit the state to use unlawfully collected

   properties. He observed:

                  “161. Article 39 of the Constitution has directed the
                  State to formulate its policy towards securing that the
                  ownership and control of the material resources of
                  the community are so distributed as best to subserve
                  the common good and that the operation of the
                  economic system does not result in the
                  concentration of wealth and means of production to
                  the common detriment. These provisions do not in
                  any way curtail the scope and effect of Article
                  265. Article 39 does not enjoin that unlawfully
                  collected properties should be used by the State
                  for the common good. Nor does it say that the
                  operation of the economic system should be so
                  moulded as to prevent concentration of wealth,
                                                                            Page 121 of 193
                                                                            PART D

                  by unlawful means. Article 39 cannot be a basis
                  for retaining whatever has been gathered
                  unlawfully by the Government for common good.
                  Simply stated the Directive Principles of State
                  Policy do not license the Government to rob
                  Peter to pay Paul.”



125. The above observations in the opinions of Justice Paripoornan and Justice

   SC Sen only further indicate that the argument of the counsel was limited to

   whether Article 265 of the Constitution must be interpreted in light of the

   constitutional values found inter alia in the Preamble and Part IV, including

   Article 39(b). The observations in these two opinions in no way assist the

   respondents in establishing that the single sentence in the majority judgement

   about the inclusion of private property constituted the ratio decidendi of the

   judgment.


126. In any event, the mere presence of an observation in multiple opinions of

   the court, be it concurring or dissenting opinions, does not automatically

   indicate that they form part of the ratio decidendi. In order to determine whether

   the observations form part of the ratio decidendi, one must go back to the

   drawing board and determine whether the observations pertained to an issue

   which actually arose between the parties and were necessary to the

   determination by the court. In other words, even if a numerical majority of judges

   or opinions of the Court affirm an observation, it would not automatically

   constitute the ratio decidendi of the case. It must be independently established

   that the observation relates to an issue which was in dispute before the court.




                                                                       Page 122 of 193
                                                                              PART D


127. Therefore, the single-line observation in Mafatlal that the phrase ‘material

   resources of the community’ used in Article 39(b) includes privately owned

   resources was obiter dicta and is not binding on this Court.




   iii.   Interpreting Article 39(b)

128. Having addressed the contentions regarding judicial discipline and the

   precedential value of the judgments which gave rise to this reference, we turn

   to the substantive question before us: the interpretation of Article 39(b).



129. The counsel for the respondents contended that this Court should refrain

   from laying down a water-tight interpretation of Article 39(b) and it should be left

   to Parliament to determine the ambit of the provision based on the economic

   priorities of the day. We are not inclined to accept such an argument in its

   entirety. The interpretation of Article 39(b) has far-reaching consequences,

   involving judicial inquiry, which makes it incumbent on this Court to interpret the

   provision. These consequences, detailed below, underscore the necessity of a

   constitutional interpretation by this Court, while also highlighting the

   ramifications of adopting a wide and unmanageable construction of the

   provision.



   a. Article 39(b) as a pre-requisite to protection under Article 31C




                                                                         Page 123 of 193
                                                                                 PART D


130. As discussed in Part C of this judgement, Article 31C as upheld by the

   majority in Kesavananda Bharati remains in force under the Constitution.

   Under this provision (as it stands), no law giving effect to the policy of the State

   towards securing the principles specified in clauses (b) or (c) of Article 39(b)

   can be challenged on the ground that it is inconsistent with or takes away or

   abridges any of the rights conferred by Articles 14 and 19 of the Constitution.

   Therefore, the first and perhaps most significant consequence of this Court

   holding that a certain statute gives effect to the principles in Article 39(b) is that

   it falls within the immunity provided by Article 31C. The constitutionality of such

   a legislation cannot be challenged under Articles 14 or 19 of the Constitution.


131. Prior to the decision in Kesavananda Bharati, if a law merely contained a

   declaration that it gives effect to the policy laid down in Article 39(b), it could not

   be questioned in any court on the ground that it does not actually give effect to

   such a policy. In Kesavananda Bharati, this part of the provision was struck

   down. All laws which purport to give effect to the principles in Articles 39(b) or

   (c) of the Constitution are subject to judicial inquiry and review on the question

   of whether they actually bear a nexus with the provision. In other words, the

   question of whether they do in fact give effect to the principles in Articles 39(b)

   and (c) is justiciable.


132. In Kesavananda Bharati, while striking down the second part of the

   erstwhile Article 31-C, Justice HR Khanna explained the importance of the court

   exercising judicial review on whether the legislation gives effect to the principles

   under Article 39(b) and (c). He was particularly apprehensive of giving the

                                                                           Page 124 of 193
                                                                                 PART D


   legislature the final authority to determine whether a law falls within the ambit

   of Article 39(b). The exclusion of judicial review was held to be violative of the

   basic structure of the Constitution. Justice Khanna observed:

               “(xiv) The second part of Article 31-C contains the seed
               of national disintegration and is invalid on the following
               two grounds:

                  (3) It gives a carte blanche to the legislature to
                      make any law violative of Articles 14, 19 and
                      31 and make it immune from attack by
                      inserting the requisite declaration. Article 31-
                      C taken along with its second part gives in effect
                      the power to the legislature including a State
                      Legislature, to amend the Constitution in
                      important respects.
                  (4) The legislature has been made the final authority
                      to decide as to whether the law made by it is for
                      the objects mentioned in Article 31-C. The vice
                      of the second part of Article 31-C lies in the
                      fact that even if the law enacted is not for the
                      object mentioned in Article 31-C, the
                      declaration made by the legislature
                      precludes a party from showing that the law
                      is not for the object and prevents a court
                      from going into the question as to whether
                      the law enacted is really for that object. The
                      exclusion by the legislature, including a
                      State Legislature, of even that limited judicial
                      review strikes at the basic structure of the
                      Constitution. The second part of Article 31-C
                      goes beyond the permissible limit of what
                      constitutes amendment under Article 368.”



133. The sequitur to this Court striking down the second part of Article 31-C in

   Kesavananda Bharti is that the court may conduct a judicial inquiry into

   whether the legislation which is sought to be saved by Article 31-C, actually

   bears a direct and reasonable nexus with the principles laid down in Article

   39(b) or (c), as the case may be. In this regard, the observations of Justice

   Mathew in Kesavananda Bharati are instructive:
                                                                            Page 125 of 193
                                                                                  PART D

                “1779. […] a Court will have to examine the pith and
                substance, the true nature and character of the law as
                also its design and the subject-matter dealt with by it
                together with its object and scope. If the Court comes to
                the conclusion that the declaration was merely a
                pretence and that the real purpose of the law is the
                accomplishment of some object other than to give effect
                to the policy of the State towards securing the Directive
                Principles in Article 39(b) and (c), the declaration would
                not be a bar to the Court from striking down any
                provision therein which violates Articles 14, 19 or 31. In
                other words, if a law passed ostensibly to give
                effect to the policy of the State is, in truth and
                substance, one for accomplishing an unauthorised
                object, the Court would be entitled to tear the veil
                created by the declaration and decide according to
                the real nature of the law.”

                                                       (emphasis supplied)


134. In view of the decision in Kesavananda Bharati, it has been consistently

   affirmed by this Court that the declaration in a statute that the Act has a nexus

   with or seeks to give effect to the principles laid down in Article 39(b) or (c) is

   subject to judicial review. To determine whether a statute is within the folds of

   Article 31-C, the court may examine the nature and character of legislation to

   determine whether there is any direct and reasonable nexus between the law

   and the principles in Articles 39(b) and (c). On such an examination, if it appears

   that there is no such nexus, the legislation will not enjoy the protection of Article

   31-C. It has been held by this Court that “to see the real nature of the statute,

   the court may also tear the veil”. If the court concludes that the object of the

   legislation was merely a pretence and the real object does not correspond with

   the principles laid down in Articles 39(b) and (c), Article 31-C would not be

   attracted and the validity of the statute would have to be tested independent of

   Article 31-C.

                                                                             Page 126 of 193
                                                                                 PART D



135. It cannot be gainsaid that the impact of a legislation being saved by Article

   31C is significant. The impact of this ‘safe harbour’ was eloquently described

   by Chief Justice YV Chandrachud, speaking for a majority of judges in Minerva

   Mills. While detailing the consequence of legislation being protected from a

   challenge under Article 14 and 19, this Court observed:

                  “61. Articles 14 and 19 do not confer any fanciful
                  rights. They confer rights which are elementary for
                  the proper and effective functioning of a democracy.
                  They are universally so regarded, as is evident from
                  the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Many
                  countries in the civilised world have parted with their
                  sovereignty in the hope and belief that their citizens
                  will enjoy human Freedoms. And they preferred to
                  be bound by the decisions and decrees of foreign
                  tribunals on matters concerning human freedoms. If
                  Articles 14 and 19 are put out of operation in
                  regard to the bulk of laws which the legislatures
                  are empowered to pass, Article 32 will be drained
                  of its life-blood.

                  74. Three Articles of our Constitution and only three,
                  stand between the heaven of freedom into which
                  Tagore wanted his country to awake and the abyss
                  of unrestrained power. They are Articles 14, 19 and
                  21. Article 31-C has removed two sides of that
                  golden triangle which affords to the people of
                  this country an assurance that the promise held
                  forth by preamble will be performed by ushering
                  an egalitarian era through the discipline of
                  fundamental rights, that is, without emasculation
                  of the rights to liberty and equality which alone
                  can help preserve the dignity of the individual”
                                                   (emphasis supplied)



136. In view of the above, the first consequence of the interpretation of Article

   39(b) by this Court is linked to its reviewing role as a pre-condition to the

   protection of Article 31-C. Given that this Court may judicially review the

   question of whether a legislation bears a direct and reasonable nexus with the

                                                                            Page 127 of 193
                                                                                PART D


   principles of Article 39(b), the interpretation of the provision cannot be left solely

   to the legislature. This Court must lay down a construction of the provision,

   which does not grant the legislature absolute authority to include any legislation

   within the fold of Article 39(b) without a governing principle.




   b. Article 39(b) as a Directive Principle



137. The unique consequence flowing from Article 39(b) as a pre-condition to

   receiving the protection of Article 31-C has been detailed above. However, the

   provision also has a special place in the Constitution, as a part of the Chapter

   on ‘Directive Principles of State Policy’.


138. Chapter IV of the Constitution is titled ‘ Directive Principles of State Policy’

   and contains Articles 36 to 51. The preambular text of Chapter IV may be

   located in Article 37, which reads as follows:


                   “37. Application of the principles contained in
                   this Part.— The provisions contained in this Part
                   shall not be enforceable by any court, but the
                   principles therein laid down are nevertheless
                   fundamental in the governance of the country
                   and it shall be the duty of the State to apply these
                   principles in making laws.”



139. From the text of Article 37, three major principles about the provisions

   contained in Chapter IV can be identified. Firstly, unlike fundamental rights and

   other provisions in the Constitution, they shall not be ‘enforceable’ by any court.

   In other words, a breach of a Directive Principle cannot ground a legal claim.

                                                                          Page 128 of 193
                                                                                       PART D


       Secondly, the principles laid down in the provisions are fundamental to the

       governance of the country. Thirdly, it is the ‘duty of the State’ to apply these

       principles in making laws. These principles raise questions about the purport of

       the term ‘fundamental’ in the context of Chapter IV and whether the duty of the

       state to apply these principles is a legal or merely a moral duty. It is undoubtedly

       true that Article 37 renders Directive Principles immune from judicial

       enforcement. However, such non-enforceability is predicated on the

       understanding that many of these principles require fiscal resources for

       implementation, and thus immediate accountability for their non-fulfilment

       would have burdened a nascent country. The non-justiciability of these

       principles does not diminish their significance and they remain significant

       despite their direct non-enforceability through judicial channels. 117


140. The rest of the chapter, containing Articles 38 to 51 lays down the principles

       which constitute the Directive Principles. These principles range from equal pay

       for equal work to the organisation of village panchayats to humane conditions

       of work and maternity relief. Initially, between the 1950s and 1960s, the

       jurisprudence of this Court reflected the view that Directive Principles have no

       role to play in the decision-making of the courts – they are not directly

       enforceable, do not play a role in the interpretation of statutes, and cannot be

       used to abridge or interpret fundamental rights in any way. They were viewed

       as mere instructions to the legislature and executive, which lay outside the

       ambit of judicial inquiry. For instance, an early decision of this Court in State of



117
      Ashok Kumar Thakur v Union of India, (2008) 6 SCC 1 [173]; 2008 INSC 473.
                                                                                  Page 129 of 193
                                                                                                   PART D


      Madras v Champakan Dorairjan 118 declined to accord any weight to

      arguments that sought to invoke Directive Principles as a justification for

      allegedly abridging fundamental rights. In this case, the erstwhile State of

      Madras sought to justify caste-based affirmative action policies by invoking

      Article 46 of the Constitution. 119 A seven-judge bench of this Court (speaking

      through Justice SR Das) rejected these arguments and opined:

                        “15. […] The Directive Principles of the State policy,
                        which by Article 37 are expressly made
                        unenforceable by a court, cannot override the
                        provisions found in Part III which, notwithstanding
                        other provisions, are expressly made enforceable by
                        appropriate writs, orders or directions under Article
                        32. The chapter of Fundamental Rights is
                        sacrosanct and not liable to be abridged by any
                        legislative or executive Act or order, except to the
                        extent provided in the appropriate article in Part III.
                        The Directive Principles of State policy have to
                        conform to and run as subsidiary to the chapter
                        of Fundamental Rights. In our opinion, that is the
                        correct way in which the provisions found in
                        Parts III and IV have to be understood. […]”
                                                         (emphasis supplied)


141. A similar view is advanced by the distinguished constitutional scholar, HM

      Seervai in his treatise, ‘Constitutional Law of India’. 120 Seervai adopts the view

      that Directive Principles have no role to play in constitutional adjudication by the

      court and are mere exhortations to the legislature and executive. In his opinion,

      the only body that can hold the government accountable in relation to Directive

      Principles is the electorate and the courts must steer clear of this domain. If this

      position of law was true, there would be some merit in the argument of the


118
    AIR 1951 SC 226 [15]; 1951 INSC 26.
119
    Article 46, Constitution of India: “The State shall promote with special care the educational and economic
interests of the weaker sections of the people, and, in particular, of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled
Tribes, and shall protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation.”
120
    HM Seervai, Constitutional Law of India, Vol 2 (4th ed, Universal Law Publishing 2002) 1934–40.
                                                                                            Page 130 of 193
                                                                                  PART D


       respondents that this Court should refrain from laying down an interpretation of

       Article 39(b) and leave it to the legislature (and the electorate) to evolve an

       interpretation for themselves. However, the jurisprudence of this Court with

       regard to the role of Directive Principles has evolved significantly, and the

       construction of Directive Principles plays a vital role in various forms of judicial

       inquiry.


142. Early signs of a shift in the approach of this Court were visible in Mohd Hanif

       Qureshi v State of Bihar.121 This Court held that attempts must be made to

       harmoniously interpret Directive Principles and fundamental rights. However,

       this Court stopped short of granting Directive Principles any further role vis-à-

       vis interpreting fundamental rights. The role of Directive Principles was placed

       subordinate to fundamental rights. This Court adopted the view that the

       government should undoubtedly frame legislation advancing Directive

       Principles, but the fundamental rights in Part III, interpreted autonomously,

       would continue to serve as constraints on these endeavours. Similar

       observations were echoed by this Court in Golak Nath v. State of Punjab, 122

       marking an entry into the era of harmonious construction of Directive Principles

       and fundamental rights.


143. Subsequently, in the landmark decisions in Kesavananda Bharati and

       Minerva Mills, the insistence of this Court on a harmonious reading and

       interplay between fundamental rights and Directive Principles became even



121
      1957 SCC OnLine SC 17 [12].
122
      1967 SCC OnLine SC 14 [16, 19]; 1967 INSC 45.
                                                                            Page 131 of 193
                                                                                PART D


  stronger. In Minerva Mills, this Court (speaking through Chief Justice YV

  Chandrachud) quoted Granville Austin and observed that Part III and Part IV of

  the Constitution are “two wheels of a chariot, one no less important than the

  other”. This Court made the following observations:


                “56. The significance of the perception that Parts III
                and IV together constitute the core of commitment to
                social revolution and they, together, are the
                conscience of the Constitution is to be traced to a
                deep understanding of the scheme of the Indian
                Constitution. Granville Austin's observation brings
                out the true position that Parts III and IV are like two
                wheels of a chariot, one no less important than the
                other. You snap one and the other will lose its
                efficacy. They are like a twin formula for achieving
                the social revolution, which is the ideal which the
                visionary founders of the Constitution set before
                themselves. In other words, the Indian Constitution
                is founded on the bedrock of the balance between
                Parts III and IV. To give absolute primacy to one
                over the other is to disturb the harmony of the
                Constitution. This harmony and balance
                between fundamental rights and directive
                principles is an essential feature of the basic
                structure of the Constitution.

                57. […] It is in this sense that Parts III and IV
                together constitute the core of our Constitution and,
                combine to form its conscience. Anything that
                destroys the balance between the two parts will ipso
                facto destroy an essential element of the basic
                structure of our Constitution.”

                                                  (emphasis supplied)



144. In the background of these decisions, which mandated that fundamental

  rights and Directive Principles must be construed harmoniously, an important

  principle began to emerge in the jurisprudence of this Court. Courts began to

  rely on Directive Principles while adjudicating on the ‘reasonableness’ of the


                                                                           Page 132 of 193
                                                                                           PART D


    restriction imposed on fundamental rights. This has been affirmed in a line of

    precedent of this Court. 123 We may reiterate the observations in one such case

    to understand this position of law.

145. In State of Gujarat v. Mirzapur Moti Kureshi Kassab Jamat,124 a bench

    of seven judges reconsidered several questions which were decided in Mohd

    Hanif Qureshi. Significantly, this Court had occasion to lay down the correct

    position on the role played by Directive Principles in our constitutional scheme,

    particularly, with regard to their role vis-à-vis fundamental rights. The Court

    moved away from the view in Mohd Hanif Qureshi that the implementation of

    a Directive Principle cannot be considered a valid ground for establishing the

    reasonability of the restriction imposed on the fundamental right guaranteed by

    Article 19(1)(g). After reviewing several cases on this point, this Court (speaking

    through Chief Justice Lahoti) laid down the law in the following terms:

                      “41. [….] For judging the reasonability of restrictions
                      imposed on fundamental rights the relevant
                      considerations are not only those as stated in Article
                      19 itself or in Part III of the Constitution: the directive
                      principles stated in Part IV are also relevant.
                      Changing factual conditions and State policy,
                      including the one reflected in the impugned
                      enactment, have to be considered and given
                      weightage to by the courts while deciding the
                      constitutional validity of legislative enactments. A
                      restriction placed on any fundamental right,
                      aimed at securing directive principles will be
                      held as reasonable and hence intra vires subject
                      to two limitations: first, that it does not run in
                      clear conflict with the fundamental right, and
                      secondly, that it has been enacted within the
                      legislative competence of the enacting



123
     See Indian Handicrafts Emporium v. Union of India, (2003) 7 SCC 589, 2003 INSC 427; M.R.F.
Ltd. v. Inspector, Kerala Govt, (1998) 8 SCC 227 [13], 1998 INSC 423; Workmen v. Meenakshi Mills Ltd.,
(1992) 3 SCC 336 [27], 1992 INSC 164; Pathumma v. State of Kerala, (1978) 2 SCC 1, 1978 INSC 7.
124
    (2005) 8 SCC 534; 2005 INSC 525.
                                                                                     Page 133 of 193
                                                                                 PART D

                      legislature under Part XI Chapter I of the
                      Constitution.

                      …

                      47 […] The series of decisions which we have
                      referred to hereinabove and the series of decisions
                      which formulate the three stages of development of
                      the relationship between directive principles and
                      fundamental rights undoubtedly hold that, while
                      interpreting the interplay of rights and
                      restrictions, Part III (Fundamental rights) and
                      Part IV (Directive principles) have to be read
                      together. The restriction which can be placed on
                      the rights listed in Article 19(1) are not subject
                      only to Articles 19(2) to 19(6); the provisions
                      contained in the chapter on directive principles
                      of State policy can also be pressed into service
                      and relied on for the purpose of adjudging the
                      reasonability of restrictions placed on the
                      fundamental rights.”



146. Similarly, in view of the above jurisprudence which mandates that Directive

      Principles and fundamental rights be viewed as ‘complementary and

      supplementary’, Directive Principles have also acquired a role in interpreting

      fundamental Rights. Reference may be made to the decision in State of Kerala

      v. N.M. Thomas125 and Ashok Kumar Thakur v Union of India 126, where this

      Court interpreted the right to equality under Article 14 in light of the Directive

      Principles. Similarly, in cases such as Bandhua Mukti Morcha v. Union of

      India 127 and Olga Tellis v. Bombay Municipal Corpn., 128 this Court expanded

      the interpretation of Article 21 in light of various Directive Principles and held




125
    (1976) 2 SCC 310; 1975 INSC 224.
126
    (2008) 6 SCC 1; 2008 INSC 473.
127
    (1984) 3 SCC 161 [10]; 1983 INSC 203.
128
    (1985) 3 SCC 545 [33]; 1985 INSC 151.
                                                                            Page 134 of 193
                                                                              PART D


   that these principles are fundamental to “understanding the meaning and

   content of fundamental rights”.


147. In sum, the Directive Principles play an integral role in constitutional

   interpretation by this Court. Firstly, fundamental rights are to be interpreted

   harmoniously and in light of these Directive Principles. Secondly, they act as

   markers of reasonable restrictions on fundamental rights. Therefore, given the

   role of Directive Principles in constitutional adjudication by this Court, it cannot

   abdicate the task of interpreting Article 39(b).

   iv.   Historical Context: Constituent Assembly Debates

148. Most counsel before us have sought to rely on the debates before the

   constituent assembly to buttress their understanding of Article 39(b). Both sides

   have drawn different inferences from the discussions of the members of the

   Constituent Assembly. To address these arguments and understand the

   intention behind the introduction of Article 39(b) in the Constitution, we will

   review the debates and discussions in the assembly that are relevant to the

   issue at hand.



   a. Debates about the purpose of Directive Principles



149. On 4 November 1948, Dr B R Ambedkar moved a motion to introduce the

   draft constitution and delivered a landmark speech, explaining the intentions

   and ideas behind various provisions of the draft constitution. Dr Ambedkar

   elucidated the purpose behind including Directive Principles in the Constitution.

                                                                        Page 135 of 193
                                                                                   PART D


  He stated that they are a novel feature of our Constitution and the only other

  Constitution which embodies such principles is that of Ireland. He dismissed the

  criticism that such principles are merely ‘pious declarations’ which do not have

  any binding force. Dr Ambedkar observed:

                 “If it is said that the Directive Principles have no legal
                 force behind them, I am prepared to admit it. But I
                 am not prepared to admit that they have no sort of
                 binding force at all. Nor am I prepared to concede
                 that they are useless because they have no binding
                 force in law.”
150. According to Dr B R Ambedkar, the Directive Principles are akin to the

  ‘Instrument of Instructions’ issued to the Governor-General and the Governors

  of the colonies by the British Government under the Government of India Act

  1935. The only difference was that the Directive Principles are in the form of

  instructions to the Legislature and the Executive. He stated that while future

  governments may not be answerable for a breach of such principles in a court

  of law, they would respect these principles, knowing that they are answerable

  for them before the electorate. Dr Ambedkar noted the importance of such

  instructions in the following terms:

                 “The inclusion of such instructions in a Constitution
                 such as is proposed in the Draft becomes justifiable
                 for another reason. The Draft Constitution as framed
                 only provides a machinery for the government of the
                 country. It is not a contrivance to install any
                 particular party in power as has been done in
                 some countries. Who should be in power is left
                 to be determined by the people, as it must be, if
                 the system is to satisfy the tests of democracy.
                 But whoever captures power will not be free to
                 do what he likes with it. In the exercise of it, he
                 will have to respect these instruments of
                 instructions which are called Directive
                 Principles. He cannot ignore them. He may not
                 have to answer for their breach in a Court of Law.
                 But he will certainly have to answer for them

                                                                              Page 136 of 193
                                                                              PART D

                  before the electorate at election time. What great
                  value these directive principles possess will be
                  realized better when the forces of right contrive to
                  capture power.”
                                                 (emphasis supplied)



151. On 19 November 1948, the Constituent Assembly discussed some of the

   provisions in Part IV of the draft Constitution. An amendment was moved by Mr

   Damodar Swarup Seth to draft article 30, which corresponds to Article 38 of the

   present constitution, in the following terms:

                  “Sir, I move that for article 30, the following be
                  substituted:

                  “30. The State shall endeavour to promote the
                  welfare, prosperity and progress of the people by
                  establishing and maintaining democratic
                  socialist order and for the purpose the State shall
                  direct its policy towards securing :—

                  (a) the transfer to public ownership of important
                  means of communication, credit and exchange,
                  mineral resources and the resources, of natural
                  power and such other large economic enterprise as
                  are matured for socialisation;*

                  (b) the municipalisation of public utilities;

                  (c) the encouragement of the organisation of
                  agriculture, credit and industries on co-operative
                  basis.”



152. Mr Seth advanced the view that the principles laid down in draft article 30

   must be made more specific and convey a clear indication about the ‘economic

   nature of the social order to be established’. He was of the view that the

   provision must expressly state an endeavour to establish and maintain a

   ‘democratic socialist order’, which in his view, was necessary to mitigate the

   ‘capitalistic order’ He opined:

                                                                         Page 137 of 193
                                                                                PART D

                 “Sir, my reason for submitting this amendment is that
                 I feel that as it is worded, the article is somewhat
                 indefinite and vague, and does not convey any clear
                 indication as to the economic nature of the social
                 order to be established. We all know that the society
                 in which we now live is of a capitalistic order or
                 character and in this society we see the exploiter and
                 exploited classes both existing side by side; and the
                 exploiting class is naturally the top-dog and the
                 exploited class the under-dog. In such a society we
                 clearly see that the real welfare of the masses, of the
                 toiling millions can neither be secured nor protected,
                 unless the society is made clear of the exploiter
                 class, and that can only be possible when we
                 establish a socialist democratic order, and
                 transfer to public ownership the “important
                 means of production, communication, credit and
                 exchange, mineral resources and the resources
                 of natural power and such other large economic
                 enterprise as are matured for socialisation;”
                 bring about the “municipalisation of public
                 utilities”; and “the encouragement of the
                 organisation of agriculture, credit and industries
                 on co-operative basis”.



153. The response of Dr BR Ambedkar to this proposal is particularly instructive.

   He opposed the amendment and stated that there was a misunderstanding

   among members who proposed such amendments. He was of the view that

   along with a ‘parliamentary democracy’, the Constitution sought to establish as

   an ideal, the concept of an ‘economic democracy’. However, he noted there are

   various ways in which this ideal of ‘economic democracy’ can be achieved –

   ranging from individualism to socialism to communism. Dr Ambedkar observed

   as follows:

                 “…. As I stated, our Constitution as a piece of
                 mechanism lays down what is called parliamentary
                 democracy. By parliamentary democracy we mean
                 ‘one man, one vote’. We also mean that every
                 Government shall be on the anvil, both in its daily
                 affairs and also at the end of a certain period when
                 the voters and the electorate will be given an
                                                                           Page 138 of 193
                                                                                PART D

                  opportunity to assess the work done by the
                  Government. The reason why we have established
                  in this Constitution a political democracy is because
                  we do not want to install by any means whatsoever
                  a perpetual dictatorship of any particular body of
                  people. While we have established political
                  democracy, it is also the desire that we should lay
                  down as our ideal economic democracy. We do not
                  want merely to lay down a mechanism to enable
                  people to come and capture power. The Constitution
                  also wishes to lay down an ideal before those who
                  would be forming the Government. That idea is
                  economic democracy, whereby, so far as I am
                  concerned, I understand to mean, ‘one man, one
                  vote’. The question is : Have we got any fixed idea
                  as to how we should bring about economic
                  democracy ? There are various ways in which
                  people believe that economic democracy can be
                  brought about; there are those who believe in
                  individualism as the best form of economic
                  democracy; there are those who believe in
                  having a socialistic state as the best form of
                  economic democracy; there are those who
                  believe in the communistic idea as the most
                  perfect form of economic democracy.”



154. According to Dr Ambedkar, the idea was to leave enough room for different

   schools of economic thought and for the electorate to decide which ideals are

   the best way to achieve ‘economic democracy’. With this intent in mind, the

   language used in the Directive Principles was ‘not fixed or rigid’. He stated:

                  “Now, having regard to the fact that there are various
                  ways by which economic democracy may be brought
                  about, we have deliberately introduced in the
                  language that we have used, in the directive
                  principles, something which is not fixed or rigid.
                  We have left enough room for people of different
                  ways of thinking, with regard to the reaching of
                  the ideal of economic democracy, to strive in
                  their own way, to persuade the electorate that it
                  is the best way of reaching economic
                  democracy, the fullest opportunity to act in the way
                  in which they want to act.



                                                                           Page 139 of 193
                                                                                        PART D

                         Sir, that is the reason why the language of the
                         articles in Part IV is left in the manner in which this
                         Drafting Committee thought it best to leave it. It is
                         no use giving a fixed, rigid form to something
                         which is not rigid, which is fundamentally
                         changing and must, having regard to the
                         circumstances and the times, keep on changing.
                         It is, therefore, no use saying that the directive
                         principles have no value. In my judgment, the
                         directive principles have a great value, for they
                         lay down that our ideal is economic democracy.
                         [..]

                         I think, if the friends who are agitated over this
                         question bear in mind what I have said just now that
                         our object in framing this Constitution is really
                         twofold : (i) to lay down the form of political
                         democracy, and (ii) to lay down that our ideal is
                         economic democracy and also to prescribe that
                         every Government whatever, it is in power, shall
                         strive to bring about economic democracy,
                         much of the misunderstanding under which
                         most members are labouring will disappear.”



155. An insight may also be gleaned from Dr Ambedkar’s response to a proposal

       by Professor KT Shah to include the phrase “India shall be a Secular, Federal,

       Socialist Union of States” in draft Article 1 of the Constitution.129 Dr Ambedkar

       opposed the proposal with a two-fold response. First, he reiterated his position

       that the Constitution is not a mechanism to install a particular political party,

       structure of social organisation or economic policy. To lay down such a policy

       about how social and economic life is to be organised, in his view, would

       “destroy democracy” and take away citizens’ liberty to choose the method of

       social organisation that suits their needs. He stated that while at that point in

       time, a socialist organisation may be deemed to be beneficial, future




129
      Constituent Assembly Debates, Vol VII (15th November 1948)
                                                                                   Page 140 of 193
                                                                            PART D


generations may devise a different form of social organisation. Second, he

conceded that the several Directive Principles, including Article 31(ii), which

corresponds with the present Article 39(b) are already “socialistic” in their

direction and thus, the amendment was ‘superfluous’. The observations of Dr

Ambedkar are extracted below:

              “Mr. Vice-President Sir, I regret that I cannot accept
              the amendment of Prof. K. T. Shah. My objections,
              stated briefly are two. In the first place the
              Constitution, as I stated in my opening speech in
              support of the motion I made before the House,
              is merely a mechanism for the purpose of
              regulating the work of the various organs of the
              State. It is not a mechanism whereby particular
              members or particular parties are installed in
              office. What should be the policy of the State,
              how the Society should be organised in its social
              and economic side are matters which must be
              decided by the people themselves according to
              time and circumstances. It cannot be laid down
              in the Constitution itself, because that is
              destroying democracy altogether. If you state in
              the Constitution that the social organisation of
              the State shall take a particular form, you are, in
              my judgment, taking away the liberty of the
              people to decide what should be the social
              organisation in which they wish to live. It is
              perfectly possible today, for the majority people
              to hold that the socialist organisation of society
              is better than the capitalist organisation of
              society. But it would be perfectly possible for
              thinking people to devise some other form of
              social organisation which might be better than
              the socialist organisation of today or of
              tomorrow. I do not see therefore why the
              Constitution should tie down the people to live
              in a particular form and not leave it to the people
              themselves to decide it for themselves. This is
              one reason why the amendment should be opposed.

              The second reason is that the amendment is purely
              superfluous. My Honourable friend, Prof. Shah, does
              not seem to have taken into account the fact that

                                                                       Page 141 of 193
                                                                              PART D

                 apart from the Fundamental Rights, which we have
                 embodied in the Constitution, we have also
                 introduced other sections which deal with
                 directive principles of state policy. If my
                 honourable friend were to read the Articles
                 contained in Part IV, he will find that both the
                 Legislature as well as the Executive have been
                 placed by this Constitution under certain definite
                 obligations as to the form of their policy.
                 […]



                 What I would like to ask Professor Shah is this:
                 If these directive principles to which I have
                 drawn attention are not socialistic in their
                 direction and in their content, I fail to understand
                 what more socialism can be.”
                                                (emphasis supplied)

  b. Debates about the text of Article 39(b)



156. On 22 November 1948, the Constituent Assembly debated a proposed

  amendment to Article 31 of the draft Constitution, which corresponds to Article

  39 of the present Constitution. Professor KT Shah proposed that clause (ii) of

  Article 31 of the draft constitution, which corresponds to Article 39(b) of the

  present Constitution, be substituted as follows:

                 “Mr. Vice-President, Sir, I beg to move:
                 “That for clause (ii) of article 31, the following be
                 substituted:

                 ‘(ii) that the ownership, control and management of
                 the natural resources of the country in the shape
                 of mines and mineral wealth, forests, rivers and
                 flowing waters as well as in the shape of the seas
                 along the coast of the country shall be vested in
                 and belong to the country collectively and shall
                 be exploited and developed on behalf of the
                 community by the State as represented by the
                 Central or Provincial Governments or local
                 governing authority or statutory corporation as may
                 be provided for in each case by Act of Parliament’;”

                                                                         Page 142 of 193
                                                                              PART D

                                                 (emphasis supplied)



157. Professor Shah contended that the clause in its then existing form could lend

   itself to “any interpretation” and expressed an apprehension that if the clause is

   left vaguely worded it would fail to serve its purpose and “make the proper

   development of the country or the just redistribution of its wealth, or bringing in

   a fair measure of social justice, only an empty dream.” Therefore, he suggested

   that the existing clause should be substituted with the draft provision extracted

   above.



158. Professor Shah was of the view that there could be no dispute about the

   proposition that as regards the natural resources described in the substituted

   clause, no human being lent any value in their creation by their own labour.

   Therefore, it was urged, that they are ‘gifts of nature’ and should belong to all

   people collectively. He stated that if they are to be developed, they must be for

   and on behalf of the community. He vehemently opposed the utilisation of such

   resources by ‘private monopolists’, who in his opinion, only sought ‘profit for

   themselves’. He noted as follows:

                  “The creation or even the presence of vested
                  interests, of private monopolists, of those who seek
                  only a profit for themselves, however useful,
                  important, or necessary the production of such
                  natural resources may be for the welfare of the
                  community, is an offence in my opinion against the
                  community, against the long-range interests of the
                  country as a whole, against the unborn generations,
                  that those of us who are steeped to the hilt, as it
                  were, in ideals of private property and the profit
                  motive, do not seem to realise to the fullest.



                                                                         Page 143 of 193
                                                                                  PART D

                 In the resources that are mentioned in my
                 amendment not only is there no creation of any value
                 or utility by anybody’s proprietary right being there,
                 but what is more, the real value comes always by the
                 common effort of society, by the social
                 circumstances that go to make any particular
                 interests or resources of this kind valuable.”



159. In essence, Professor Shah was of the view that the ultimate ownership,

   direct management, conduct and development of the natural resources such as

   mines, mineral wealth and the other natural resources detailed in his proposed

   amendment, must only be in the hands of the state. He opined as follows:

                 “Take mines and mineral wealth. Mines and mineral
                 wealth, as everybody knows, are an exhaustible, – a
                 wasting asset. Unfortunately, these, instead of
                 having been guarded and properly protected and
                 kept for the community to be utilised in a very
                 economical and thrifty manner, have been made
                 over to individual profit-seeking concession-holders
                 and private monopolists, so that we have no control
                 over their exploitation, really speaking, for they are
                 used in a manner almost criminal, so that they can
                 obtain the utmost profit on them for themselves,
                 regardless of what would happen if and when the
                 mines should come to an end or the stored up wealth
                 of ages past is exhausted.

                 I suggest, therefore, that we allow no long range
                 interests of private profit–seekers involved in the
                 utilisation of these mines and the mineral wealth,
                 that on the proper utilisation of these mines and
                 mineral wealth depends not only our industrial
                 position, depend not only all our ambitions, hopes
                 and dreams of industrialising this country, but what
                 is much more, depends also the defence and
                 security of the nation. It would, therefore, I repeat, be
                 a crime against the community and its unborn
                 generations if you do not realise, even at this hour,
                 that the mineral wealth of the country cannot be left
                 untouched in private hands, to be used,
                 manipulated, exploited, exhausted as they like for
                 their own profit.



                                                                             Page 144 of 193
                                                                                 PART D

                 It is high time, therefore, that in this Constitution we
                 lay down very categorically that the ultimate
                 ownership, the direct management, conduct and
                 development of these resources can only be in the
                 hands of the State or the agents of the State, the
                 representatives of the State, or the creatures of the
                 State, like Provinces, municipalities, or statutory
                 corporations.

                 Another argument may also be advanced here in
                 support of my view. By their very nature, these
                 resources cannot be exploited economically or
                 efficiently unless they become monopolies. In one
                 form or another, they have to be developed in a
                 monopolistic manner. Now monopolies are always
                 distrusted so long as they remain in private hands
                 and are operated for private profit. If they are to be
                 monopolized, as I believe inevitably they will have to
                 be, then it is just as well that they should be owned,
                 managed and worked by the State.”

160. Professor Shah stated that the draft provision only provided for vague State

   control, in the form of a mandate to “sub-serve the common good”. He opined

   that in order to have a positive guarantee of the ‘proper, social, and wholly

   beneficial utilisation’ of resources, it was essential to ensure that their

   ownership, control and management were vested in the public hands. He

   noted:

                 “It is not enough to provide only for a sort of vague
                 State control over them as the original clause does;
                 it is not enough merely to say that they could be
                 so utilised as to “sub serve the common good,”
                 every word of which is vague, undefined and
                 undefinable, and capable of being twisted to
                 such a sense in any court of law, before any
                 tribunal by clever, competent lawyers, as to be
                 wholly divorced from the intention of the draftsman,
                 assuming that the draftsman had some such
                 intention as I am trying to present before the House.
                 We must have more positive guarantee of their
                 proper, social and wholly beneficial utilisation;
                 and that can only be achieved if their ownership,
                 control and management are vested in public
                 hands.
                                                                            Page 145 of 193
                                                                                PART D



                  Considerations, therefore, of immediate wealth, of
                  the necessity of industrialisation, of national
                  defence, and of social justice have moved me to
                  invite this House to consider my amendment
                  favourably, namely, that without a proper full-fledged
                  ownership, absolute control and direct management
                  by the State or its representatives of these
                  resources, we will not be able to realise all our
                  dreams in a fair, efficient, economical manner which
                  I wish to attain by this means.”

                                                  (emphasis supplied)



161. Finally, before concluding, Professor KT Shah clarified that his proposed

   amendment deliberately did not include ‘land’ in the list of resources, because

   “the various measures that have been in recent years adopted to exclude

   landed proprietors – zamindars to oust them and take over the land, would

   automatically involve the proposition that the agricultural or culturable land of

   this country belongs to the country collectively, and must be used and

   developed for its benefit.”


162. Mr Shibban Lal Saxena supported the amendments moved by Professor KT

   Shah to draft Article 31(ii). He opined that the proposed amendments, in

   essence, suggested that the system of our State shall be ‘socialist’. He urged

   Dr Ambedkar “at least to incorporate the spirit of those amendments

   somewhere in the Constitution”. In the specific context of the amendment

   proposed to Article 31(ii), he opined that the enunciation is “very wide”, such

   that any system of economy could be based on it. The clause in its existing

   form, according to Mr Saxena, left it open to future Parliaments to evolve an

   economic plan of their choice. However, he was of the view, that there must at

                                                                           Page 146 of 193
                                                                                 PART D


  least be a Directive Principle that states that key industries of the country shall

  be owned by the State. He noted:

                 “Now, this enunciation “ownership and control of the
                 material resources of the community to be
                 distributed so as to sub serve the common good” is
                 a very wide enunciation of a most important
                 principle. The enunciation is so general that any
                 system of economy can be based upon it. Upon it
                 can be based a system of socialist economy where
                 all the resources of the country belong to the State
                 and are to be used for the well being of the
                 community as a whole. But a majority in the next
                 Parliament can also come forward and say that the
                 New Deal evolved by Roosevelt is the best system,
                 and it should be adopted. This clause leaves it open
                 to any future parliament to evolve the best plan of
                 their choice. But I feel personally that we should
                 today at least lay down that the key industries of the
                 country shall be owned by the State.

                 […]

                 Unless we lay down in the Constitution itself that the
                 key industries shall be nationalized and shall be
                 primarily used to serve the needs of the nation, we
                 shall be guilty of a great betrayal. Even if the
                 principle is not to be enforced today, we must lay
                 down in this clause (ii) about directive principles that
                 the key industries shall be owned by the State. That
                 is, according to the Congress, the best method of
                 distributing the material resources of the country. I
                 therefore think that Professor Shah’s amendment
                 has merely drawn attention to this fundamental
                 principle.”



163. Mr Jadubans Sahay disagreed with the text of Professor KT Shah’s

  proposed amendments as he was of the view that it was ‘loosely worded’.

  However, he stated that he was in support of the principles and the spirit

  underlying the amendment. In his opinion, the Constituent Assembly should not

  have refrained from incorporating in the Constitution, at least in the form of a

  Directive Principle, that the ‘means of production’ and the natural or material
                                                                            Page 147 of 193
                                                                                PART D


resources shall belong to the community and through it to the State. The

ultimate goal, he urged, must be that all means of production and the ‘gifts of

nature’ which belong to the country should belong to the State or the

community. He opined:

              “…But I may state for the information of the House
              that, so far as the principles which underlie his
              amendment are concerned, I support them. The
              spirit of it also I support. I fail to see why this august
              Assembly which meets only once in every country,
              is not keen to the extent of clearly and boldly
              incorporating in this article that the means of
              production and the natural or material resources of
              the country shall belong to the community and
              through it to the State. I cannot understand this,
              though the large majority of the amendments, if you
              scrutinise them, will be found to favour the principles
              underlying the amendment of Professor Shah. I
              cannot understand how it is that the Congress, the
              predominantly majority party here, is not pressing
              this thing.”



              “… After all this is a directive principle. I am not
              asking you to incorporate it so that the
              capitalists and the big purses of the country may
              not have the opportunity to work the mines and
              the minerals. This is only a directive principle.
              Are we not going to keep it as our goal that all
              means of productions and the gifts of Nature
              which belong to this vast country should belong
              to the State or to the community? I am sorry, Sir,
              that the bogey has been raised by the capitalists that
              if you talk like this they will cease to produce. I know
              the large majority of friends here will not be deterred
              by this bogey raised by the capitalists, because
              production is not for the welfare of the community. It
              is for the welfare of the capitalists. They produce for
              profits. Honourable Members of this House know it
              better than myself that they produce for profit and
              they will continue to produce as long as they make
              profit and, if not, they will not. So we should not be
              deterred by this slogan. …

              Sir, in this Chapter and particularly in this article are
              we not going to suggest that ultimately we have
                                                                           Page 148 of 193
                                                                                   PART D

                  to nationalise them, are we not going to suggest
                  that is the aim of the nation, is the target of the
                  nation? […]”

                                                    (emphasis supplied)



164. Mr S Nagappa supported the existing text of clauses (ii) and (iii) of Article 31

   and believed that they were intended for the benefit of the “poor man”. He

   opined that, while it would have been better if the clause had been drafted in

   more unequivocal language, they represented a “ray of hope for the future”. In

   his opinion, as long as these clauses stood, there was “no possibility of

   capitalism thriving in India”. He too was in vehement support of the goal to

   “nationalize industries and means of production”.

165. Dr BR Ambedkar opposed the amendments proposed by Mr KT Shah. In his

   opinion, the language of the draft provision used “extensive language”, which

   could potentially include the propositions moved by Professor KT Shah. He

   noted as follows:

                  “With regard to his other amendments, viz.,
                  substitution of his own clauses for sub-clauses (ii)
                  and (iii) of Article 31, all I want to say is this that I
                  would have been quite prepared to consider the
                  amendment of Professor Shah if he had shown that
                  what he intended to do by the substitution of his own
                  clauses was not possible to be done under the
                  language as it stands. So far as I am able to see, I
                  think the language that has been used in the
                  Draft it a much more extensive language which
                  also includes the particular propositions which
                  have been moved by Professor Shah, and I
                  therefore do not see the necessity for
                  substituting these limited particular clauses for
                  the clauses which have been drafted in general
                  language deliberately for a set purpose. I
                  therefore     oppose      his second        and     third
                  amendments.”


                                                                              Page 149 of 193
                                                                                  PART D


166. Eventually, the motion to amend the provision was put to vote. The proposal

       to substitute the provision was negatived and it was thus introduced in its

       present form.



       c. Inferences from the discussions in the Constituent Assembly

167. Before laying down the principles which emerge from the above discussions,

       two caveats must be kept in mind.



168. Firstly, debates and discussions in the Constituent Assembly serve a limited

       purpose in constitutional interpretation. A review of the debates and discussions

       in the Constituent Assembly may aid in gleaning the principles and intent behind

       introducing various provisions of the Constitution. However, these principles do

       not control the meaning of the provision.130 This Court must interpret provisions

       of the Constitution in consonance with changing times, values and in the

       present case, even changing economic priorities. The Constitution is a living

       document. The ideas and the thinking of the framers of the Constitution cannot

       remain frozen for time immemorial. As a Constitution Bench of this Court noted

       in K.S. Puttaswamy v. Union of India,131 the Constitution governs the lives of

       over 125 crore citizens of this country and must be interpreted to respond to the

       changing needs of society at different points in time. This Court, speaking

       through one of us (Justice DY Chandrachud), observed:

                         “130. Now, would this Court in interpreting the
                         Constitution freeze the content of constitutional



130
      S.R. Chaudhuri v. State of Punjab, (2001) 7 SCC 126; 2001 INSC 373.
131
      (2017) 10 SCC 1 [476]; 2017 INSC 1235.
                                                                             Page 150 of 193
                                                                            PART D

                 guarantees and provisions to what the Founding
                 Fathers perceived? The Constitution was drafted
                 and adopted in a historical context. The vision of
                 the Founding Fathers was enriched by the
                 histories of suffering of those who suffered
                 oppression and a violation of dignity both here
                 and elsewhere. Yet, it would be difficult to
                 dispute that many of the problems which
                 contemporary societies face would not have
                 been present to the minds of the most
                 perspicacious draftsmen. No generation,
                 including the present, can have a monopoly over
                 solutions or the confidence in its ability to
                 foresee the future. As society evolves, so must
                 constitutional doctrine. … ”
                                                (emphasis supplied)


169. Secondly, when the framers of the Constitution debated on the scope of

  Article 39(b) and other Directive Principles, the safe harbour provision under

  Article 31C did not exist. As discussed earlier in this judgement, Article 31-C

  was only introduced over twenty years later in 1971, by the twenty-fifth

  amendment to the Constitution. Therefore, the discussion in the Constituent

  Assembly on the scope of Article 39(b) was limited to viewing the provision as

  akin to any other Directive Principle – as an aspirational principle for future

  governments. Dr Ambedkar noted in his speech on 4 November 1948 that

  Directive Principles including Article 39(b) were instructions to the executive

  and legislature on “how they should exercise their powers”. At the time of these

  discussions, the framers of our Constitution could not have contemplated that

  legislation which bears a nexus with the principles of Article 39(b) would be

  protected from a challenge under Part III rights contained in Articles 14, 19 and

  the erstwhile Article 31 of the Constitution. Therefore, while interpreting Article

  39(b) in the context of the present-day Constitution which contains Article 31C,

                                                                      Page 151 of 193
                                                                               PART D


   we must be cautious in drawing overbroad conclusions from the discussions in

   the Constituent Assembly.



170. With these two caveats in mind, the following inferences may be made from

   the discussions in the Constituent Assembly about the nature of the Directive

   Principles:

   a. Dr Ambedkar’s landmark speech on 4 November 1948 evinces that

       Directive Principles, including the present-day Article 39(b) were

       understood to be guiding principles or ‘instructions’ to the executive and

       legislature. While they would not be enforceable under law, it was believed

       that the values enshrined in them would assume importance at the time of

       elections and the electorate would hold future governments accountable.

       This purpose attributed to Article 39(b) in the Constituent Assembly is

       substantially different from the current roles that it serves in our

       constitutional structure – both as a pre-condition to Article 31C and often as

       a tool to interpret rights contained in Part III of the Constitution;


   b. The discussions in the Constituent Assembly indicate the objection of Dr

       Ambedkar to any proposals to expressly lay down a particular form of social

       structure or economic policy for future governments in the Constitution. He

       noted that the Constitution, including in the Directive Principles, did not

       intend to prioritise one form of government or economic structure over the

       other but instead only laid down the ideal of ‘economic democracy’;




                                                                          Page 152 of 193
                                                                             PART D


   c. Dr Ambedkar did not intend to locate the idea of ‘economic democracy’

      within a single economic or political school of thought. Instead, it was

      believed that future governments and electorates would identify the socio-

      economic structure which best suits the needs of society. It was to be left to

      future generations to persuade the electorate and determine the “best way”

      of achieving the ideal of an ‘economic democracy;’ and


   d. When members such as KT Shah and Damodar Seth sought greater

      inclusion of what they termed as ‘socialistic’ thought, Dr Ambedkar’s

      response was always that such principles can be accommodated within the

      ambit of the widely worded provisions, as they exist. Not only were such

      proposals to specify an economic structure opposed by Dr Ambedkar but in

      all the examples discussed above, they were also negatived by a majority

      when the draft amendments were put to a vote.

171. We now turn to an analysis of the amendment proposed by Professor KT

  Shah to Article 31(ii), which corresponds with the present-day Article 39(b). As

  discussed above, Professor Shah sought to substitute the article with the

  following provision:

                 “(ii) that the ownership, control and management of
                 the natural resources of the country in the shape
                 of mines and mineral wealth, forests, rivers and
                 flowing waters as well as in the shape of the seas
                 along the coast of the country shall be vested in
                 and belong to the country collectively and shall
                 be exploited and developed on behalf of the
                 community by the State as represented by the
                 Central or Provincial Governments or local
                 governing authority or statutory corporation as may
                 be provided for in each case by Act of Parliament’;”



                                                                        Page 153 of 193
                                                                            PART D


172. The proposed amendment to Article 31(ii) sought to make the language of

   the provision more specific and lay down a ‘socialist’ economic order. It

   specified a list of natural resources to be covered by the provision, and also

   expressly stated that these resources would be vested in the state which would

   exploit them on behalf of the community. The opposition to the existing

   provision was that it allowed future Parliaments to evolve an economic plan of

   their choice instead of laying down that key industries would be owned by the

   state.


173. Once again, following his view in earlier debates, Dr Ambedkar opposed the

   amendment, which sought to lay down the specificities of a ‘socialist’ economic

   order. His exact response, however, was significant – he stated that the

   proposed amendment was already covered by the “extensive language” of the

   existing provision. This response has been central to the submissions of the

   counsel for the appellants and respondents before us.


174. Ms. Uttara Babbar, senior counsel, submitted that the keyword in the

   amendment was ‘vested’. She argued that the proposed amendment differs

   from the current provision, as it sought to include the vesting of certain natural

   resources, which may otherwise be privately owned, in the state. According to

   her, the rejection of the amendment by the Constituent Assembly indicates that

   the existing provision does not include the ‘vesting’ of resources in the state,

   but only pertains to the distribution of resources already owned and controlled

   by the state. Regarding Dr Ambedkar’s statement that the proposed

   amendment is already included within the provision, she contended that this

                                                                       Page 154 of 193
                                                                             PART D


   was limited to the fact that the natural resources listed in the proposed

   amendment were covered by the existing clause. In the absence of any

   discussion on the “vesting” of such resources in the state, she argued that

   Ambedkar’s response cannot be interpreted to incorporate such an

   understanding.


175. On the other hand, Mr Tushar Mehta learned Solicitor General for India and

   Mr Rakesh Dwivedi, senior counsel appearing for the State of West Bengal

   contend that Dr Ambedkar’s response to the proposed amendment indicates

   that the clause includes within its fold the vesting or acquisition of privately

   owned resources as well. The provision, according to them, was deliberately

   framed in expansive terms, to include all types of resources, including privately

   owned resources. The idea was to keep the provision widely worded so that

   future governments could mould it according to the economic priorities and

   dynamics of the day.


176. In our view, Dr Ambedkar’s objection to the proposed amendment must be

   interpreted in view of his earlier observations on the nature of the Directive

   Principles and his vehement objection to any attempts to lay down a rigid

   ‘economic structure’ in the Constitution. Dr Ambedkar was clear that he was

   opposed to laying down any particular school of economic thought in the

   Directive Principles, notwithstanding a passing remark about the socialistic

   direction of Part IV, discussed above. This passing remark too may be

   understood in light of the Directive Principles being used as a tool by the framers

   to accommodate ideological dissenters who would otherwise lose out in

                                                                       Page 155 of 193
                                                                          PART D


   constitutional negotiations. As Directive Principles were understood as non-

   justiciable exhortations, the framers often made strategic concessions in their

   text to accommodate diverse views and ensure the deliberations did not break

   down.


177. However, in view of the fact that Article 39(b) has evolved beyond a non-

   justiciable directive, we must pay heed to Dr Ambedkar's prescient warning that

   the Constitution must not be interpreted in a way that imposes a rigid economic

   structure. With this principle in mind, Dr Ambedkar's response to the proposed

   amendment to Article 39(b) cannot be interpreted to indicate that the provision

   encompasses all private property, and any legislation to convert private

   ownership to public ownership would fall within its ambit. At best, the response

   suggests that natural resources including rivers and seas may be vested in the

   state for the "common good" in certain specific cases.


178. With this historical context in mind, we now turn to examine how this Court

   has interpreted the provision over time, including in the judgments that have

   been called into question in the present reference.



   v.      Interpretation of Article 39(b) that has been doubted

179. The genesis of this reference lies in the judgement of this Court in

   Ranganatha Reddy. A seven-judge bench of this Court adjudicated on the

   constitutionality of the Karnataka Contract Carriages (Acquisition) Act, 1976,

   which dealt with the acquisition of private contract carriages by the State. The

   legislature was of the view that nationalisation was necessary because private
                                                                     Page 156 of 193
                                                                                 PART D


   contract carriages were being operated in a manner “detrimental to the public

   interest” and the nationalisation of the carriages would prevent misuse and

   provide better facilities. The legislation contained a declaration stating that it is

   in furtherance of the principles contained in Articles 39(b) and (c) and thus

   protected by Article 31-C. The Karnataka High Court struck down the legislation

   as unconstitutional on various grounds, including inter alia that it was not

   protected by Article 31-C.


180. As noted earlier in this judgement, the majority decision, authored by Justice

   Untwalia, upheld the constitutional validity of the legislation but did not discuss

   the question of whether the legislation was in furtherance of Article 39(b) and

   thus, protected by Article 31-C. However, the contours of Article 39(b) were

   discussed in the concurring opinion authored by Justice Krishna Iyer (on behalf

   of himself and two other judges), and it was held that legislation was saved by

   Article 31-C. Justice Krishna Iyer framed the questions with regard to Article

   39(b) in the following terms:

                  “50. […]
                  2. What are the pervasive ambience and progressive
                  amplitude of the “directive principle” in Article 39(b)
                  and (c) in the context of nationalisation of public
                  utilities?
                  2 (a). Can State monopoly by taking over private
                  property be a modus operandi of distribution of
                  ownership and control of the material resources of
                  the community to subserve the common good, within
                  the framework of Article 39 (b)?
                  2(b). Are distribution and nationalisation antithetical
                  or overlapping?
                  2 (c). What is the connotation of the expression
                  “material resources”? Can private buses be
                  regarded as material resources of the community?”



                                                                            Page 157 of 193
                                                                                    PART D


181. Justice Krishna Iyer held that the purpose behind the provision is to allow

   for the “restructuring of the social order” and each word in the provision

   contributes to this “social mission”. He warned against a “ritualistic construction”

   of the provision which would weaken this purpose. He observed:

                  “80. […] The key word is “distribute” and the
                  genius of the Article, if we may say so, cannot
                  but be given full play as it fulfils the basic
                  purpose of restructuring the economic order.
                  Each word in the article has a strategic role and the
                  whole article a social mission. It embraces the entire
                  material resources of the community. Its task is to
                  distribute such resources. Its goal is so to undertake
                  distribution as best to subserve the common good. It
                  re-organizes by such distribution the ownership and
                  control.

                  83. Two conclusions strike us as quintessential. Part
                  IV, especially Article 39(b) and (c), is a futuristic
                  mandate to the State with a message of
                  transformation of the economic and social order.
                  Firstly, such change calls for collaborative effort from
                  all the legal institutions of the system: the legislature,
                  the judiciary and the administrative machinery.
                  Secondly and consequentially, loyalty to the high
                  purpose of the Constitution viz. social and economic
                  justice in the context of material want and utter
                  inequalities on a massive scale, compels the Court
                  to ascribe expansive meaning to the pregnant words
                  used with hopeful foresight, not to circumscribe their
                  connotation into contradiction of the objectives
                  inspiring the provision. To be Pharisaic towards the
                  Constitution through ritualistic construction is to
                  weaken the social-spiritual thrust of the founding
                  fathers' dynamic faith.”
                                                      (emphasis supplied)



182. While holding that Article 39(b) includes the nationalization of motor

   vehicles, Justice Krishna Iyer had occasion to interpret the phrase “material

   resources of the community”. In essence, Justice Krishna Iyer interpreted the

   term “material resources” to cover “all national wealth” including all resources –

                                                                               Page 158 of 193
                                                                               PART D


natural and manmade, private and public. The only qualifier according to Justice

Iyer is that the resource must “meet material needs”. He adopted the view that

an individual is a member of the community, and thus, all resources of the

individual are part of the “community”. According to Justice Iyer, if privately

owned resources are excluded from the ambit of Article 39(b) it would defeat

the underlying purpose of the provision, which is redistribution of wealth.

Further, he clarified that not only private ‘means of production’, but also ‘private

resources’ are included within the fold of Article 39(b). These observations lie

at the heart of the controversy before this Court, and the correctness of this

interpretation of ‘material resources of the community’ has been challenged by

the appellants before us. The observations are reproduced below.

                 “81. “Resources” is a sweeping expression and
                 covers not only cash resources but even ability to
                 borrow (credit resources). Its meaning given
                 in Black's Legal Dictionary is:

               “Money or any property that can be converted into
               supplies; means of raising money or supplies;
               capabilities of raising wealth or to supply necessary
               wants; available means or capability of any kind.”
               And material resources of the community in the
               context of re-ordering the national economy
               embraces all the national wealth, not merely
               natural resources, all the private and public
               sources of meeting material needs, not merely
               public possessions. Everything of value or use
               in the material world is material resource and the
               individual being a member of the community his
               resources are part of those of the community. To
               exclude ownership of private resources from the
               coils of Article 39(b) is to cipherise its very
               purpose of redistribution the socialist way. A
               directive to the State with a deliberate design to
               dismantle feudal and capitalist citadels of property
               must be interpreted in that spirit and hostility to such
               a purpose alone can be hospitable to the meaning
               which excludes private means of production or

                                                                          Page 159 of 193
                                                                                  PART D

                  goods produced from the instruments of
                  production. Sri    A.K.      Sen     agrees      that
                  private means of production are included in
                  “material resources of the community” but by
                  some baffling logic excludes things produced. If
                  a car factory is a material resource, why not cars
                  manufactured? “Material” may cover everything
                  worldly and “resources”, according to Random
                  House Dictionary, takes in “the collective wealth of a
                  country or its means of producing wealth: money or
                  any property that can be converted into
                  money assets”. No further argument is needed to
                  conclude that Article 39(b) is ample enough to
                  rope in buses. The motor vehicles are part of the
                  material resources of the operators.”
                                                 (emphasis supplied)



183. The next part of Article 39(b) that Justice Krishna Iyer discussed, in his

   concurring opinion, is the term “distribution”. More specifically, the opinion

   explores whether “nationalisation” can be understood to be a form of

   “distribution” which subserves the “common good”. Justice Krishna Iyer held

   that a narrow interpretation cannot be given to the term. After referring to the

   dictionary definition of the term ‘distribution’, it was observed that the

   nationalisation of resources, which essentially entails classifying and allocating

   industries/services/utilities between the private and public sectors, is a form of

   ‘distribution’. Moreover, nationalisation has been held to be a distributive

   process which is for the “good of the community”. The observations are

   reproduced below.

                  “82. The next question is whether nationalisation can
                  have nexus with distribution. Should we assign a
                  narrow or spacious sense to this concept?
                  Doubtless, the latter, for reasons so apparent and
                  eloquent. To “distribute”, even in its simple dictionary
                  meaning, is to “allot, to divide into classes or into
                  groups” and “distribution” embraces “arrangement,
                  classification,        placement,           disposition,
                  apportionment, the way in which items, a quantity, or
                                                                             Page 160 of 193
                                                                               PART D

                  the like, is divided or apportioned; the system of
                  dispersing goods throughout a community”.
                  (See Random House Dictionary). To classify and
                  allocate certain industries or services or utilities
                  or articles between the private and public
                  sectors     of    the    national    economy       is
                  to distribute those              resources. Socially
                  conscious economists will find little difficulty in
                  treating nationalisation of transport as a
                  distributive process for the good of the
                  community. You cannot condemn the concept of
                  nationalisation in our Plan on the score that
                  Article 39(b) does not envelop it. It is a matter of
                  public policy left to legislative wisdom whether a
                  particular scheme of take-over should be
                  undertaken.”



184. The next decision with a bearing on the interpretation of Article 39(b) is Bhim

   Singhji. As briefly discussed earlier, a five-judge Constitution bench of this

   Court adjudicated on the constitutionality of the Urban Land (Ceiling and

   Regulation) Act 1976. The legislation inter alia provided for the imposition of a

   ceiling on vacant land in urban agglomerations and for the acquisition of land in

   excess of the ceiling limit, to prevent the concentration of urban land in the

   hands of a few. Chief Justice YV Chandrachud, Justice Bhagwati, Justice

   Krishna Iyer and Justice Sen, constituting a majority of four judges held that the

   Act gave effect to the principles laid down in Articles 39(b) and (c), and, thus

   was protected by Article 31-C. Initially, when the judgement was pronounced,

   Chief Justice YV Chandrachud (for himself and Justice Bhagwati) authored a

   short judgment stating that detailed reasons would follow. Eventually, Chief

   Justice YV Chandrachud (for himself and Justice Bhagwati) issued an order

   stating that the learned judges agreed with the reasons stated in the opinion of




                                                                          Page 161 of 193
                                                                                      PART D


       Justice Krishna Iyer.132 Justice Sen concurred with the majority on the question

       of whether the Act was in furtherance of Articles 39(b) and (c) but disagreed on

       some other aspects. Justice Tulzapurkar authored a dissenting opinion, striking

       down the legislation as unconstitutional and held that the Act did not give effect

       to the principles in Articles 39(b) and (c) so as to be saved by Article 31C.



185. The opinion of the majority authored by Justice Krishna Iyer held that a law

       that inhibits the concentration of urban land in the hands of a few and ensures

       equitable distribution falls within the ambit of Article 39(b) and (c). He observed:

                         “10. […] Article 39(b) and (c) of the Constitution
                         are directly attracted and there is no doubt that
                         the fullest exploitation of the material resources
                         of the community undoubtedly requires
                         distribution of urban land geared to the common
                         good. It is also a notorious fact that
                         concentration of urban land in private hands is
                         an effective forbiddance of the maximum use of
                         such land for industrial purposes at a critical
                         juncture when the nation is fighting for survival
                         through industrialisation. It needs no argument to
                         conclude that the objective of the legislation as set
                         out in the long title and in the statutory scheme is
                         implementation of Part IV of the Constitution. The
                         directive principles of State Policy being paramount
                         in character and fundamental in the country's
                         governance, distributive justice envisaged in Article
                         39(b) and (c) has a key role in the developmental
                         process of the socialist republic that India has
                         adopted. […]

                         11. The taking over of large conglomerations of
                         vacant land is a national necessity if Article 39 is
                         a constitutional reality. “Law can never be higher
                         than the economic order and the cultural
                         development of society brought to pass by that
                         economic order.” (Marx). Therefore, if Article 38 of
                         the Constitution which speaks of a social order


132
      Maharao Sahib Shri Bhim Singhji v. Union of India, (1986) 4 SCC 615.
                                                                                 Page 162 of 193
                                                                                 PART D

                 informed by economic justice, is to materialise, law
                 must respond effectively and rise to the needs of the
                 transformation envisioned by the founding fathers.
                 […]”



186. Although Justice Krishna Iyer did not cite his concurring judgement in

  Ranganatha Reddy, he made certain observations which may help

  contextualise his observations on Article 39(b) in Ranganatha Reddy. He

  observed that the acquisition of private resources by the state to favour another

  private owner is not within the scheme of Article 39(b). In some circumstances,

  according to Justice Krishna Iyer, even a private industry may serve the

  common good and certain professions and industries may remain in private

  hands, “in the transitional stage of our pluralist economy undergoing a fabian

  transformation”.

                 “16-A. […] It is not and never can be compulsory
                 taking from some private owners to favour by
                 transfer other private owners. The prevalent
                 pathology of corrupt use of public power cannot be
                 assumed by the court lest the same charge be
                 levelled against its echelons. The wide definition of
                 “industry” or the use of general words like ‘any
                 person” and “any purpose” cannot free the whole
                 clause from the inarticulate major premise that only
                 a public purpose to subserve the common good and
                 filling the bill of Article 39(b) and (c) will be
                 permissible. Even a private industry may be for a
                 national need and may serve common good. Even a
                 medical clinic, legal aid bureau, engineering
                 consultant's office, private ambulance garage,
                 pharmacist's shop or even a funeral home may be a
                 public utility. Professions for the people, trade at the
                 service of the community and industry in the
                 strategic sector of the nation's development may well
                 be in private hands in the transitional stage of our
                 pluralist     economy       undergoing      a    fabian
                 transformation. Why should lands allotted to such
                 private industries or professionals be condemned?
                 The touchstone is public purpose, community good
                 and like criteria. If the power is used for favouring a
                                                                            Page 163 of 193
                                                                                  PART D

                  private industrialist or for nepotistic reasons the
                  oblique act will meet with its judicial waterloo. To
                  presume as probable graft, nepotism, patronage,
                  political clout, friendly pressure or corrupt purpose is
                  impermissible. […].”



187. The next decision that is relevant to the interpretation of Article 39(b) is

   Sanjeev Coke – a decision of a Constitution Bench of five judges of this Court.

   As noted earlier in this judgement, the observations of this Court in this case

   have been specifically doubted in the reference orders before us. This Court

   was adjudicating on the constitutionality of the Coking Coal Mines

   (Nationalisation) Act, 1972, which provided for the acquisition of coking coal

   mines, along with their coking oven plants. In addition to these coking oven

   plants, twelve coking oven plants which were owned by independent persons,

   such as the petitioners, were also nationalised under the legislation. The

   petitioners contended that the legislation violated Article 14 as other coking

   oven plants were not being nationalised, although they were similarly placed.

   The Union of India defended the legislation on its merits and also argued that

   the legislation was protected by Article 31-C as it gives effect to the principles

   in Article 39(b). According to the legislature, the Act providing for the

   nationalisation of the coking coal mines and coke oven plants was “with a view

   to reorganising and reconstructing such mines and plants for the purpose of

   protecting, conserving and promoting scientific development of the resources

   of coking coal needed to meet the growing requirements of the iron and steel

   industry and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto”.




                                                                             Page 164 of 193
                                                                                  PART D


188. The counsel for petitioners in the case argued that a law which violates the

       “broader egalitarian principle” embodied in Article 14 cannot be considered to

       be giving effect to the principles laid down in Article 39(b). To further this

       argument, the counsel relied on the observations made by Justice Bhagwati in

       his dissenting opinion in Minerva Mills, wherein the learned judge upheld the

       constitutionality of an amendment to Article 39(b) by the forty-second

       Amendment. Justice Bhagwati, in essence, had observed that when a law gives

       effect to a Directive Principle, such a law would always conform to the principle

       of “real and substantive” equality, even if it may conflict with the formalistic

       doctrinaire view of equality. This argument was rejected by the Court and it was

       held that if the law to further the Directive Principle must necessarily be non-

       discriminatory or based on a reasonable classification then there is no purpose

       left in Article 31-C. It would be valid on its own. Hence it was held that a law

       designed to promote a Directive Principle, even if it came into conflict with the

       formalistic and doctrinaire view of equality before the law, would advance the

       broader egalitarian principle and the constitutional goal of social and economic

       justice for all. If the law was aimed at the broader egalitarianism of the Directive

       Principles, Article 31-C was held to protect the law from a challenge under

       Article 14. 133


189. On the question of whether the Act gives effect to Article 39(b), the counsel

       for the petitioners argued that a coal mine or coke oven plant owned by private

       parties could not constitute “material resources of the community”. It was urged



133
      Sanjeev Coke [16, 17].
                                                                            Page 165 of 193
                                                                             PART D


  that to qualify as a “material resources of the community”, the ownership of the

  resource must vest in the state. The legislation may be considered as a

  legislation for the acquisition by the State of coking coal mines and coke oven

  plants belonging to private parties but it is not a legislation towards securing the

  principles in Article 39(b). It was argued that the keyword in Article 39(b) is

  “distribute” and material resources had first to be acquired by the State before

  they could be distributed. A law providing for acquisition could not, it was urged,

  be considered a law for distribution.


190. This argument was rejected by this Court (speaking through Justice

  Chinappa Reddy). The Court observed that the expression “material resources

  of the community” means all things capable of producing wealth for the

  community and cannot be limited to only public-owned resources. Further, the

  words must – the learned Judge held - be understood in the context of the

  constitutional goal of setting up a ”socialist” republic, which has always been

  the goal of the Chapter on Directive Principles. Further, it was held that the term

  “distribution” cannot be given a narrow construction, and includes the

  “transformation of wealth from private ownership into public ownership”. This

  Court relied on the observations in the concurring opinion authored by Justice

  Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy to buttress these observations. These

  findings on the meaning of the phrases “material resources of the community”

  and “distribution” are at the heart of the reference before us and have been

  reproduced in full below.

                 “19. […]
                 The expression “material resources of the
                 community” means all things which are capable
                                                                       Page 166 of 193
                                                                PART D

of producing wealth for the community. There is
no warrant for interpreting the expression in so
narrow a fashion as suggested by Shri Sen and
confine it to public-owned material resources
and exclude private-owned material resources.
The expression involves no dichotomy. The
words must be understood in the context of the
constitutional goal of establishing a sovereign,
socialist, secular, democratic republic. Though the
word “socialist” was introduced into the Preamble by
a late amendment of the Constitution, that socialism
has always been the goal is evident from the
Directive Principles of State Policy. The amendment
was only to emphasise the urgency. Ownership,
control and distribution of national productive wealth
for the benefit and use of the community and the
rejection of a system of misuse of its resources for
selfish ends is what socialism is about and the words
and thought of Article 39(b) but echo the familiar
language and philosophy of socialism as expounded
generally by all socialist writers.

[…]

We may also look at it this way. When we say that
the State of Himachal Pradesh possesses immense
forest wealth or that the State of Bihar possesses
immense mineral wealth, we do not mean that the
Governments of the States of Himachal Pradesh and
Bihar own the forest and mineral wealth; what we
mean is that there is immense forest and mineral
wealth in the territories of the two States, whether
such wealth is owned by the people as a whole or by
individuals. Again, when we talk of, say, a certain
area in Delhi being a Bengali, Punjabi or South
Indian area, we do not mean that the area is owned
by Bengalis, Punjabis or South Indians but only that
large numbers of Bengalis, Punjabis or South
Indians live in that area. When Article 39(b) refers to
material resources of the community it does not refer
only to resources owned by the community as a
whole but it refers also to resources owned by
individual members of the community. Resources of
the community do not mean public resources only
but include private resources as well. Nor do we
understand the word “distribute” to be used in Article
39(b) in the limited sense in which Shri Sen wants us
to say it is used, that is, in the sense only of retail
distribution to individuals. It is used in a wider sense

                                                           Page 167 of 193
                                                                                 PART D

                   so as to take in all manner and method of distribution
                   such as distribution between regions, distribution
                   between industries, distribution between classes
                   and distribution between public, private and joint
                   sectors. The distribution envisaged by Article 39(b)
                   necessarily takes within its stride the transformation
                   of wealth from private ownership into public
                   ownership and is not confined to that which is
                   already public-owned. The submissions of Shri Sen
                   are well-answered by the observations of Krishna
                   Iyer, J. in State of Karnataka v. Ranganatha
                   Reddy […]”



191. Additionally, this Court also held that the fact that only a part of the industry,

   and not the industry as a whole was being nationalised was irrelevant to the

   question of whether Article 39(b) would be attracted. It was held that the

   distribution between public, private and joint sectors and the extent and range

   of any scheme of nationalisation are essentially matters of state policy which

   are inherently inappropriate subjects for judicial review.


192. The next decision of this Court which discussed the meaning and content of

   Article 39(b) and has been referred to in the underlying reference orders is Abu

   Kavur Bai. Akin to Ranganatha Reddy, this is another case which dealt with

   the nationalisation of transport services. In that case, the constitutionality of the

   Tamil Nadu State Carriages and Contract Carriages (Acquisition) Act 1973,

   which sought to nationalise the transport industry in stages, was under

   challenge. The transport service and part of the assets of the operators were

   acquired by the State under the legislation. The Madras High Court declared

   the Act as being violative of Article 31(2) and outside the protective umbrella

   contained in Article 31C.


                                                                            Page 168 of 193
                                                                                   PART D


193. The Constitution Bench of this Court (speaking through Justice Fazal Ali)

       upheld the constitutionality of the legislation. This Court held that the legislation

       gave effect to the principles in Articles 39(b) and (c) and was thus saved from

       a challenge under Article 31(2), due to the application of Article 31-C. The

       judgment relied on the decisions in Ranganatha Reddy and Sanjeev Coke to

       arrive at this conclusion. This Court held that the reason for the inclusion of

       Article 31-C was based on the theoretical aspiration that means of production,

       key industries, mines, minerals, public utilities, and services may be taken

       gradually under public ownership, management and control. Nationalisation, it

       was held, was necessary to achieve the goal of building an egalitarian

       society. 134


194. It was argued before this Court that the nationalisation of the entire transport

       services along with the vehicles and workshops does not serve “any public

       good” and does not prevent the concentration of wealth in the hands of a few.

       Moreover, it was argued that the taking over of vehicles, tools, implements and

       workshops was not contemplated by Article 39(b) as they constituted movable

       properties and not “material resources”. This Court rejected these arguments.

       Relying on the decision in Ranganatha Reddy, where a similar legislation in

       the State of Karnataka was upheld by this Court, it was held that the state has

       nationalised the carriages to provide expeditious transport at reasonable rates

       to the members of the public and prevent misuse by private operators, which




134
      Abu Kavur Bai [29-31].
                                                                             Page 169 of 193
                                                                                            PART D


       constitutes an important public purpose. 135 This Court relied on the definition

       in various dictionaries and the observations of this Court in Sanjeev Coke and

       held that the term “material resources” used by Article 39(b) is wide enough to

       cover both movable and immovable properties. 136


195. Finally, this Court addressed the argument that the nationalisation policy

       codified in the legislation does not envisage ‘distribution’, because the property

       that is taken over is not distributed to various members of the community for

       their benefit. This Court, in line with its earlier observations, rejected this

       argument. Referring to definitions of the term ‘distribution’, it was held that

       ‘distribution’ must not be given a narrow construction which will defeat the

       purpose of Article 39(b). This Court held that the nationalisation of transport

       services fell within the ambit of ‘distribution’ and observed:

                          “92. It is obvious, therefore, that in view of the vast
                          range of transactions contemplated by the word
                          ‘distribution’ as mentioned in the dictionaries
                          referred to above, it will not be correct to construe
                          the word ‘distribution’ in a purely literal sense so as
                          to mean only division of a particular kind or to
                          particular persons. The words, apportionment,
                          allotment, allocation, classification, clearly fall within
                          the broad sweep of the word ‘distribution’. So
                          construed, the word ‘distribution’ as used in
                          Article 39(b) will include various facets, aspects,
                          methods and terminology of a broad-based
                          concept of distribution. In other words, the word
                          ‘distribution’ does not merely mean that property
                          of one should be taken over and distributed to
                          others like land reforms where the lands from the
                          big landlords are taken away and given to
                          landless labourers or for that matter the various
                          urban and rural ceiling Acts. That is only one of
                          the modes of distribution but not the only mode.


135
      Abu Kavur Bai [74, 75].
136
      Abu Kavur Bai [78-83].
                                                                                       Page 170 of 193
                                                                                    PART D

                     In the instant case, as we have already pointed out,
                     distribution is undoubtedly there though in a different
                     shape. So far as the operators were concerned they
                     were mainly motivated by making huge profits and
                     were most reluctant to go to villages or places where
                     the passenger traffic is low or the track is difficult.
                     This naturally caused serious inconvenience to the
                     poor members of the community who were denied
                     the facility of visiting the towns or other areas in a
                     transport. By nationalising the transport as also
                     the units the vehicles would be able to go to the
                     farthest corner of the State and penetrate as
                     deep as possible and provide better and quicker
                     and more efficacious facilities. This would
                     undoubtedly be a distribution for the common
                     good of the people and would be clearly covered
                     by clause (b) of Article 39.”



196. The above principles laid down in Ranganatha Reddy, Sanjeev Coke and

      Abu Kavur Bai have been followed in decisions which dealt with the

      nationalisation or acquisition of certain resources by the state. These resources

      include electrical energy [Tinsukhia Electric Supply Co. Ltd. v. State of

      Assam 137 and Maharashtra State Electricity Board v. Thana Electric

      Supply Co. 138], refractory plants [Assam Sillimanite Ltd. v. Union of India 139]

      and land [Basantibai Khetan]. In the interests of brevity, we will not reiterate

      the findings in each of these decisions. However, it may be noted that these

      decisions followed the view in Ranganatha Reddy, Sanjeev Coke and Abu

      Kavur Bai on two broad aspects. Firstly, the phrase ‘material resources of the

      community’ includes privately owned resources and cannot be restricted to

      resources owned by the state. Secondly, nationalization or the vesting of these




137
    (1989) 3 SCC 709; 1989 INSC 128
138
    (1989) 3 SCC 616; 1989 INSC 127
139
    1992 Supp (1) SCC 692; 1990 INSC 89
                                                                               Page 171 of 193
                                                                                    PART D


       private resources in the State falls within the expression “distribution” and

       subserves the common good.


197. Another significant decision where a Constitution Bench of this Court

       explored the meaning of Article 39(b) is Natural Resources Allocation, In re,

       Special Reference No. 1 of 2012140. Unlike the decisions discussed above,

       this was not a case where the protection of Article 31-C was sought to protect

       a legislation, instead, Article 39(b) was relied on by this Court to determine

       whether there is a constitutional mandate for the distribution of natural

       resources in a particular way. In view of the observations of a two-judge bench

       of this Court on the allocation of spectrum, the President made a reference to

       this Court. One of the main questions before this Court was whether auctions

       are the only constitutionally permissible means for the state to dispose of

       natural resources.


198. The Constitution Bench held that declaring auctions as a constitutional

       mandate would be impermissible as it would distort the constitutional principles

       in Article 39(b). This Court held that Article 39(b) lays down a ‘restriction’ on the

       object of distribution of natural resources, i.e. that such distribution must be to

       achieve the “common good”. Further, the term “distribution” was held to have a

       wide connotation, not restricted to only one mode of allocation such as auctions.

       This Court held:

                        “113. […] The overarching and underlying principle
                        governing “distribution” is furtherance of common
                        good. But for the achievement of that objective, the



140
      (2012) 10 SCC 1; 2012 INSC 428.
                                                                               Page 172 of 193
                                                                              PART D

                Constitution uses the generic word “distribution”.
                Distribution has broad contours and cannot be
                limited to meaning only one method i.e. auction. It
                envisages all such methods available for
                distribution/allocation of natural resources which
                ultimately subserve the “common good”.



199. Further, this Court held that although auctions may be the best way to

  maximise revenue, revenue maximisation is not always the best way to

  subserve the ‘common good’. In some cases, according to this Court, revenue

  considerations may assume a secondary position vis-à-vis developmental

  considerations. This Court held:

                “119. The norm of “common good” has to be
                understood and appreciated in a holistic manner. It
                is obvious that the manner in which the common
                good is best subserved is not a matter that can be
                measured by any constitutional yardstick—it would
                depend on the economic and political philosophy of
                the Government. Revenue maximisation is not the
                only way in which the common good can be
                subserved. Where revenue maximisation is the
                object of a policy, being considered qua that
                resource at that point of time to be the best way to
                subserve the common good, auction would be one
                of the preferable methods, though not the only
                method. Where revenue maximisation is not the
                object of a policy of distribution, the question of
                auction would not arise. Revenue considerations
                may assume secondary consideration to
                developmental considerations.

                120. […] Economic logic establishes that
                alienation/allocation of natural resources to the
                highest bidder may not necessarily be the only
                way to subserve the common good, and at times,
                may run counter to public good. Hence, it needs
                little emphasis that disposal of all natural resources
                through auctions is clearly not a constitutional
                mandate.”




                                                                         Page 173 of 193
                                                                               PART D


200. Notably, this Court relied on the decisions in L Abu Kavur Bai and the

  decision of Ranganatha Reddy to arrive at the above propositions. In essence

  the decision in Special Reference No. 1 does two things. Firstly, it restates the

  wide interpretation of ‘distribution’ and holds that no single mode of distribution

  is mandated by Article 39(b). Secondly, it interprets the phrase ‘common good’

  to have a wide import and clarifies that revenue maximisation by the

  government is not always the only way to subserve the common good.

  Importantly, this was not a decision where Article 39(b) was invoked to prevent

  a challenge under Article 14 but to interpret the constitutional mandate about

  the distribution of natural resources, in light of the ‘negative’ right to equality in

  Article 14 and the ‘positive’ mandate in Article 39(b). In a sense, this is an

  example of harmoniously construing fundamental rights (Article 14) and the

  Directive Principles (Article 39(b)) to understand underlying constitutional

  principles and mandates.


201. The broad precepts which emerge from these decisions may be summarised

  thus:

   a. The purpose behind Article 39(b) is to allow the state to carry out a

      ‘restructuring of the economy’. The goal of the article is to prevent the

      concentration of wealth in a few hands;

   b. The term “material resources of the community” refers to things capable of

      producing wealth for the community and includes all resources – natural

      and manmade, private and public. The resources of the individual are the




                                                                         Page 174 of 193
                                                                              PART D


         resources of the community and thus, privately owned property is covered

         by the phrase;

   c. The nationalisation of privately owned resources may give effect to Articles

         39(b) and (c). The expression ‘distribution’ must be given a wide

         construction so as to include the acquisition of private resources by the

         state; and

   d. The decisions which advance the above precepts ground their interpretation

         of Article 39(b) in the observations of Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha

         Reddy and the subsequent affirmation in Sanjeev Coke and Abu Kavur

         Bai.


202. In view of the above, the following questions fall for the consideration of this

   Court:

    a. Do all privately owned resources fall within the ambit of ‘material resources

         of the community’?

    b. Is the acquisition of private resources by the state a form of distribution

         recognised by Article 39(b)?

   vi.      Correctness of the above interpretation of Article 39(b)

203. Article 39(b) is not a source of legislative power. The inclusion or exclusion

   of ‘privately-owned resources’ from the ambit of the provision does not impact

   the power of the legislature to enact laws to acquire such resources. The power

   to acquire private resources, in certain situations, continues to be traceable to

   other provisions in the Constitution, including the sovereign power of eminent

   domain. Acquisition of property, for instance, is a Concurrent list subject in Entry

                                                                        Page 175 of 193
                                                                               PART D


   42 of List III of the Seventh Schedule. Further, where a legislation falls within

   the ambit of Article 39(b), the law is only protected against a challenge under

   Articles 14 and 19 of the Constitution. Even if a law is in furtherance of Article

   39(b) and protected by Article 31C, it is susceptible to a challenge to its

   constitutionality under other provisions of the Constitution, including Article 300-

   A. Similarly, a law which falls outside the ambit of Article 39(b), may still be

   valid. All other benefits and protections granted by the Constitution under inter

   alia Articles 31A and 31B continue to be applicable to such a law. With this in

   mind, we turn to determining the correctness of the above interpretation of

   Article 39(b), i.e. that all private property is covered within the ambit of Article

   39(b).




   a. The interpretation is inconsistent with the text of Article 39(b)

204. Five significant elements emerge from the text of Article 39(b), which has

   been reproduced in paragraph 2 of this Judgement. These are:

   a. The provision relates to “ownership and control”;

   b. The ownership and control of “material resources” is dealt with by the

       provision;

   c. The material resources which the provision covers are those which are “of

       the community”;

   d. The policy of the state must be directed to secure the “distribution” of the

       ownership and control of such resources;




                                                                          Page 176 of 193
                                                                                           PART D


        e. The purpose of the distribution must be to “best subserve the common

            good”.


205. The question before this Court is whether privately owned resources fall

       within the ambit of the phrase ‘material resources of the community’. To define

       the phrase ‘material resources of the community’, the law lexicons and legal

       dictionaries draw our attention to the definitions by this Court in Ranganatha

       Reddy, Sanjeev Coke and Abu Kavur Bai. These judgements have been

       doubted in the reference before us. Thus, we need to consider the terms afresh

       to understand the correct interpretation of the phrase. We may begin by looking

       at the terms ‘material’, ‘resources’ and ‘community’, independently.



206. Black’s Law Dictionary defines the expression ‘resources’ in the following

       terms:

                           “a factor of production or economy needed for an
                           activity. Basic resources are labour, land, and
                           capital. Others can include information, energy,
                           entrepreneurship,      expertise,   time     and
                           management.”    141




207. The term ‘material’ is defined as:

                           “1. Of or relating to matter; physical (material goods).
                           2. Having some logical connection with the
                           consequential facts (material evidence).
                           3. Of such a nature that knowledge of the item would
                           affect a person’s decision-making; significant;
                           essential (material alteration of a document).” 142




141
      Black’s Law Dictionary, 8th Edition, South Asian Edition, 2015.
142
      Ibid.
                                                                                      Page 177 of 193
                                                                                        PART D


208. Similarly, the term ‘community’ has been defined in the following terms:

                          “anything constitutes a community; a common
                          interest, a common language, a common
                          government, is the basis of that community which is
                          formed by any number of individuals; the coming
                          together of many and keeping together under given
                          law and for given purposes constitutes a society.” 143



209. None of these definitions indicate that the terms exclude ‘private property’

       from the provision. However, there is a distinction between holding that private

       property may form part of the phrase ‘material resources of the community’ and

       holding that all private property falls within the net of the phrase. It is here that

       the judgment by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy, and the

       consequent observations in Sanjeev Coke fall into error. Justice Krishna Iyer

       cast the net wide, holding that all resources which meet “material needs” are

       covered by the phrase and any attempts by the government to nationalise these

       resources would be within the scope of Article 39(b). He clarified that not only

       the “means of production” but also the goods so produced fall within the net of

       the provision. The illustration which he provides in Ranganatha Reddy

       indicates the unworkable nature of such an interpretation. Justice Krishna Iyer

       observed, by way of an illustration, that not only do factories which produce cars

       fall within the net of Article 39(b), but even privately owned cars are covered by

       the provision. 144 Similarly, even in Sanjeev Coke, the net is cast wide and this

       Court observed that “all things capable of producing wealth of the community”




143
      Ramanathaier, Advanced Law Lexicon, 3rd Edition., Vol. III.
144
      Ranganatha Reddy [81].
                                                                                   Page 178 of 193
                                                                                     PART D


      fall within the ambit of the phrase. In both decisions, it was observed that all

      resources of the individual are consequentially the resources of the community.


210. It is a settled rule of interpretation that no word in a statute may be construed

      as surplusage and be rendered ineffective. While construing a provision, full

      effect is to be given to the language used in the provision. 145 This principle is

      equally applicable to constitutional interpretation. The provisions of the draft

      Constitution placed before the Constituent Assembly by Dr B R Ambedkar were

      debated at length. Often, members of the assembly would propose

      amendments which involved alternate phrasing of various provisions. These

      were debated thread-bare in the assembly before the members voted on the

      final text. As noted earlier in this judgement, the text of the present Article 39(b)

      was also the subject of debate and discussion. An amendment was proposed

      by Professor KT Shah, which sought an alternative phrasing of the provision.

      After detailed discussions, the assembly ultimately voted in favour of the current

      phrasing of the provision. Therefore, while interpreting the article, we cannot

      ignore the specific words used in the provision or render them ineffective.


211. An interpretation of Article 39(b) which places all private property within the

      net of the phrase “material resources of the community” only satisfies one of

      the three requirements of the phrase, i.e. that the goods in question must be a

      ‘resource’. However, it ignores the qualifiers that they must be “material” and

      “of the community”. The use of the words “material” and “community” are not



145
   Hardeep Singh v. State of Punjab, (2014) 3 SCC 92 [43-44], 2014 INSC 21; Rohitash Kumar v Om
Prakash Sharma, (2013) 11 SCC 451 [27-29], 2012 INSC 509.
                                                                               Page 179 of 193
                                                                             PART D


   meaningless superfluities. We cannot adopt a construction of the provision

   which renders these terms otiose. The words “of the community” must be

   understood as distinct from the “individual”. If Article 39(b) was meant to include

   all resources owned by an individual, it would state the “ownership and control

   of resources is so distributed as best to subserve the common good”. Similarly,

   if the provision were to exclude privately owned resources, it would state

   “ownership and control of resources of the state …” instead of its current

   phrasing. The use of the word “of the community” rather than “of the state”

   indicates a specific intention to include some privately owned resources.


212. In essence, the text of the provision indicates that not all privately owned

   resources fall within the ambit of the phrase. However, privately owned

   resources are not excluded as a class and some private resources may be

   covered. The resource in question must meet the two qualifiers, i.e. it must be

   a “material” resource and it must be “of the community”. Thus, the judgements

   doubted in the reference before us are incorrect to the extent that they hold that

   “all resources” of an individual are part of the community and thus, all private

   property is covered by the phrase “material resources of the community”.



   b. The interpretation amounts to endorsing a particular economic ideology

213. To declare that Article 39(b) includes the distribution of all private resources

   amounts to endorsing a particular economic ideology and structure for our

   economy. Justice Krishna Iyer’s judgment in Ranganatha Reddy, which was

   followed inter alia in Sanjeev Coke and Bhim Singhji, was influenced by a


                                                                       Page 180 of 193
                                                                                                 PART D


      particular school of economic thought. This is evident from various observations

      made in these judgements. For instance, in Ranganatha Reddy, Justice

      Krishna Iyer observed that Article 39(b) constitutes “a directive to the State with

      a deliberate design to dismantle feudal and capitalist citadels of property”.146 In

      Bhim Singhji, Justice Krishna Iyer cited Karl Marx in his judgment to observe

      that taking over large conglomerations of land is necessary to make Article 39

      a “constitutional reality”. 147 Interestingly, in the same decision, Justice Krishna

      Iyer also expressed his view about the nature of the economy and observed

      that our economy was “in the transitional stage … undergoing a fabian

      transformation”. 148 Similarly, in Sanjeev Coke, Justice Chinappa Reddy states

      that “the words and thought of Article 39(b) but echo the familiar language and

      philosophy of socials as expounded by all socialist writers”. 149 In essence, the

      interpretation of Article 39(b) adopted in these judgements is rooted in a

      particular economic ideology and the belief that an economic structure which

      prioritises the acquisition of private property by the state is beneficial for the

      nation.


214. Significantly, both Justice Krishna Iyer (in Ranganatha Reddy and

      Bhimsinghji) and Justice Chinappa Reddy (in Sanjeev Coke) consistently

      referred to the vision of the framers as the basis to advance this economic

      ideology as the guiding principle of the provision. However, as noted earlier in



146
    Ranganatha Reddy [81].
147
    Bhim Singhji [11].
148
    Ibid [16A]; Fabianism refers to a British socialist theory which believes in the gradual transition to a
socialist society and rejects the revolutionary doctrines of Marxism. [Lamb, P. (2023, November
28). Fabianism. Encyclopedia Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/money/Fabianism]
149
    Sanjeev Coke [19].

                                                                                          Page 181 of 193
                                                                            PART D


   this judgement, the vision of the framers while drafting the Constitution was not

   to lay down a particular form of social structure or economic policy for future

   governments. The debates in the Constituent Assembly reflect the foresight of

   Dr B R Ambedkar. He was categoric in his constitutional vision. The Constitution

   and the Directive Principles, as he expounded their fundamental principles,

   rejected the prevalence of one dogma. The Constitution was framed in broad

   terms to allow succeeding governments to experiment with and adopt a

   structure for economic governance which would subserve the policies for which

   it owes accountability to the electorate. According to Dr Ambedkar, if the

   Constitution laid down a particular form of economic and social organisation, it

   would amount to taking away the liberty of people to decide the social

   organisation in which they wish to live. He opined on several occasions that

   economic democracy is not tied to one economic structure, such as socialism

   or capitalism, but to the aspiration for a ‘welfare state’. Thus, the role of this

   Court is not to lay down economic policy, but to facilitate this intent of the

   framers to lay down the foundation for an ‘economic democracy’.


215. Indeed, it is this spirit and its all-encompassing nature of the Constitution

   which has allowed elected governments since independence to pursue

   economic reforms and policies based on domestic conditions, international

   requirements and political exigencies of the time. At the time of independence

   in the 1950s and 1960s, given the early challenges of our republic, the focus of

   the government was on planning, a mixed economy, heavy industries, and

   import substitution policies. Subsequently, in the late 1960s and 1970s, there

   was a shift towards purportedly ‘socialist’ reforms and policies. Since the
                                                                       Page 182 of 193
                                                                                           PART D


      decade of the 1990s, or the liberalisation years, there has been a shift towards

      pursuing a policy of market-based reforms. 150 Today, the Indian economy has

      transitioned from the dominance of public investment to the co-existence of

      public and private investment. 151 The doctrinal error in the Krishna Iyer

      approach was, postulating a rigid economic theory, which advocates for greater

      state control over private resources, as the exclusive basis for constitutional

      governance.


216. India’s economic trajectory indicates that the Constitution and the

      custodians of the Constitution – the electorate – have routinely rejected one

      economic dogma as being the exclusive repository of truth. As participants in a

      vibrant multi-party ‘economic democracy’, the ‘People of India’ have voted to

      power governments which have adopted varied economic and social policies,

      based on the country's evolving development priorities and challenges. The

      foresighted vision of our framers to establish an ‘economic democracy’ and trust

      the wisdom of the elected government, has been the backbone of the high-

      growth rate of India’s economy, making it one of the fastest-growing economies

      in the world. 152 To scuttle this constitutional vision by imposing a single

      economic theory, which views the acquisition of private property by the state as




150
   Rahul De, A History of Economic Policy in India: Crisis, Coalitions, and Contingency, 2023 (Oxford
University Press).
  Ministry of Finance (Department of Economic Affairs), Government of India, The Indian Economy: A
151

Review, January 2024.
152
   Ministry of Finance (Department of Economic Affairs), Government of India, Economic Survey 2023-24,
July 2024.

                                                                                     Page 183 of 193
                                                                                                PART D


      the ultimate goal, would undermine the very fabric and principles of our

      constitutional framework.

      c. The interpretation is incompatible with the right to property

217. The right to property was included in the Constitution as a fundamental right

      under Articles 19(1)(f) and Article 31. Subsequently, the right to property was

      deleted from Part III of the Constitution by the Constitution (Forty-fourth

      Amendment) Act, 1978. However, a modified version was inserted and the right

      to property continues to be constitutionally protected under Article 300A. 153

      Although no longer in the nature of a fundamental right, the provision has been

      characterised as a constitutional and human right. 154


218. A two-Judge Bench of this Court in Kolkata Municipal Corporation & Anr

      v. Bimal Kumar Shah & Ors155, speaking through Justice PS Narasimha, had

      occasion to discuss the scope and content of Article 300-A and the

      constitutional vision in relation to private property. This Court held that merely

      providing compensation does not justify compulsory acquisition by the state

      unless procedural safeguards are followed. It was observed that a “post-colonial

      reading” of the constitutional right to property cannot be limited to the twin

      conditions of (a) the acquisition being for a public purpose; and (b) payment of




153
   Article 300A of the Constitution: “Persons not to be deprived of property save by authority of law. – No
person shall be deprived of his property save by authority of law.”
154
    Chandigarh Housing Board v. Major General Devinder Singh, 2007 (9) SCC 6, 2007 INSC 291; Lachhman
Dass v. Jagat Ram, (2007) 10 SCC 448; Vidya Devi v. State of Himachal Pradesh, (2020) 2 SCC 569, 2020
INSC 23.
155
    2024 INSC 435.
                                                                                         Page 184 of 193
                                                                                   PART D


   compensation, and must give way to more meaningful renditions. This Court

   observed:

                  “25. While it is true that after the 44th Constitutional
                  Amendment, the right to property drifted from Part III
                  to Part XII of the Constitution, there continues to be
                  a potent safety net against arbitrary acquisitions,
                  hasty decision-making and unfair redressal
                  mechanisms. […] To assume that constitutional
                  protection gets constricted to the mandate of a
                  fair compensation would be a disingenuous
                  reading of the text and, shall we say, offensive to
                  the egalitarian spirit of the Constitution.

                  26. The constitutional discourse on compulsory
                  acquisitions, has hitherto, rooted itself within the
                  ‘power of eminent domain’. Even within that
                  articulation, the twin conditions of the acquisition
                  being for a public purpose and subjecting the
                  divestiture to the payment of compensation in lieu of
                  acquisition were mandated. […]
                  A post-colonial reading of the Constitution
                  cannot limit itself to these components alone.
                  The binary reading of the constitutional right to
                  property must give way to more meaningful
                  renditions, where the larger right to property is
                  seen as comprising intersecting sub-rights, each
                  with a distinct character but interconnected to
                  constitute the whole. These sub-rights weave
                  themselves into each other, and as a
                  consequence, State action or the legislation that
                  results in the deprivation of private property
                  must be measured against this constitutional net
                  as a whole, and not just one or many of its
                  strands.”



219. The right to property under Article 300-A, this Court observed, may be seen

   as comprising of the following sub-rights which ensure that the procedure

   followed is just, fair and reasonable:

                  “27. […] i) duty of the State to inform the person that
                  it intends to acquire his property – the right to notice,
                  ii) the duty of the State to hear objections to the
                  acquisition – the right to be heard, iii) the duty of the
                  State to inform the person of its decision to acquire
                                                                              Page 185 of 193
                                                                                  PART D

                  – the right to a reasoned decision, iv) the duty of the
                  State to demonstrate that the acquisition is for public
                  purpose – the duty to acquire only for public purpose,
                  v) the duty of the State to restitute and rehabilitate –
                  the right of restitution or fair compensation, vi) the
                  duty of the State to conduct the process of
                  acquisition efficiently and within prescribed timelines
                  of the proceedings – the right to an efficient and
                  expeditious process, and vii) final conclusion of the
                  proceedings leading to vesting – the right of
                  conclusion.”



220. The interpretation of Article 39(b), both as a pre-cursor to the protection of

   Article 31C and as an aspirational Directive Principle, cannot run counter to the

   constitutional recognition of private property. To hold that all private property is

   covered by the phrase “material resources of the community” and that the

   ultimate aim is state control of private resources would be incompatible with the

   constitutional protection detailed above.



   d. Determining the ‘materiality’ and ‘community element’ of the resource

221. We have established above that a construction of Article 39(b) which

   provides that all private property is included within the ambit of Article 39(b) is

   incorrect. However, there is no bar on the inclusion of private property as a

   class and if a privately owned resource meets the qualifiers of being a ‘material

   resource’ and ‘of the community’, it may fall within the net of the provision. We

   agree with the formulation of Mr Zal Andhyarujina, learned senior counsel that

   “material resources of the community” refers to either natural resources (which

   are those of the nation) or those resources which in a large sense can be said

   to be of community, even though they may be in private hands.


                                                                             Page 186 of 193
                                                                            PART D


222. The materiality of a privately owned resource and whether it has a

   community element cannot be determined in a vacuum and must be identified

   on a case-by-case basis. The underlying reference orders, limit our mandate to

   examining the correctness of the interpretation in Ranganatha Reddy and

   Sanjeev Coke, without assessing the applicability of Article 39(b) to any

   specific resources or legislation. We may, therefore, only outline guiding

   principles to determine whether a particular privately owned resource falls

   within the fold of the provision. The following factors may be borne in mind while

   determining whether the resource constitutes a ‘material resource of the

   community’:

   a. The nature of the resource and its inherent characteristics;

   b. The impact of the resource on the well-being of the community;

   c. The scarcity of the resource; and

   d. The consequences of such a resource being concentrated in the hands of

       private owners.


223. There are various forms of resources, which may be privately owned, and

   inherently have a bearing on ecology and/or the well-being of the community.

   Such resources fall within the net of Article 39(b). To illustrate, non-

   exhaustively, there may exist private ownership of forests, ponds, fragile areas,

   wetlands and resource-bearing lands. Similarly, resources like spectrum,

   airwaves, natural gas, mines and minerals, which are scarce and finite, may

   sometimes be within private control. However, as the community has a vital




                                                                       Page 187 of 193
                                                                                           PART D


      interest in the retention of the character of these resources, they fall within the

      ambit of the expression “material resources of the community”.


224. We may refer to the Public Trust Doctrine that has been evolved by this

      Court in a consistent line of precedent, to better understand the ‘community’

      element of such resources. 156 This doctrine provides that the State holds all

      natural resources as a trustee of the public and must deal with them in a manner

      consistent with the nature of the trust. The doctrine was introduced to Indian

      jurisprudence by a two-judge bench decision of this Court in M.C. Mehta v.

      Kamal Nath 157 This Court, speaking through Justice Kuldip Singh, held that the

      doctrine is rooted in the principle that certain resources like “air, sea, waters

      and forests” hold such importance to the people, as a whole, that it would be

      unjustified to make them a subject of private ownership. This Court held that

      the doctrine mandates the Government to protect the resources for the

      enjoyment of the general public, rather than to permit their use for commercial

      gains. Significantly, this does not mean that the state cannot distribute such

      resources, sometimes even to private entities, rather while distributing such

      resources, the state is bound to act in consonance with the principles of public

      trust so as to ensure that no action is taken which is detrimental to public

      interest. 158




156
    M.C. Mehta v. Kamal Nath, (1997) 1 SCC 388, 1996 INSC 1482; M.I. Builders (P) Ltd. v. Radhey Shyam
Sahu, (1999) 6 SCC 464, 1996 INSC 1482; Fomento Resorts and Hotels Ltd. v. Minguel Martins, (2009) 3
SCC 571, 2009 INSC 39; Intellectuals Forum v. State of A.P., (2006) 3 SCC 549, 2006 INSC 101; Vedanta
Limited v State of Tamil Nadu, 2024 INSC 175.
157
    (1997) 1 SCC 388 [22-25]; 1996 INSC 1482.
158
    Centre for Public Interest Litigation v. Union of India, (2012) 3 SCC 1 [74-78]; 2012 INSC 68.
                                                                                     Page 188 of 193
                                                                            PART D


225. The Constitution Bench of this Court in Special Reference No. 1, adverted

   to above, had occasion to observe that the Public Trust Doctrine has expanded

   beyond resources like air, sea, water and forests, to include other resources

   such as spectrum which also have a community or public element. The

   Constitution Bench of this Court, relying on Article 39(b), held that no part of

   such resources can be dissipated as a matter of largess, charity, donation or

   endowment, for private exploitation. The considerations may be in the nature of

   the state earning revenue or to "best sub-serve the common good". The idea,

   this Court held, is that one set of private citizens cannot prosper at the cost of

   another set of private citizens, because such resources are owned by the

   community as a whole.



   e. The provision may include the ‘vesting’ of private resources in the state

226. Mr Zal Andhyarujina and Mr Sameer Parekh, learned counsel for the

   appellants contend that the wide-net cast by Justice Krishna Iyer in

   Ranganatha Reddy and followed in Sanjeev Coke is not the correct position

   of the law. However, they both conceded, as we have held above, that in certain

   cases, privately owned resources may be covered by Article 39(b). On the other

   hand, other counsel such as Ms Uttara Babbar, learned senior counsel contend

   that a privately owned resource can never fall within the ambit of Article 39(b).

   They ground this understanding in the requirement of the provision that the

   state must secure the “distribution” of the concerned resources, rather than the

   phrase “material resources of the community”. They argue that the mere vesting

   of a private resource in the state does not constitute “distribution” and thus, it

                                                                       Page 189 of 193
                                                                           PART D


   cannot fall within the net of Article 39(b). In other words, they urged that the

   acquisition of privately owned resources by the state is a prerequisite to the

   applicability of Article 39(b) and only the process of distribution which follows

   the acquisition is covered by the provision.



227. We cannot subscribe to such a narrow interpretation of the word ‘distribution’

   On the limited question of whether the acquisition of private resources falls

   within the ambit of the term ‘distribution’, we agree with the principles

   enunciated in previous decisions of this Court. The term has a wide

   connotation. The distribution may be piecemeal or the resource may be kept in

   the control of a governmental agency or a regulated private agency, so long as

   the benefits percolate through to the people as a common good. As noted by

   this Court in In Re Natural Resources, Article 39(b) only lays down a restriction

   on the object of the distribution, i.e. that it must be to subserve the ‘common

   good’. However, there is no bar on the mode of distribution.


228. In some cases, the mere vesting of the resource in the hands of the

   government serves the ‘common good’, while in other cases, a resource may

   be distributed amongst private players to achieve this purpose. To illustrate, a

   large privately owned pond may be acquired and put in control of a

   governmental agency or a cooperative society so that the pond is preserved.

   Similarly, the material resource of spectrum may be auctioned to the highest

   bidder who may be a private company, who would then utilize the spectrum

   along with their technology to best subserve the common good. These are

   questions of economic and social policy which fall outside the ambit of judicial
                                                                      Page 190 of 193
                                                                             PART E


   inquiry. As noted above, this Court must not tread into the domain of economic

   policy, or endorse a particular economic ideology while undertaking

   constitutional interpretation. To hold that the term “distribution” cannot

   encompass the vesting of a private resource would amount to falling into the

   same error as the Justice Krishna Iyer doctrine, i.e. to lay down a preference of

   economic and social policy.




E. Conclusion


229. In a nutshell, the answers arrived at by this Court to the reference before us

   may be summarised in the following terms:


   a. Article 31C to the extent that it was upheld in Kesavananda Bharati v

       Union of India remains in force;


   b. The majority judgment in Ranganatha Reddy expressly distanced itself

       from the observations made by Justice Krishna Iyer (speaking on behalf of

       the minority of judges) on the interpretation of Article 39(b). Thus, a coequal

       bench of this Court in Sanjeev Coke erred by relying on the minority

       opinion;


   c. The single-sentence observation in Mafatlal to the effect that ‘material

       resources of the community’ include privately owned resources is not part

       of the ratio decidendi of the judgement. Thus, it is not binding on this Court;




                                                                       Page 191 of 193
                                                                       PART E


d. The direct question referred to this bench is whether the phrase ‘material

   resources of the community’ used in Article 39(b) includes privately owned

   resources. Theoretically, the answer is yes, the phrase may include

   privately owned resources. However, this Court is unable to subscribe to

   the expansive view adopted in the minority judgement authored by Justice

   Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy and subsequently relied on by this

   Court in Sanjeev Coke. Not every resource owned by an individual can be

   considered a ‘material resource of the community’ merely because it meets

   the qualifier of ‘material needs’;


e. The inquiry about whether the resource in question falls within the ambit of

   Article 39(b) must be context-specific and subject to a non-exhaustive list

   of factors such as the nature of the resource and its characteristics; the

   impact of the resource on the well-being of the community; the scarcity of

   the resource; and the consequences of such a resource being concentrated

   in the hands of private players. The Public Trust Doctrine evolved by this

   Court may also help identify resources which fall within the ambit of the

   phrase “material resource of the community”; and


f. The term ‘distribution’ has a wide connotation. The various forms of

   distribution which can be adopted by the state cannot be exhaustively

   detailed. However, it may include the vesting of the concerned resources in

   the state or nationalisation. In the specific case, the Court must determine

   whether the distribution ‘subserves the common good’.



                                                                 Page 192 of 193
                                                                           PART E


230.   The reference is answered in the above terms. The Registry is directed to

  obtain administrative instructions from the Chief Justice for placing the matters

  before an appropriate bench.



                                            …….……………………………………CJI
                                            [Dr Dhananjaya Y Chandrachud]




                                            ….….………………………………………J
                                             [Hrishikesh Roy]



                                            .….…………………………………………J
                                            [J B Pardiwala]



                                           ..….…………………………………………J
                                             [Manoj Misra]




                                           ..….…………………………………………J
                                            [Rajesh Bindal]




                                           ..….…………………………………………J
                                             [Satish Chandra Sharma]




                                           ..….…………………………………………J
                                             [Augustine George Masih]

New Delhi;
November 05, 2024




                                                                     Page 193 of 193
                                                      REPORTABLE


                   IN THE SUPREME COURT OF INDIA

            CIVIL APPELLATE/ORIGINAL JURISDICTION

                     CIVIL APPEAL NO.1012 OF 2002

PROPERTY OWNERS’ ASSOCIATION & OTHERS                …APPELLANTS

                         VERSUS

STATE OF MAHARASHTRA & OTHERS                       ...RESPONDENTS


                                    WITH
           SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.4367 OF 1992
           SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.5204 OF 1992
           SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.5777 OF 1992
      SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NOS.6191-6192 OF 1992
           SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.7950 OF 1992
           SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.8797 OF 1992
           SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.6744 OF 1993
           SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.2303 OF 1995
          SPECIAL LEAVE PETITION (CIVIL) NO.13467 OF 1995
                   WRIT PETITION (CIVIL) NO.934 OF 1992
                   WRIT PETITION (CIVIL) NO.660 OF 1998
                   WRIT PETITION (CIVIL) NO.342 OF 1999
                   WRIT PETITION (CIVIL) NO.469 OF 2000
                   WRIT PETITION (CIVIL) NO.672 OF 2000
                    WRIT PETITION (CIVIL) NO.66 OF 2024




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 1 of 139
                                           JUDGMENT


NAGARATHNA, J.

                                              Table of Contents
1.    Preface: .............................................................................................................. 3
2.    Reference of questions to nine-Judge Bench: ...................................................... 5
3.    Re: First issue: ................................................................................................. 10
4.    The Constitution of India: A living Tree: .......................................................... 11
5.    Re: Second issue: ............................................................................................. 20
6.    Submissions: .................................................................................................... 20
7.    My view on the aforesaid observations: ............................................................ 27
8.    From 1950 to 1991: Planned economy to Liberalization, Privatisation and
      Globalisation (“LPG”): ....................................................................................... 31
9.    Back to the second issue: ................................................................................. 42
10.   The situs of elaboration: .................................................................................. 56
11.   Articles 37, 38 and 39(b) and (c): ...................................................................... 58
12.   Article 37: ........................................................................................................ 60
13.   Article 38: ........................................................................................................ 64
14.   Article 39: ........................................................................................................ 65
15.   Ownership and Control: ................................................................................... 69
16.   Material resources: .......................................................................................... 70
17.   Of the community: ........................................................................................... 71
18.   So distributed as best to subserve the common good:....................................... 88
19.   Common good:.................................................................................................. 91
20.   Ranganatha Reddy: ....................................................................................... 103
21.   Bhim Singhji: ................................................................................................. 109
22.   Sanjeev Coke: ................................................................................................. 111
23.   Abu Kavur Bai: ............................................................................................... 115
24.   Basantibai: .................................................................................................... 117
25.   Mafatlal: ........................................................................................................ 123
26.   Summary of Conclusion: ................................................................................ 125
27.   My Views to the Conclusions arrived at by the learned Chief Justice: ............ 132




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                                                          Page 2 of 139
Preface:

      One of the greatest American Judges, Justice Benjamin N.

Cardozo in his book “The Nature of Judicial Process, 1932” wrote:

      “The great tides and currents which engulf the rest of
      men do not turn aside in their course and pass the
      Judges by.”


1.1    In the field of constitutional law, progressive and dynamic

interpretation of the Constitution in light of socio-economic

developments in the Country must dominate. To such an organic

text as the Constitution of India, a flexible interpretation must be

given which the changing times require. Neither can there be

canonization of the socialist policy followed by the State nor can

the principles akin to laissez faire economics be ignored at a time

when they have been resurrected by the State itself to suit the

developments of the economy in the Country and for the benefit

of the people of India. Chief Justice Earl Warren's statement is

apposite as a reminder to our judicial conscience: (Fortune,

November 1955)

      “Our Judges are not monks or scientists, but
      participants in the living stream of our national life,
      steering the law between the dangers of rigidity on the
      one hand and of formlessness on the other. Our system
      faces no theoretical dilemma but a single continuous



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 3 of 139
      problem: how to apply to ever-changing conditions the
      never-changing principles of freedom.”


1.2       Can      principles       of   liberalization,   privatisation     and

globalisation adopted in India since the year 1991, reforms in the

economy and structural changes that have been brought about

in these last three decades hold a mirror against the socio-

economic policies that were followed in the decades immediately

after India attained independence?                   As a result, can the

judgments of this Court which interpreted the Constitution to be

compatible with the policies of the State then be considered to be

“a disservice to the broad and flexible spirit of the Constitution”

and the authors of the said judgments being critiqued today?


1.3      I have perused the erudite and comprehensive opinion

authored by Hon’ble the Chief Justice of India Dr Dhananjaya Y.

Chandrachud on the questions referred to this nine-Judge

Bench. I have also perused the opinion proposed by learned

brother Dhulia, J.

         The letter and spirit of the judgment of the learned Chief

Justice has ignited me to pen a separate opinion, concurring with

his opinion on certain issues while giving my own views on



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                            Page 4 of 139
certain other aspects which is also my response to learned

brother Dhulia, J.’s views.


1.4      How does ownership and control of “material resources

privately owned” transform into the “material resources of the

community” for distribution as best to subserve the common

good? This is the thrust of my opinion.


Reference of questions to nine-Judge Bench:

2.     The     genesis     of       the   reference   of   the    questions      for

consideration could be traced to the order dated 01.05.1996

passed by a three-Judge Bench of this Court reported in

Property Owners’ Association vs. State of Maharashtra,

(1996) 4 SCC 49 (“Property Owners’ Association”). The said

order was followed by an order dated 21.03.2001 passed by a

five-Judge Bench of this Court in the very same case (SLP (C)

No.5302 of 1992 with connected matters); which for immediate

reference is extracted as under:

      “In these cases the main challenge is to constitutional
      validity of Chapter-VIIIA which was inserted in 1986 in
      the Maharashtra Housing and Area Development Act,
      1976 which, inter alia, provided for the acquisition of
      certain properties on payment of hundred times the
      monthly rent for the premises. By the said amendment,



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                                Page 5 of 139
     Section – 1A was also inserted in that Act and it contains
     a declaration that the Act is for giving effect to the policy
     of the State towards securing the principles specified in
     Clause(b) of Article 39 of the Constitution of India. In
     view of Article 31C of the Constitution, the contention of
     the State was that the validity of any part of the statute
     on the ground that it violated Article 14 or 19 of the
     Constitution, was not permissible.
         The case was heard by a Bench of Three Judges. At
     that time on behalf of the appellants a contention was
     sought to be raised, inter alia, to the effect that Article
     31C did not survive because of the events subsequent to
     the decision in Kesavananda Bharati’s case 1973 (4)
     SCC 225. It was also submitted before that Bench that
     the doctrine of revival, as it applied to ordinary statutes,
     did not apply to the Constitutional Amendment and
     when a part of the Forty-second Amendment, which
     amended Article 31C, had been held to be invalid it did
     not result in the automatic revival of the unamended
     Article 31C.
         In view of the aforesaid contention which was raised,
     by order dated 1st May, 1996 reported in 1996 (4) SCC
     49, the matter was referred to a larger Bench of not less
     than five Judges for hearing and deciding these matters.
         We heard the counsel at length on various issues
     which arise in these cases. One of the points which
     arises for consideration relates to the interpretation of
     Article 39(b) of the Constitution. In State of Karnataka
     and Anr. Etc. vs. Shri Ranganatha Reddy and Anr.
     Etc. (1978) 1 SCR 641 validity of Karnataka Contract
     Carriages (Acquisition) Act, 1976 was challenged and the
     question which arose was whether the State Government
     could acquire and then transfer counter-signed portions
     of Inter State permits to Road Transport Corporation.
     Two judgments were delivered in that case. Krishna Iyar,
     J. for himself and two other learned Judges, while
     concurring with the decision of Untwalia, J. (with whom
     three other Judges agreed), interpreted Article 39(b) of



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 6 of 139
     the Constitution and then came to the conclusion that
     the Act had direct nexus with Article 39(b) and by virtue
     of Article 31C its validity could not be challenged on the
     ground of its being violative of Article 14 or 19(1) (f) of
     the Constitution. Untwalia, J. in his judgment observed
     that “we do not consider it necessary to express any
     opinion with reference to Article 31C read with Clauses
     (b) and (c) of Article 39 of the Constitution. Our learned
     brother Krishna Iyer, J. has prepared a separate
     judgment especially dealing with this point. We must not
     be understood to agree with all that he has said in his
     judgment in this regard”.
          The need to interpret Article 39(b) again arose in the
     case of Sanjeev Coke Manufacturing Company vs.
     Bharat Coking Coal Ltd. and Anr. (1983) 1 SCR
     1000. While upholding the validity of Coking Coal Mines
     (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 and the two other connected
     enactments the Constitutional Bench adopted the
     interpretation of Article 39(b) as enunciated by Krishna
     Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy’s case (supra). This
     interpretation has also been followed by a Division
     Bench of this Court in State of Maharashtra and Anr.
     vs. Basantibai Mohanlal Khetan and Ors. (1986) 2
     SCC 516.
          The interpretation put on Article 39(b) by Krishna
     Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy’s case was not
     specifically assented to in the majority decision but in
     Sanjeev Coke’s case (supra) it is the observations in the
     judgment of Krishna Iyer, J. which have been followed.
          Having heard the counsel at length, we are of the
     opinion that the views expressed in Sanjeev Coke’s case
     required reconsideration keeping in view the importance
     of the point in issue, namely, the interpretation of Article
     39(b) it will appropriate if these cases are heard by a
     larger Bench of not less than Seven Judges.
         The papers be laid before the Hon’ble the Chief
     Justice for appropriate orders.”



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 7 of 139
2.1 Later, on 20.02.2002, a seven-Judge Bench passed an order

referring the matter to a larger Bench. That is how these cases

are before this nine-Judge Bench. For ease of reference the order

dated 20.02.2002 is extracted as under:

     “A Bench of five learned Judges has referred to a Bench
     of seven learned Judges these matters for the reason
     that it was of the opinion that the view expressed in the
     case of Sanjeev Coke Manufacturing Company vs.
     Bharat Coking Coal Ltd. & Anr. (1983 (1) SCC 147)
     required consideration.
         Put shortly, the question is as to the interpretation
     of Article 39(b) of the Constitution which speaks of the
     distribution for the public good of the ownership and
     control of the material resources of the community. In
     State of Karnataka vs. Ranganatha Reddy & Anr.
     (1978 (1) SCR 641), two judgments were delivered. In
     the judgment delivered by Krishna Iyer, J., speaking for
     himself and two other judges, the view was taken that
     material resources of the community covered all
     resources, natural and man-made, publicly and
     privately owned. The other judgment, delivered by
     Untwalia, J., on behalf of himself and three other
     Judges, did not consider it necessary to express any
     opinion with regard to Article 39(b); it was, however,
     made clear in this, the majority judgment that the
     learned Judges did not subscribe to the view taken in
     respect of Article 39(b) by Krishna Iyer, J.
        The view taken by Krishna Iyer, J. in the case of
     Ranganatha Reddy was affirmed by a Constitution
     Bench in the case of Sanjeev Coke (aforementioned).
         Now, in the course of the argument before us, the
     learned Solicitor General, appearing for the Union of
     India and the State of Maharashtra, has drawn our
     attention to the judgment of a Bench of nine learned



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 8 of 139
     Judges in the case of Mafatlal Industries Ltd. vs.
     Union of India (1997 (5) SCC 536). Speaking for
     himself and four other Judges, Jeevan Reddy, J. said,
     “That the material resources of the community are not
     confined to public resources but include all resources,
     natural and man-made, public and private owned is
     repeatedly affirmed by this Court.”, and reference was
     made to the cases of Ranganatha Reddy, Sanjeev
     Coke and State of Tamil Nadu vs L. Abu Kavur Bai
     & Ors. (1984 (1) SCC 515).
         Having given due consideration, we are of the
     opinion that this interpretation of Article 39(b) requires
     to be reconsidered by a Bench of nine learned Judges:
     we have some difficulty in sharing the broad view that
     material resources of the community under Article 39(b)
     covers what is privately owned. G
          Given that there is some similarity in the issues here
     involved and in the case of I.R. Coelho vs. State of
     Tamil Nadu (1999 (7) SCC 580) which already stands
     referred to a larger Bench, preferably of nine learned
     Judges, we are of the view that these matters should be
     heard by a Bench of nine learned Judges immediately
     following the hearing in the case of I.R.Coelho.
         Given the importance of the matter and the fact that
     constitutional issues are involved in I.R.Coelho as also
     in this case, we direct that parties shall file skeleton
     arguments within eight weeks.
         The papers shall be placed before the Hon’ble the
     Chief Justice for appropriate directions.”


     The aforesaid orders of reference provide the canvas in

respect of which the issues have to be considered and answered.

Therefore, the facts narrated by the learned Chief Justice will not




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 9 of 139
have any relevance to the merits of the dispute vis-à-vis the

provisions of the Act under challenge.


2.2        The learned Chief Justice has framed and considered two

broad issues in his proposed judgment, which are extracted

hereinunder:

      “a. Whether Article 31C (as upheld in Kesavananda
          Bharati) survives in the Constitution after the
          amendment to the provision by the forty-second
          amendment was struck down by this Court in
          Minerva Mills?
      b.    Whether the interpretation of Article 39(b) adopted
            by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy and
            followed in Sanjeev Coke must be reconsidered.
            Whether the phrase ‘material resources of the
            community’ in Article 39(b) can be interpreted to
            include resources that are owned privately and not
            by the State?”

Re: First issue:

3.         I respectfully concur with the opinion expressed by the

learned Chief Justice on the first issue. I am in complete accord

with the reasoning that, in the absence of any indication that

Parliament intended a “repeal without substitution,” the original

text of Article 31C as it existed before the Constitution (Forty-

Second) Amendment Act, 1976 must be reinstated following the

invalidation of the said amendment. In Minerva Mills Ltd. vs.



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 10 of 139
Union of India, AIR 1980 SC 1789 (“Minerva Mills”), when the

amendment was struck down for deviating from constitutional

principles, the logical consequence that must follow the

declaration of invalidity of the amendment is to revert to those

original principles which the amendment deviated from. This is

by giving effect to Article 31C, to the extent it was upheld in H.H.

Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru vs. State of Kerala,

AIR 1973 SC 1461 (“Kesavananda Bharati”). This represents

a return to the Constitution’s original text, aligning with the basic

structure of the Constitution. Consequently, invalidating Section

4 of the Forty-Second Amendment should automatically result in

the restoration of the unamended Article 31C.


The Constitution of India: A living Tree:

4.     Before dealing with the second issue, I would like to preface

the same with the living tree doctrine of our Constitution.


4.1      Emile Durkheim, the French sociologist who formally

established the academic discipline of Sociology and is commonly

cited as one of the principal architects of modern Social Science,

likened society to a living organism. Given that Constitutions are




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 11 of 139
built to clothe societies with order, it is only logical that they be

treated as living organisms capable of growth and change. It

involves an understanding of the Constitution as an evolving

and organic instrument. For the living tree theorists, it matters

little what the intentions were at the time of Constitution

making. What matters the most is how the Constitution can be

interpreted to contain rights in their broadest realm. The

doctrine suggests that the past plays a critical but non-exclusive

role in determining the contents of the Constitution. Although

the rights and freedoms under a Constitution may be rooted in

the past and historically determined, they cannot be considered

to be frozen by particular historical anomalies.


4.2     As per Woodrow Wilson, former President of the United

States of America, “a Constitution must of necessity be a vehicle

of life; that its substance is the thought and habit of the nation and

as such it must grow and develop as the life of the nation

changes.”


4.3     In India, the living tree doctrine has been largely inspired

from Canadian jurisprudence. Its origin in the judicial record




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 12 of 139
seems to be in a 1938 Federal Court judgment where the then

Governor-General of India referred a question to the Court

relating to the constitutionality of the Central Provinces and

Berar Sales of Motor Spirit and Lubricants Taxation Act, 1938.

While expanding upon what canons of interpretation and

construction the Court would use to answer the question, Sir

Maurice Gwyer CJ stated that “a Constitution of government is a

living and organic thing, which of all instruments has the greatest

claim to be construed ut res magis valeat quam pereat (in a

manner in which it becomes operative rather than null).”         The

Court urged that in the case of federal constitutions, “a broad

and liberal spirit should inspire those whose duty it is to interpret

it” but they were not “free to stretch or pervert the language of the

enactment to further any interest.”


4.4    Subsequently, in the landmark judgment of State of West

Bengal vs. Anwar Ali Sarkar, AIR 1952 SC 75 (“Anwar Ali

Sarkar”), this Court struck down the West Bengal Special

Courts Act, 1950, holding that it violated Article 14 of the

Constitution. Vivian Bose J. in a separate judgment stated that

provisions of the Constitution must not be interpreted “without


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 13 of 139
regard to the background out of which they arose.” Justice Bose

articulated       that     the      Constitution   must   be   interpreted

progressively to “give life to a great nation and order its being,”

and not in a manner as would relaunch “discarded tools.” While

being conscious that people who forget their history are

condemned to repeat it, he emphasised that a Constitution must

be interpreted having regard not only to the historical

circumstances under which it emerged, but also in a manner as

would “mould the future as well as guide the present.” It may be

apposite to quote a paragraph from Justice Bose’s erudite

judgment, which brings out many elements embodied in the

living tree doctrine:

      “I cannot blot out their history and omit from consideration
      the brooding spirit of the times. They are not just dull,
      lifeless words static and hide-bound as in some
      mummified manuscript, but, living flames intended to give
      life to a great nation and order its being, tongues of
      dynamic fire, potent to mould the future as well as guide
      the present. The Constitution must, in my judgment, be
      left elastic enough to meet from time to time the altering
      conditions of a changing world with its shifting emphasis
      and differing needs.”

4.5     Almost two decades later, in Kesavananda Bharati, the

Court utilised the living metaphor to decide upon the amending




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 14 of 139
powers of the Parliament. The Court held that the Parliament

could amend the Constitution even to abridge fundamental

rights, “as long as the basic structure of the Constitution is

retained.” In reaching this conclusion, the Court referred to

multiple iterations of the understanding of the living constitution.

Therefore, justification for solidifying the constituent power of the

Parliament to ensure flexibility of the Constitution, was found in

the living Constitution metaphor.


4.6    In Supreme Court Advocates-On-Record Association vs.

Union of India, (1993) 4 SCC 441 (“Supreme Court Advocates-

On-Record Association”), this Court applied this metaphor

while discussing the independence of judiciary. This Court, in

addition to calling it an “ever evolving organic document,”

applied the living tree metaphor to the Indian Constitution as

follows:

      “The Framers of the Constitution planted in India a living
      tree capable of growth and expansion within its natural
      limits. It lives and breathes and is capable of growing to
      keep pace with the growth of the country and its people.”


4.7      Further, in Zee Telefilms Ltd. vs. Union of India, AIR

2005 SC 2677 (“Zee Telefilms”), the living Constitution



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 15 of 139
metaphor was employed in adopting an expansive understanding

of the term “State” as appearing under Article 12 of the

Constitution. It was held that the term “other authorities” was

included under Article 12 at the time of framing of the

Constitution with a limited objective of granting judicial review of

actions of such authorities which are created under the Statute

and which discharge State functions. The schism between the

private and the public had become obscure with time and the

Court must take note of such changes. Therefore, the Court

concluded that the position of various institutions in the

continuum between the private and the public need to be

revaluated having regard to the organic blurring of margins of the

public-private dichotomy. It was laid down that the Constitution

should be interpreted in light of our whole experience and not

merely in that of what was the state of law at the commencement

of the Constitution. That the Constitution was a “living organism”

capable of change, with changing circumstances.


4.8     In further expansion of fundamental rights, this Court in

Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) vs. Union of India, (2017) 10

SCC 1 (“Puttaswamy”), held that privacy was essential to the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 16 of 139
exercise of most fundamental rights and hence, must itself be

regarded as a fundamental right. While engaging in such an

expansive interpretation of the constitutional provisions, the

Court described the Constitution as a “living instrument” that

was resilient enough to ensure its continued relevance. The

Court opined that the Constitution is a “sacred living document

susceptible to appropriate interpretation of its provisions based on

changing needs.” This Court referred to a “brooding spirit” with

several qualities which inspired the Constituent Assembly and

was given the corporeal form of the Constitution of India.


4.9      The living tree metaphor is also evident in several other

decisions of this Court, such as, National Legal Services

Authority vs. Union of India, (2014) 5 SCC 438; Joseph Shine

vs. Union of India, (2019) 3 SCC 39; Navtej Johar vs. Union

of India, (2018) 10 SCC 1; Anuj Garg vs. Hotel Association of

India, AIR 2008 SC 63; Secretary, Ministry of Defence vs.

Babita Punia, (2020) 7 SCC 469; Lt. Colonol Nitisha &

Others vs. Union of India, AIR 2021 SC 1797.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 17 of 139
4.10      Thus, we see that throughout the years, this Court has

applied the living metaphor in the adjudication of a wide

spectrum of controversies. While toying with different variants of

the living Constitution metaphor, the Court has consistently

emphasised on two of the principal elements of the living tree

doctrine- the original understanding in the roots of the

constitutional        tree;    and   the   possibility   of   growth   and

development, within its natural limits.


4.11      Such is the balance between the two contesting theories

of originalism and the living Constitution. Dr. Jack M. Balkin, a

Professor at Yale Law School, contends that the basic idea of

constitutional interpretation is that interpreters must be faithful

to the original meaning of the constitutional text and to the

principles that underlie the text. But, he suggests, fidelity to the

original meaning does not require fidelity to the original expected

application. Therefore, original expected application is merely

evidence of how to apply text and principle. He explains,

     “Each generation is charged with the obligation to flesh
     out and implement text and principle in their own time.
     They do this through building political institutions,
     passing legislation, and creating precedents, both judicial
     and nonjudicial. Thus, the method of text and principle is


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 18 of 139
     a version of framework originalism and it views living
     constitutionalism    as    a  process of   permissible
     constitutional construction.”

4.12 I find that this idea is most useful in interpreting Directive

Principles of State Policy. Evidently, with great foresight, the

framers of our Constitution did not limit either themselves or

succeeding generations to any one economic school of thought.

In fact, the speeches of Dr. Ambedkar in the Constituent

Assembly evince that while the economic philosophy adopted by

the Government may swiftly pass from one generation to another,

the ideal of economic democracy finds firm place within our

Constitution. There is no strict economic diktat in the

Constitution for the Parliament to follow; however, the Directive

Principles act as the principles or goals that the Parliament must

regard on its path to progress.


4.13       Krishna Iyer, J. adjudicated on the construction of

“material resources of the community” in the backdrop of a

constitutional, economic and social culture that gave primacy to

the State over the individual in a broad-sweeping manner. As a

matter of fact, the 42nd Amendment had, inter alia, inserted the

word “Socialist” into the Preamble to the Constitution. By


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 19 of 139
abundant caution, I must observe that “Socialist” is starkly

distinguished from “Socialism”, which is an economic policy of

organising society and the political economy of the country.

Regardless, on a conspectus understanding of all contributing

factors such as the discussions in Constituent Assembly and the

tide of the times that found in the broad house of economic

democracy a legitimate State policy, can we castigate former

judges and allege them with “disservice” only for reaching a

particular interpretive outcome?


Re: Second issue:

Submissions:

5.      Learned senior counsel and learned counsel for the

intervenors contended that Article 39(b) read with Article 31C give

primacy to the Directive Principles as opposed to the fundamental

rights guaranteed under Articles 14 and 19. That unless a material

resource is transformed as a “material resource of the community”,

“the ownership and control” of the said material resource cannot

be distributed by the State. That there is a distinction between

“material needs” and “material resources of the community”. An

individual’s resources cannot be a part of the resources of the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 20 of 139
community. In other words, merely because an individual is a

member of the community, his resources cannot be construed as

resources of the community. That “material resources of the

community” must produce goods and services for the community

or wealth for the community. The opinion of Krishna Iyer, J. in

State of Karnataka vs. Ranganatha Reddy, AIR 1978 SC 215

(“Ranganatha Reddy”) and the judgment in Sanjeev Coke

Manufacturing Co. vs. Bharat Coking Coal Ltd. (1983) 1 SCC

147 : AIR 1983 SC 239 (“Sanjeev Coke”) were entered in the

context of nationalisation and cannot be applied in other contexts.

       It was further submitted that Article 39(b) deals with

“distribution of ownership and control of the material resources of

the community”. It does not deal with acquisition of privately

owned      material      resources   for   the   purpose   of   subsequent

distribution by the State.

5.1      Learned Attorney General, Sri R. Venkataramani, leading

the arguments on behalf of the respondents and intervenors

submitted that under Article 39 (b) and (c), there cannot be a

narrow reading of the expression “material resources of the

community”. That there cannot be any limitation on the said



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                      Page 21 of 139
expression. Sri Rakesh Dwivedi, learned senior counsel appearing

for the State of West Bengal contended that the expression

“material resources” excludes only resources which are meant for

personal use; otherwise all other resources would come within the

scope     and     ambit      of     the   aforesaid   expression.   The     term

“community” cannot be equated with State/Government. It is a

term of wider import and encompasses all citizens who would form

a community of individuals. Similarly, the expression “so

distributed as best to subserve the common good” must be given

the widest interpretation. Also, Article 39 (b) and (c) must be read

in the context of Article 38 which Articles are meant to achieve

economic justice. Sri Gopal Sankarnarayan contended that if

“ownership and control of material resources of the community”

excluded private ownership, there would be no challenge under

Article 19 and the protection of Article 31C then be redundant.

5.2 With regard to the second issue the learned Chief Justice in

paragraph 202 has raised the following two questions after an

elaborate discussion of the relevant judgments on the subject:

     a.    Do all privately owned resources fall within the

           ambit of “material resources of the community”?



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                          Page 22 of 139
      b.    Is the acquisition of private resources by the State a

            form of distribution recognised by Article 39(b)?


5.3    It is observed by the learned Chief Justice that Article 39(b)

is not a source of legislative power and the power to acquire

private resources, in certain situations, continues to be traceable

to other provisions in the Constitution, including the sovereign

power of eminent domain, which is in Entry 42 - List III of the

Seventh Schedule of the Constitution. Further, even if a law is

in furtherance of Article 39(b) and protected by Article 31C, it is

susceptible to a challenge to its constitutionality under other

provisions of the Constitution including Article 300A.


5.4        In the backdrop of the above principles, the question

whether all private properties are covered within the ambit of

Article 39(b) has been considered. There can be no cavil with

regard to the five significant elements emerging from Article

39(b), but the question considered is, whether, privately owned

resources fall within the ambit of the phrase “material resources

of the community”. In the context of the definition of the said

expression, it is noted that four opinions, namely, of Krishna Iyer,




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 23 of 139
J. in Ranganatha Reddy; Chinnappa Reddy, J. speaking for the

Bench in Sanjeev Coke; Fazl Ali, J. speaking for the Bench in

State of Tamil Nadu vs. L. Abu Kavur Bai, (1984) 1 SCC 515

(“Abu Kavur Bai”) and Venkataramiah, J. speaking for the

Bench in State of Maharashtra vs. Basantibai Mohanlal

Khetan, (1986) 2 SCC 516 (“Basantibai”) are doubted in the

reference before us.          Therefore, the proposed judgment of the

learned Chief Justice considers the meaning of the expression

“material”, “resources” and “community” independently to

conclude that none of the definitions indicate that the phrase

excludes “private property” from the provision.           However, a

distinction is sought to be made between the following two

propositions: holding that “private property” may form part of the

phrase “material resources of the community” on the one hand

and that “all private properties” fall within the net of the phrase

on the other hand.


5.5     It is observed by the learned Chief Justice that the opinion

by Krishna Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy and the consequent

observations in Sanjeev Coke by Chinnappa Reddy, J. fell into

error     as the said judgments cast the net wide by holding that


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 24 of 139
all resources which meet “material needs” are covered by the

phrase. That in Sanjeev Coke, it was observed by this Court

that “all things capable of producing wealth of the community”

fall within the ambit of the phrase. In other words, all resources

of the individuals are consequentially the resources of the

community.


5.6      While interpreting Article 39(b) of the Constitution, it is

opined by the learned Chief Justice that if Article 39(b) was

meant to include all resources owned by an individual, it would

state that the “ownership and control of resources is so

distributed as best to subserve the common good”. Similarly, if

the provision were to exclude privately owned resources, it would

state “ownership and control of resources of the State ….”

instead of its present phrasing.     The use of the word “of the

community” rather than “of the State” indicates a specific

intention to include some privately owned resources. Therefore,

it is opined that not all privately owned resources fall within the

ambit of the phrase. However, privately owned resources are not

excluded as a class and some private resources may be covered.

Of course, they must be a “material” resource and they must be


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 25 of 139
“of the community”. Therefore, according to the learned Chief

Justice the judgments doubted in the reference order are

incorrect to the extent that they hold that “all resources” of an

individual are part of the community and thus, all private

property is covered by the phrase “material resources of the

community”.


5.7     I again have no cavil to the aforesaid discussion but what

follows is the observation of the learned Chief Justice that the

interpretation given by Krishna Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy

and Chinappa Reddy, J. in Sanjeev Coke, endorse a particular

economic ideology and structure for our economy.          That in

substance the authors of those judgments namely, Krishna Iyer,

J. in Ranganatha Reddy and Bhim Singhji vs. Union of India,

AIR 1981 SC 234 (“Bhim Singhji”) and Chinappa Reddy, J. in

Sanjeev Coke were influenced by a particular school of economic

thought, which prioritised the acquisition of private properties by

the State being beneficial for the nation. That these two judges

consistently referred to the vision of the framers of the

Constitution as the basis to advance their economic ideology as

the guiding principle of the provision.


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 26 of 139
5.8     As opposed to the above, Dr. Ambedkar has been quoted

by the learned Chief Justice to state that economic democracy in

India is not tied to one economic structure, such as Socialism or

Capitalism, but to the aspiration of a welfare state. The learned

Chief Justice further opines “thus, the role of this Court is not to

lay down economic policy, but to facilitate this intent of the framers

to lay down the foundation for an “economic democracy”. The

Krishna Iyer doctrine does a disservice to the broad and flexible

spirit of the Constitution.” This is the finding on the first question

of the second issue.


My view on the aforesaid observations:

5.9 While considering the metamorphosis of the Indian economy

from the early challenges to the transition towards liberalization

and market-based reforms and from the dominance of public

investment to the co-existence of public and private investment,

it has been observed by the learned Chief Justice that “the

doctrinal error in the Krishna Iyer approach was, postulating a

rigid economic theory, which advocates for greater state control

over private resources, as the exclusive basis for constitutional

governance. … a single economic theory, which views the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 27 of 139
acquisition of private property by the state as the ultimate goal,

would      undermine        the     very   fabric   and   principles   of    our

constitutional framework.” The above comments on Krishna Iyer,

J. are in my opinion unwarranted and unjustified.


5.10     It is a matter of concern as to how the judicial brethren of

posterity view the judgments of the brethren of the past, possibly

by losing sight of the times in which the latter discharged their

duties and the socio-economic policies that were pursued by the

State and formed part of the constitutional culture during those

times. Merely because of the paradigm shift in the economic

policies of the State to globalisation and liberalisation and

privatisation, compendiously called the “Reforms of 1991”, which

continue to do so till date, cannot result in branding the judges

of this Court of the yesteryears “as doing a disservice to the

Constitution”.


5.11 At the outset, I may say that such observations emanating

from this Court in subsequent times creates a concavity in

the manner of voicing opinions on judgments of the past and

their authors by holding them doing a disservice to the




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                           Page 28 of 139
Constitution of India and thereby implying that they may not

have been true to their oath of office as a Judge of the Supreme

Court of India. I may say that with passage of decades after the

enforcement of the Constitution and on India becoming a

Republic, the transformative impact of the Constitution has been

deep and pervasive not only on governance in the Country,

whether at the Central, State or local level but its impact on the

Indian     judiciary      is   also   a   significant   aspect   of   Indian

constitutional development. As a result, the basic features of the

Constitution including the Preamble, Fundamental Rights,

Directive Principles of State Policy, Separation of Powers, Judicial

Review and Independence of the judiciary have impacted both

governance as well as the judiciary. Bearing in mind the goals of

the Constitution as enumerated in the Directive Principles of

State Policy, Parliament and State Legislatures have made

legislation for giving effect to such goals and since the inception

of our Republican State it is the obligation on the part of this

Court to consider the correctness of such legislation in light of

the vision of the framers of the Constitution as well as the

transformative nature of the Indian Constitution and the intent



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 29 of 139
of the policy makers and the law. It is in the above background

that the Judges of this Court have been deciding constitutional

issues over the decades. Of course, no particular line of thinking

is static and changes are brought about by the State by bearing

in mind the exigencies of the times and global impact particularly

on the Indian economy. Such attempts to create an environment

suitable to the changing times have to be also appreciated by the

judiciary, of course, by suitably interpreting the Constitution and

the laws. But by there being a paradigm shift in the economy of

this Country, akin to Perestroika in the erstwhile USSR, in my

view, neither the judgments of the previous decades nor the

judges who decided those cases can be said to have done a

“disservice to the Constitution”. The answer lies in the obligation

that this Court, in particular, and the Indian judiciary, in

general, has in meeting the newer challenges of the times by

choosing only that part of the past wisdom which is apposite for

the present without decrying the past judges. I say so, lest the

judges of posterity ought not to follow the same practice. I say

that the institution of the Supreme Court of India is greater than

individual judges, who are only a part of it at different stages of



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 30 of 139
history of this great Country! Therefore, I do not concur with the

observations of the learned Chief Justice in the proposed

judgment. I say so for the following narration.


From 1950 to 1991: Planned economy to Liberalization,
Privatisation and Globalisation (“LPG”):

6.    Much like many countries finding liberation from colonial

rule, the immediate task before independent India was to

alleviate its population out of poverty and systematically organize

its economy. To that end, India adopted a mixed economy model

wherein both public and private sectors could coexist. Turning to

command economies, the Indian State sought to triumph over

inter-regional disparities in resources and development through

economic planning, an approach that had proven successful in

command economies to bring sustained transformation of

resources and implementation of plans in national interests

rather than inefficient allocation of resources.


6.1      Buttressed by the Bombay Plan, proposed by influential

industrialists, the Industrial Policy Resolution of 1948 and the

over-expansive vision of the State shared by nearly every political

party, the early years of the Indian Government had it play a



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 31 of 139
dominant role in the setting up of heavy enterprises and being a

controller of the economy and resources. Consequently, the

market was not merely strongly regulated but also led by the

public sector manifesting as state interventions and regulations

with the aim of protecting indigenous industries.


6.2    With that in sight, the Planning Commission was set up in

1950 to oversee the entire range of planning, including resource

allocation, implementation and appraisal of five-year plans under

the leadership of the first Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru. In

1951, deterred by significant loss of foreign reserves on food

import, India’s First five-year plan focused on agriculture and

irrigation to boost farm output. Some scholars tout this as a

success as the economy grew at 3.6%, instead of the target of

2.1%. Soon thereafter, the Second Plan, launched in 1956, saw

deficit financing as an acceptable tool for much needed rapid

industrialization and self-reliance focusing on heavy industries

and capital goods. Coupled with the Industrial Policy Resolution

1956, the Second Plan initiated the development of public sector

and ushered in the licence Raj. The resolution, adopted by the

Parliament in 1956, enumerated as a national objective the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 32 of 139
establishment of a socialist pattern of society and categorized

industries into three groups:

-    Schedule A: Industries which were to be exclusively in

     the public sector. These were industries of basic and

     strategic importance;


-    Schedule B: Industries that were to be progressively

     state owned and the State would generally set up new

     enterprises but in which private enterprise would be

     expected only to supplement the state effort; and


-    Schedule C: All the remaining industries, and their

     future development was, in general, left to the initiative

     and development of private sector. Though, it was left

     open to the State and the private sector was still subject

     to the licence Raj.


     This over-expansion State control enabled it to undertake

large scale projects without either reliance on or negotiations

with    or    even     competition   from   the   private   sector.   The

construction of the Bhakra-Nangal Dam, Hirakund Dam etc. as




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                      Page 33 of 139
well as steel plants in Rourkela, Bhillai and Durgapur were

deified by the State as new “temples of a modern India”.


6.3 However, the substantial peril of curbing the invisible hand

of the economy and enterprising spirit of the private sector was

that the economic policy stuck reserved and restricted India to

the earmarked industries and ignored new technologies,

innovations and domains that, though transforming, were not in

the horizons of bureaucracy. On the other hand, funds were also

substantially reallocated away from agriculture, thereby, causing

food shortages and a spike in inflation. Furthermore, the State

was forced to import foodgrains which depleted foreign exchange

reserves.


6.4 Under the leadership of Prime Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri,

the Indian Government was convinced that in the domain of

agriculture it needed to loosen its tight strings on centralized

planning and price controls and instead focus on technological

development. With India transforming into a food-sufficient and

self-reliant entity after the Green Revolution and introduction of




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 34 of 139
the Minimum Support Price regime, the role of the Planning

Commission was trimmed.


6.5      In the second half of 1960s, the severe drought of 1965

increased food grain imports and consequently, exacerbated the

balance of payments crisis. To counter the same, on June, 1966,

the Indian Government devalued the Indian rupee by a sharp

57%, thereby accelerating inflation while it was actually aimed at

boosting exports.


6.6 Monumentally, to expand the sources of credit and monitor

the banking system as per the control of the Government’s

planning and economic policy, the Government nationalized

fourteen private banks on 20th July 1969. It was thought that the

aim of financial inclusion and ready access to credit for small

agriculturalists could be achieved by State control of the banking

system. Agnostic of immediate profit motive and credit-

worthiness, Banks operated and expanded to the “un-banked.”

However, in due course, it has been observed that limited

competition and poor credit assessment severely hampered the

efficiency and health of the banking system.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 35 of 139
6.7      Around the 1980s, there had been a rising realization of

the cons of protectionist policies and the merits of a market-led

economy. Therefore, the sixth five-year plan marked the

beginning of economic liberalization in India and outlined a

series     of    measures           aimed   at   boosting   the   economy’s

competitiveness. Notable steps included removal of large-scale

price controls, reductions in import duties and the beginning of

the end of licence Raj. A significant deviation from the policy of

1956, a joint venture between the Government of India and

Suzuki – a Japanese automaker – rolled off the assembly line in

1983, the first Maruti car. In the following years, large-scale

efforts were undertaken to usher in information technology and

telecom revolutions in the country along with promoting exports

and the utility of foreign investment and capital goods.


6.8    The political economy of the country from 1950s till the late

1980s had made apparent that the underlying political current

and rhetoric of an idyllic but industrial society based on a

socialistic pattern had been failing to deliver on the hopes of a

modern lifestyle and Indians’ entrepreneurial spirit.                This is

despite the five technological missions initiated in mid-1980s. It


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                           Page 36 of 139
is not uncertain that the deficit spending of the 80s led by high

external debt, double-digit inflation, short-term debt reaching

147% of foreign exchange reserves, etc. shine a light on

macroeconomic crisis that India found itself in at the end of the

1980s. In this backdrop, amidst a series of negotiations and

policy reforms, Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao spoke to the

nation on July 9, 1991 of the impending need to bring in far-

reaching changes and reforms that would bolster the economy

and take it to a modern globalized world. Recounting the

difficulties, he said:

      “…For the last eighteen months, there has been
      paralysis on the economic front. The last two
      governments postponed taking vital decisions. The fiscal
      position was allowed to deteriorate. The balance-of-
      payment crisis became unmanageable. Non-resident
      Indians and foreign leaders became more and more
      reluctant to lend money to India.
      Consequently, India’s external reserves declined steeply,
      and we had no foreign exchange to import even such
      essential commodities as diesel, kerosene, edible oil, and
      fertiliser. The net result was that when we came to
      power, we found the financial position of the country in
      a terrible mess. …”


6.9       The New Industrial Policy of 1991 put an end to the

shackles that bound the Indian industry into inefficiency and




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 37 of 139
non-competitiveness. While the opening up of the economy was

gradual, the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices was

diluted allowing market players to scale up without government

approval and automatic approvals for Foreign Direct Investment

(FDI) with majority holding and qualifiable foreign technological

agreements were assured along with many other solutions. One

of the many recognizable inflection points in India is the Budget

Speech of 1991 delivered by India’s then Finance Minister, Dr.

Manmohan Singh, July 24th, 1991, who whilst paraphrasing

Victor Hugo said, “No power on earth can stop an idea whose

time has come.”


6.10       The reforms that were to follow have been colloquially

termed as Liberalisation, Privatisation and Globalisation. In

practice, the country saw the dismantling of licence Raj, some

years later an active disinvestment framework and quite openly,

an expression of willingness to let globalized market forces signal

directions to the economy. Much need not be laboured on this

aspect.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 38 of 139
6.11     Having seen India’s potential and political commitment to

a modern market economy, the International Monetary Fund

(IMF)      provided        assistance   leading   to   macroeconomic

stabilization. In the years since, several policies such as import

liberalization, unrestricted FDI inflows in some sectors, tax

exemptions, promotion of exports, etc. have been adopted which

would have seemed antithetical to the very idea and core of

Indian economy and societal structure to the most earnest well-

wishers of India only some decades ago.


6.12       While the status of health or inequity indicators is not

being used as an aid for constitutional interpretation, I must also

note that the “LPG policy” of 1991 can also be credited for

providing the much needed impetus to the Central and State

Governments for fulfilling several goals set out in the Directive

Principles of State Policy which had been earlier difficult to

achieve.


6.13      The golden thread throughout India’s economic history

post-independence has been to focus on a transformative socio-

economic growth of the people of India by way of experimentation




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                      Page 39 of 139
through various plans, projects and pipe dreams. The mid-1980s

was a turning point when the need for innovation, modernisation

and concomitant avenues for development ushered in the

Reforms of 1991 as the country faced shortages in foreign

exchange reserves and foreign debts were mounting and there

was a crisis of balance of payments. There has been no looking

back since then except to usher in various schemes/programmes

for the welfare of the people which earlier had not really

percolated to the deserving and eligible citizens for reasons which

are well known.


6.14     It is in the period between the late 1960s and early 1980s

that this Court gleaned the thrust to economic policies of the

State and sought to provide a judicial imprimatur for the success

of the economic policies. Thus, bank nationalisation, road

transport nationalisation, amendments to Land Reforms laws,

urban land ceiling laws, acquisition of lands, abolition of land

tenures etc. were upheld by this Court while at the same time

tightening the powers of amendment of the Constitution. This

was by the evolution of the basic structure doctrine which found

its strong voice in Kesavananda Bharati and perpetrated in


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 40 of 139
Minerva Mills and Waman Rao vs. Union of India, AIR 1981

SC 271 (“Waman Rao”) in the year 1980 and in subsequent

decades.


6.15 One cannot lose sight of the precarious condition India was

in when it gained Independence in the August, 1947 and at the

dawn of the Republic in January, 1950. The provisions of the

Constitution have hence sought to achieve a transformation in

the socio-economic conditions of the people of India given the

situation as it emerged in the colonial period. The transition of

the Indian economy towards privatization and liberalization is

ultimately for the welfare of the people of India. Heavy capital

investment in the public sector in the early decades after

Independence and its failure to yield good results in the

subsequent decades and the move towards disinvestment and

privatization are all experiments in achieving the constitutional

goals which are static but the path to achieve them may vary with

the passage of time.It is in the above backdrop that the

judgments of this Court must be viewed rather than viewing the

Judges who authored the judgments as doing a disservice to the

Constitution of India.


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 41 of 139
Back to the second issue:

7.    The further observations of the learned Chief Justice are that

“however, there is no bar on the inclusion of private property as

a class and if privately owned resource meets the qualifiers of

being a “material resource” and “of the community”, it may fall

within the net of the provision. Thus, Mr. Zal Andhyarujina’s

formulation that “material resources of the community” refers to

either natural resources (which are those of the nation) or those

resources which in a large sense can be said to be of community,

even though they may be in private hands: not be right”.


7.1    In order to determine whether a particular privately owned

resources falls within the fold of Article 39(b), certain factors have

been delineated by the learned Chief Justice so as to constitute

the same as a “material resource of the community”, namely:

      (a) nature of the resource and inherent characteristics;
      (b) the impact of the resource on the well-being of the
          community;
      (c) the scarcity of the resource; and
      (d) the consequences of such a resource being
          concentrated in the hands of the private owners.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 42 of 139
7.2     The fact that the community may have a vital interest in

the character of the resources and their retention in the private

hands would make them fall within the ambit of the expression

“material resources of the community” is the test which has been

innovated. Placing reliance on the Public Trust Doctrine, it is

observed by the learned Chief Justice that the doctrine mandates

the government to protect the resources for the enjoyment of the

general public, such as, forests, mineral bearing lands etc. rather

than to permit their use for commercial gains. Significantly, this

does not mean that the State cannot distribute such resources,

sometimes even to private entities, rather while distributing such

resources, the state is bound to act in consonance with the

principles of public trust so as to ensure that no action is taken

which is detrimental to public interest (vide Centre for Public

Interest Litigation vs. Union of India, (2012) 3 SCC 1, paras

74-78 (“Centre for Public Interest Litigation”)) are the

observations of the learned Chief Justice.


7.3     Reliance is placed by the learned Chief Justice on In Re:

Natural Resources Allocation, Special Reference No.1 of

2012 (“Natural Resources Allocation”), reported in (2012) 10


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 43 of 139
SCC 1, wherein it was observed that the Public Trust Doctrine

has expanded beyond resources like air, sea, water and forests,

to include other resources such as spectrum which also have a

community or public element. That no part of such resources

can be dissipated as a matter of largess, charity, donation or

endowment, for private exploitation. That one set of private

citizens cannot prosper at the cost of another set of private

citizens, because such resources are owned by the community as

a whole.


7.4     On the aspect of “vesting” private resources in the State,

adverting to the arguments of Mr. Zal Andhyarujina and Mr.

Sameer Parekh, as well as Ms. Uttara Babbar, learned senior

counsel, it is opined by the learned Chief Justice that their

argument that the acquisition of the privately owned resource is

a prerequisite to the applicability of Article 39(b) and only the

process of distribution which follows the acquisition is covered

by the provision, is a narrow interpretation of the word

“distribution”. Referring to Natural Resources Allocation, it is

observed that Article 39(b) only lays down a restriction on the

object of the distribution, i.e., it must be to subserve the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 44 of 139
“common good”. However, there is no bar on the mode of

distribution. That this Court must not tread into the domain of

economic policy, or endorse a particular economic ideology while

undertaking constitutional interpretation. To hold that the term

“distribution” cannot encompass the vesting of a private resource

would amount to falling into the same error as the Krishna Iyer,

J.’s doctrine, i.e. to lay down a preference of economic and social

policy. Ultimately, in paragraph 229, following conclusions have

been deduced by the learned Chief Justice:

     “229. In a nutshell, the answers arrived at by this Court
     to the reference before us may be summarised in the
     following terms:
     a.    Article 31C to the extent that it was upheld in
           Kesavananda Bharati v. Union of India remains
           in force.

     b.    The majority judgment in Ranganatha Reddy
           expressly distanced itself from the observations
           made by Justice Krishna Iyer (speaking on behalf of
           the minority of judges) on the interpretation of
           Article 39(b). Thus, a coequal bench of this Court in
           Sanjeev Coke violated judicial discipline and erred
           by relying on the minority opinion.

     c.    The single-sentence observation in Mafatlal to the
           effect that material resources of the community’
           include privately owned resources is not part of the
           ratio decidendi of the judgment. Thus, it is not
           binding on this Court.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 45 of 139
      d.    The direct question referred to this bench is whether
            the phrase ‘material resources of the community’
            used in Article 39(b) includes privately owned
            resources. Theoretically, the answer is yes, the
            phrase may include privately owned resources.
            However, this Court is unable to subscribe to the
            expansive view adopted in the minority judgment
            authored by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha
            Reddy and subsequently relied on by this Court in
            Sanjeev Coke. Not every resource owned by an
            individual can be considered a ‘material resource of
            the community’ merely because it meets the qualifier
            of ‘material needs’.

      e.    The inquiry about whether the resource in question
            falls within the ambit of Article 39(b) must be
            context-specific and subject to a non-exhaustive list
            of factors such as the nature of the resource and its
            characteristics; the impact of the resource on the
            well-being of the community; the scarcity of the
            resource; and the consequences of such a resource
            being concentrated in the hands of private players.
            The Public Trust Doctrine evolved by this Court may
            also help identity resources which fall within the
            ambit of the phrase “material resource of the
            community”.

      f.    The term ‘distribution’ has a wide connotation. The
            various forms of distribution which can be adopted
            by the state cannot be exhaustively detailed.
            However, it may include the vesting of the concerned
            resources in the state or nationalisation. In the
            specific case, the Court must determine whether the
            distribution ‘subserves the common good’.”

7.5        My opinion relates to the conclusion in sub-paras (d), (e)

and (f) of the above conclusions, while I am in complete

agreement with sub-para (a) and I have certain observations to


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 46 of 139
make on the judgments of this Court in Ranganatha Reddy,

Sanjeev Coke, Abu Kavur Bai and Basantibai on the merits of

the said decision.

     (i)   In sub-para (d) while holding that theoretically the

           phrase “material resources of the community” may

           include privately owned resources, it is also opined

           that not every resource owned by an individual can

           be    considered         a   “material   resource   of   the

           community” merely because it meets the qualifier of

           “material needs”.

     (ii) In sub-para (e), while considering the question

           whether a resource falls within the ambit of Article

           39(b), the factors to be considered have been

           delineated.

     (iii) In sub-para (f), it is observed that vesting of the

           concerned resources in the state or nationalisation

           is covered within the connotation of the term

           “distribution” which has a wide connotation and can

           take various forms.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 47 of 139
7.6     My immediate answer to the aforesaid conclusions is that

“material resources” can, in the first instance be divided into two

basic categories, namely: (i) state owned resources and, (ii)

privately owned resources. There can be no contra-opinion to

the fact that all state-owned resources, i.e., resources which

belong to the State, are essentially “material resources of the

community” which are held in public trust by the State. The State

can also distribute the same in accordance with its socio-

economic policy and in accordance with law aligned to the object

of Article 39(b) of the Constitution. However, with regard to the

“material resources” which belong to the private owners, how do

such resources get qualified as “material resources of the

community”? In my view, the inquiry does not merely relate to

only the resource and its characteristics; the impact of the

resource on the well-being of the community; the scarcity of the

resource; and the consequences of such a resource being

concentrated in the hands of private players. In my view, these

are not the only factors which have to be thought of while

considering whether a privately owned material resource is a

material resource of the community or not. In my view, a privately



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 48 of 139
owned material resource can be transformed and can indeed

acquire a status of “material resource of the community”. What

are the material resources owned by private persons which can

be material resources of the community? They would not include

what can be termed as “personal effects” of an individual such as

movables in the form of an individual’s apparel, household

articles of daily use such as furniture, personal jewellery,

kitchenware and such other articles. These are articles which are

of daily need and use as submitted by learned senior counsel Sri

Rakesh Dwivedi. They are resources no doubt but not “material”

resources within the meaning of Article 39(b). However, there

could be other types of resources privately owned, such as

immovable property, which could become “material resources”.

The expression “of the community” would in my view include all

those privately owned “material resources” which have the

potential to be transformed as “material resources of the

community” excluding personal effects. According to Black’s Law

Dictionary, Ninth Edition, the expression “personal effects” is

defined to mean items of a personal character. In P. Ramanatha

Aiyar’s Advanced Law Lexicon, Volume 3, 6th Edition, “personal



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 49 of 139
effects” has been defined to mean things required for satisfying

daily necessities but does not include jewellery. This would

generally mean such tangible property as is worn or carried

about the person, or the designate articles associated with the

person, as property having more or less intimate relation to

person of possessor or such tangible property as attends the

person vide H.H. Maharaja Rana Hemant Singhji vs. CIT,

(1976) 1 SCC 996, 999, para 12.


7.7      Thus, to constitute an article as part of “personal effects”,

it is necessary that the article must be associated with the person

of the possessor, must more or less have intimate relation with

the possessor. Thus, any privately owned “material resources”

could be transformed as “material resource of the community”.

How would this happen? Essentially by four different modes,

namely, (i) by nationalisation; (ii) by acquisition; (iii) by vesting of

the said resource in the state, by operation of law under specific

statutes and (iv) by the owner of a material resource converting

such a resource into a “material resource of the community” by

way of donation or a gift, a creation of a charitable endowment,

a grant or a dedication so that the said material resource is useful


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 50 of 139
for the community and used or distributed as to subserve the

common good. I shall discuss this aspect later.


7.8      Further, the term “distribution” no doubt has a wide

connotation but, in my view, it is only “material resource of the

community” which can be a subject matter of distribution under

Article 39(b) which excludes “personal effects”. In other words,

material resources under the ownership and control of private

persons cannot per se be distributed by the State unless the said

resources are first transformed as “material resources of the

community”. In my view, public/State owned resources are per

se “material resources of the community” and as rightly observed

by the learned Chief Justice, the Public Trust doctrine applies to

such resources. Secondly, such “material resources of the

community” can be distributed as best to subserve the common

good. It is only when the aforesaid twin conditions are satisfied

that the goal or object of Article 39(b) would be achieved.


7.9      In other words, unless and until private ownership and

control of the material resources are transformed or converted

into the “material resources of the community” which is a




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 51 of 139
condition precedent, there cannot be distribution of the said

resources by the State. It is only when privately owned material

resources are transformed as “material resources of the

community” that the State acquires the right to distribute them

to subserve the common good. Otherwise, the State would merely

transfer privately owned material resource from one owner say,

“A” to another person, say “B” without first making it a “material

resource of the community” which, in my view, is not the intent

of the framers of the Constitution and neither is the same

envisaged under Article 39(b).


7.10 Further, the expression “distribution” need not per se stop

with mere vesting of the privately owned material resources in

the State on nationalisation of the said resources. It could be

when the said resources are further distributed for the common

good that the object and purpose of Article 39(b) would be

achieved. In certain situations, however, depending upon the

nature of the resource and its characteristics or the scarcity of

the resource or the particular policy to be achieved may persuade

the State to not actually distribute the said resource amongst the

citizens but to retain it with the State and utilise the same for the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 52 of 139
common good, i.e., in public interest. In such an event, the State

would retain such privately owned resources with itself, either by

nationalisation or through acquisition or by way of vesting of the

said resource in the state by operation of law.            Therefore,

distribution may not in all cases be “actual distribution”, i.e., by

making over the “material resource of the community” to the

citizens.     But mere vesting of private resource in the State

without anything more would not constitute “distribution” in all

cases unless the policy of the State determines whether such

resources have to remain under the ownership and control of the

State. Till then the State must hold the same in public trust for

the common good. I shall elaborate on the above aspects.


8.    The perspective articulated in the proposed judgment of the

learned Chief Justice rests upon certain key deductions, which

are culled out hereinunder:

     i.     That, the framers of the Constitution did not want

            to impose a rigid socio-economic order under which

            all private property could vest with the State and any

            legislation to convert private ownership to public




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 53 of 139
           ownership would fall within the ambit of Article

           39(b).

     ii.   That, the text of Article 39(b) reveals the following

           five distinct elements, each of which must be

           satisfied for any legislation to fall within the purview

           of this provision and be regarded as advancing the

           ideal enshrined thereunder:

           a.    Provision relates to “ownership” and “control”;

           b.    “Ownership” and “control” is over “material
                 resources”;

           c.    The material resources which the provision
                 covers are those which are “of the community”;

           d.    The policy of the State must be directed to
                 secure the “distribution” of the ownership and
                 control of such resources;

           e.    The purpose of the distribution must be to “best
                 subserve the common good”.

     iii. That, the interpretation of Article 39(b) which brings

           all private property under the umbrella of the phrase

           “material resources of the community” satisfies only

           one of the essential elements—namely, that the

           goods in question constitute a “resource.” This

           approach overlooks the critical qualifiers that these


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                     Page 54 of 139
           resources must be both “material” and “of the

           community.”

     iv. The language of the provision suggests that not all

           privately owned resources fall within the scope of the

           phrase “material resources of the community.”

           However, private resources are not categorically

           excluded, and certain privately owned assets may

           indeed be encompassed. To fall within this ambit,

           the resource must satisfy two essential qualifiers: it

           must be both a “material” resource and “of the

           community.”              Consequently,   the    judgments

           questioned before this nine-Judge Bench are flawed

           insofar as they assert that “all resources” owned by

           individuals are inherently part of the community

           and thus include all private property within the

           scope of “material resources of the community.”

     v.    The determination of whether a particular resource

           falls within the ambit of Article 39(b) must be

           assessed in a context-specific manner, guided by a

           non-exhaustive set of considerations. These include



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 55 of 139
           the nature and characteristics of the resource, its

           impact on the welfare of the community, its scarcity,

           and the ramifications of such a resource being

           concentrated in the hands of private entities.

           Furthermore,             the   Public     Trust    Doctrine,     as

           developed by this Court, may also be instructive and

           guide in identifying resources that qualify as

           “material resources of the community.”

     vi. The       term     “distribution”         carries   a   broad     and

           expansive       meaning.         The     various      methods    of

           distribution that the State may adopt cannot be

           exhaustively enumerated, but they may include the

           vesting of the relevant resources in the State,

           acquisition of the resource, or nationalization.


The situs of elaboration:

9.      I find myself in agreement with the judgment proposed by

the learned Chief Justice insofar as the observation that not all

privately owned resources fall within the ambit of the phrase

“material resources of the community” is concerned. I also

concur with the proposed judgment as regards the identification


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                                Page 56 of 139
of the five elements of Article 39(b). However, I must elaborate on

the proposed judgment, on the legal distinction between how a

private resource qualifies as one “of the community” and how

such a resource is subsequently distributed to subserve the

common good. It is on this crucial point that I have penned my

separate opinion.


9.1      In my considered opinion, a fundamental prerequisite for

the distribution of a resource in a manner that serves the

common good is to first bring that resource within the collective

domain of the community, thereby rendering it a “material

resource of the community”.


9.2      While a public resource owned and/or controlled by the

State is inherently part of the community’s collective domain, a

private resource which is a material resource may be brought

within this pool through various mechanisms, including

acquisition, nationalization, or by operation of law. The act of

distributing a private material resource, however, cannot proceed

in isolation from such preliminary steps to first incorporate such

private material resource into the community’s pool. Thus,




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 57 of 139
acquisition, nationalization, and vesting by operation of law are

instances of actions that bring a private material resource into

the community’s collective domain, rather than being termed as

methods of distributing such resources. It is this crucial

distinction that need elaboration.


9.3      In my opinion, I propose to discuss in detail the reasons

as to why this material distinction assumes significance in the

context of the instant reference and in light of the relevant

Articles of the Constitution.


Articles 37, 38 and 39(b) and (c):

10.     Articles 37, 38 and 39(b) & (c) of the Constitution read as

under:-

      “37. Application of the principles contained in this
      Part.— The provisions contained in this Part shall not be
      enforceable by any court, but the principles therein laid
      down are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of
      the country and it shall be the duty of the State to apply
      these principles in making laws.
      38. State to secure a social order for the promotion
      of welfare of the people.— (1) The State shall strive to
      promote the welfare of the people by securing and
      protecting as effectively as it may a social order in which
      justice, social, economic and political, shall inform all
      the institutions of the national life.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 58 of 139
     (2) The State shall, in particular, strive to minimise the
     inequalities in income, and endeavour to eliminate
     inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities, not
     only amongst individuals but also amongst groups of
     people residing in different areas or engaged in different
     vocations.
     39. Certain principles of policy to be followed by the
     State.— The State shall, in particular, direct its policy
     towards securing—
                                    xxx
     (b) that the ownership and control of the material
     resources of the community are so distributed as best to
     subserve the common good;
     (c) that the operation of the economic system does not
     result in the concentration of wealth and means of
     production to the common detriment;”


       Before proceeding further, it would be useful to extract the

reply to the debate on the provisions of Directive Principles in

general given by Dr. Ambedkar as under:

     “It is no use giving a fixed, rigid form to something which
     is not rigid, which is fundamentally changing and must,
     having regard to the circumstances and the times, keep
     on changing. It is, therefore, no use saying that the
     directive principles have no value. In my judgement, the
     directive principles have a great value, for they lay down
     that our ideal is economic democracy. Because we did
     not want merely a parliamentary form of government to
     be instituted through the various mechanisms provided
     in the Constitution, without any direction as to what our
     economic ideal or as to what our social order ought to
     be, we deliberately included the directive principles in
     our Constitution. I think if the friends who are agitated
     over this question bear in mind what I have said just


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 59 of 139
     now that our object in framing this Constitution is really
     twofold: (i) to lay down the form of political democracy,
     and (ii) to lay down that our ideal is economic democracy
     and also to prescribe that every government whoever it
     is in power, shall strive to bring about economic
     democracy, much of the misunderstanding under which
     most members are labouring will disappear.
     (Constitutional Assembly Debates, Volume VII)”
     (Source: “Constitutional Law of India” by Dr. Subhash
     C. Kashyap)


Article 37:

10.1      Article 37 states that the provisions contained in Part-IV

of the Constitution (Directive Principles of State Policy) shall not

be enforceable by any Court, but the principles therein laid down

are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the Country

and it shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in

making laws. Although Prof. K.T. Shah, a member of the

Constituent Assembly, sought for the Directive Principles being

enforceable and proposed devising a suitable mechanism for that

purpose, the said suggestion was turned down and the draft

Article 29 was added as Article 37 of the Constitution.


10.2       In State of West Bengal vs. Subodh Gopal Bose, AIR

1954 SC 92 (“Subodh Gopal Bose”), this Court held that the

Directive Principles of State Policy are not justiciable or


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 60 of 139
enforceable by any Court; nevertheless, there is a duty cast on

the courts to interpret the Constitution and the laws in

furtherance of the Directive Principles as under Article 37 it has

been stated that they are fundamental in the governance of the

Country. Thus, it was held that there can be no law which can

be in conflict with the Directive Principles of State Policy,

although, the Articles in Part-IV by themselves cannot be

enforced per se in a court of law.


10.3        It is well-known that the Directive Principles of State

Policy have been borrowed from the Irish Constitution. Article 45

of the Irish Constitution provides that the application of the

Principles of Social Policy shall not be cognizable by any Court,

that the said principles are intended for the general guidance of

the Irish National Parliament. Further the application of the

social policy in making of laws shall be the care of the Irish

National Parliament exclusively. Similarly, Article 37 of the

Constitution of India states that the Directive Principles shall not

be enforceable by any Court but they are fundamental in the

governance of this Country and it shall be the duty of the State

to apply the Directive Principles in making laws. Also, there is a


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 61 of 139
metamorphosis of this provision vide Minerva Mills decided by

this Court by interpreting the same as per the intention of the

framers of the Constitution.


10.4       Moreover, as between fundamental rights and Directive

Principles of State Policy, it is a settled position of law that the

fundamental rights are enforceable whereas the Directive

Principles are to be considered while interpreting Part-III of the

Constitution and they are not per se enforceable. The Directive

Principles are primarily aimed at securing social and economic

freedoms by appropriate State action. They are the social

conscience of the Constitution; they are the goals and aims

sought for achieving a welfare State in India. However, while

considering a challenge to a violation of fundamental rights the

Directive Principles could be considered and it is only when, to

achieve the goals or the aims sought to be promoted through the

Directive Principles, if there is a violation of the fundamental

rights inasmuch as there is a violation of Articles 14, 15 or 16,

that the means of achieving the goals could be struck down.

Thus, fundamental rights ought to be interpreted in light of the

Directive Principles and the latter should, whenever and


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 62 of 139
wherever possible, be read into the former. It is also said that

fundamental rights and Directive Principles are supplementary

and complementary to each other and the provisions in Part-III

should be interpreted having regard in such a way to the

Preamble and the Directive Principles of the State Policy in Part-

IV. It is said that fundamental rights and Directive Principles of

the State Policy are the two-wheels of the chariot and are an aid

to make social and economic democracy a truism vide Jilubhai

vs. State of Gujarat, AIR 1995 SC 142 (“Jilubhai”). What is

of significance is that the court must give a proper and

meaningful interpretation to the Directive Principles so as to

harmonize them with the objectives enshrined in the Preamble of

the Constitution, namely, Justice – political, social and economic

with individual rights in the context of Part-III and Part-IV of the

Constitution respectively, vide Mafatlal.


10.5        While in the initial years of the enforcement of the

Constitution, fundamental rights were given primacy, however,

there has been a clear shift in the judicial thinking in considering

Directive Principles being fundamental to the governance of the




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 63 of 139
Country by courts when laws are challenged on the keystone of

there being an apparent violation of the fundamental rights.


Article 38:

10.6       The thrust of Article 38 is to promote the welfare of the

people by the State by securing and protecting as effectively as it

may, a social order in which social, economic and political justice

shall inform all the institutions of national life. This Article

positions the Indian state as being beyond than what is meant

for the maintenance of law and order. The Indian State being a

welfare State must pursue social, economic and political justice

which must inform all institutions of the national life. While

clause (1) of Article 38 is general in nature, clause (2) inserted by

Section 9 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act,

1978 w.e.f. from 20.06.1979 is illustrative of the content of the

ideal in clause (1) of Article 38. Clause (2) of Article 38 states that

States shall, in particular, strive to minimise the inequality in

income and endeavour to eliminate the inequality in status,

facilities and opportunities, not only among individuals but also

among groups of people, residing in different areas or engaged in

different vocations. Article 38 envisions social justice for


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 64 of 139
enhancing human dignity in an egalitarian, social, economic and

political democracy. The said Article essentially speaks of the

social and economic revolution which is an example of the

Constitution of India’s transformative vision. The State takes the

responsibility in bringing about a welfare State, a just “social

order” where “justice - social, economic and political” prevails

and where there is equity, equality and non-discrimination by

bringing about “equality of status and of opportunity”, as

enumerated in the Preamble of the Constitution. Thus, Article 38

is a keystone for the implementation of the Directive Principles.


Article 39:

11.       Article 39 (b) and (c) are relevant for the purpose of this

reference. In the draft Constitution, Article 39 was Article 31 which

was debated upon by the Constituent Assembly and the draft

Article 31 was renumbered as Article 39 of the Constitution. In

Waman Rao, it was observed by the Court speaking through

learned Y.V. Chandrachud, C.J. that the clauses of Article 39

contain Directive Principles which are vital to the well-being of the

Country and the welfare of its people. Article 39 (b) and (c) which

are relevant for the purposes of this case, say that the State shall


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 65 of 139
direct its policy towards securing that the ownership and control

of the material resources of the community are so distributed as

best to subserve the common good; that the operation of the

economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and

means of the production to the common detriment. In Article 39(b),

the most significant expression is “distribution”. That the material

resources of the community have to be so distributed as best to

subserve the common good. The task of distribution of the material

resources of the community is the responsibility of the State. The

distribution must be of the material resources of the community in

order to best subserve the common good. What is the subject

matter of distribution is the ownership and control of the material

resources of the community.

11.1      The main objective of Article 39(b) and (c) of the

Constitution is the building of a welfare State with a social order

which is egalitarian so as to bring about a non-violent social

transformation in the Country. That is why Article 37 of the

Constitution states that while the provisions contained in Part IV

(Directive Principles of State Policy) though not enforceable by

any court, the principles therein laid down are nevertheless



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 66 of 139
fundamental in the governance of the Country and it shall be the

duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.

11.2      The Directive Principles of State Policy including Articles

39(b) and (c) though not justiciable but inclined towards social

and economic justice have a goal of the Constitution as enshrined

in the Preamble to be achieved by way of making laws and

implementing them. Thus, the Directive Principles of State Policy

including Articles 39(b) and (c) have to be implemented through

legislation and administrative action in order to carry out the

policy laid down in the legislation.

11.3     In Kesavananda Bharati, it was observed that there is

no disharmony between the Directive Principles of State Policy

and the fundamental rights, because they supplement each other

in aiming at the same goal of bringing about a social revolution

and the establishment of a welfare State, which is envisaged in

the Preamble so as to make social and economic democracy a

truism in the Country. The Directive Principles are the core of the

Constitutional goals and they are complementary to each other

and sometimes reference is made to them as the “conscience of

the Constitution”.


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 67 of 139
11.4      The objectives of the Directives are to remove inequality

in the society and to attempt to achieve a fair division of wealth

among the members of the society in order to achieve a just and

equal society. In a way, a law made to ensure implementation of

the Directive Principles is in order to achieve distributive justice

in a welfare State. This goal is enshrined in Article 38 of the

Constitution which states that the State shall strive to promote

the welfare of the people by securing and protecting, as effectively

as it may, the social order in which justice - social, economic and

political – shall, inform all institutions of national life.

11.5       Article 39 (b) states that the State shall, in particular,

direct its policy towards securing – the ownership and control of

the material resources of the community are so distributed as

best to subserve the common good. This Directive Principle has

to be read in the context of Article 39(c) which states that the

State shall, in particular, direct its policy towards securing that

the operation of the economic system does not result in the

concentration of wealth and means of the production to the

common detriment. Therefore, the Indian State must ensure that

the ownership and control of the material resources of the



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 68 of 139
community are so distributed to subserve the common good with

the object of eliminating concentration of wealth and means of

production in the hands of a few. What is of significance in Article

39(b) are the following expressions which shall be discussed:

           (i)       ownership and control;
           (ii)      material resources;
           (iii)     of the community;
           (iv)      so distributed; and
           (v)       as best to subserve the common good.


Ownership and Control:

11.6       While analysing the above, it can be observed that the

expression “ownership and control” is expansively used and must

be given a wide connotation even as the expression “ownership

and control” sometimes may overlap vis-à-vis a material

resource. For instance, a person may have ownership and control

over a material resource, or he may have ownership but not

control over it; while at the other times, a person has control over

a material resource but not ownership over it. Hence, the intent

of the Constitution makers is to give as wide a connotation as




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 69 of 139
possible in the context of both ownership and control of material

resources.


Material resources:

11.7        As far as “material resources” are concerned, the

expression would not only include tangible but also intangible

resources; natural or physical resources as well as man-made

resources and movable as well as immovable property. Also, the

discussion on what would not constitute “material resources” in

the context of personal effects of individual as discussed in

paragraph 7.6 above is relevant to this discussion. Further, in

my view, the phrase “material resources” cannot be restricted by

the expression “of the community” insofar as understanding the

meaning of the expression is concerned inasmuch as it would

include all private material resources and under the ownership

and/or control of the private persons. For example, a material

resource may be under the ownership of a private person but

controlled by the State. Correspondingly, a resource may belong

to the State but could be controlled by a private person for

instance when a privilege is conferred by the State to such a

private person to control the said resource. Typically, an example


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 70 of 139
is in the context of mining of minerals, when a private person

may be the owner of a mine but the State or its entity may take

the same under its control by way of a lease under provisions of

the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957

enacted in terms of Entry 52 - List I of the Constitution. Similarly,

a mine or mineral bearing land may belong to the State which

could be made over to a private person by way of a lease wherein

the control of the mines is temporarily handed over to the lessee

for exploitation of the mineral resources, subject to terms and

conditions of the lease. Therefore, in all such cases, the

expression “material resources” would include both public as

well as private resources, i.e., those which are under the

ownership and control of the State or any public body as well as

ownership and control of a private person.


Of the community:

11.8       Thus, material resources would include both public as

well as private resources which belong to private persons. But

what could be distributed is only “material resources of the

community”, and not material resources which are privately

owned. This would mean that material resources of the private


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 71 of 139
persons cannot per se be distributed by the State under Article

39(b) unless it becomes “material resources of the community”.


11.9        In other words, even if, apart from public resources,

private material resources are also to be distributed under clause

(b) of Article 39 of the Constitution, they must first become

“resources of the community”. This is because it is only material

resources “of the community” which can be distributed which

would mean exclusion of distribution of private resources per se

by the State. This implies that if private resources have to be

distributed under clause (b) of Article 39, the private resources

must first become the “resources of the community”. How do

material resources which are privately owned become “material

resources of the community”? The answer to this question lies in

the legal devices that are adopted by the State to transform

private material resources into the “resources of the community”.

This could be, inter alia, in the following five ways which are

illustrative and not exhaustive in nature:

     (i)   by nationalisation;

     (ii) by acquisition;




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 72 of 139
     (iii) by operation of law, such as vesting of private

           resources in the State;

     (iv) by purchase of the material resource from private

           persons; and

     (v) by the owner of the material resource converting it

           as a material resource of the community by

           donation, gift, creation of an endowment or a public

           trust, etc.

11.10         What is the common denominator in the methods

adopted by the State for converting private material resources

into “material resources of the community”? In all these three

devices, at (i), (ii) and (iii) above, what is of significance is that

when, by a process of nationalisation, acquisition or vesting of

private resources in the State occurs there are certain legal

processes which take place: the first process is to convert the

private resources into resources of the community by vesting in

the State, and the second process is to utilise these community

resources for the purpose of distribution for the common good.

Distribution could be in two ways: firstly, by actual distribution

to the deserving and eligible persons as per the policy to be



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 73 of 139
implemented. Secondly, the State could retain ownership and/or

control having regard to the nature of the resources and other

relevant factors. The third process is that the private owners of

these resources are fairly compensated when they lose all rights,

title and possession over such material resources when it

becomes a material resource of the community”.


11.11      Thus, when private persons are so deprived of ownership

as well as the control of the material resources which belong to

them or are controlled by them, they must be compensated justly

and fairly. Otherwise, the conversation of private material

resources into “resources of the community” would be contrary

to Article 300A of the Constitution which states that no person

shall be deprived of his property save by authority of law. In other

words, a person can be deprived of his property by the State only

by authority of law.


12.    I shall discuss the various modes by which privately owned

material resources can be transformed as resources of the

community which I have adverted into in paragraph 11.9.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 74 of 139
12.1       How does nationalisation of certain private resources

occur? It could be by way of an enactment of a statute by either

the Parliament or a State Legislature. This is by way of a

legislation. An instance of this is in Ranganatha Reddy wherein

privately owned carriages and buses were taken over by the State

of Karnataka through nationalization by way of an enactment.

The nationalized resources could be utilized as best to subserve

the common good either by the State through its department or

through      a    corporation,      or   entity   created    by   the   State

Government, such as a Government Company, or a Corporation

or a Society etc. An example is in the case of Rustom Cavasjee

Cooper vs. Union of India, AIR 1970 SC 564 (“RC Cooper”)

where fourteen private banks were nationalized and the said

banks are functioning as nationalized banks.


12.2      Insofar as the acquisition of private material resources is

concerned, it could be by way of a special Statute made for

achieving the particular purposes of acquisition, having regard

to the nature of such resources and such other factors. In the

alternative, acquisition could take place under the prevailing or

extant laws pertaining to acquisition such as the erstwhile Land


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                           Page 75 of 139
Acquisition Act, 1894 (“LA Act, 1894”) which has now been

repealed and substituted by Right to Fair Compensation and

Transparency          in     Land   Acquisition,   Rehabilitation   and

Resettlement Act, 2013 (“2013 Act”). Acquisition could also be

under the respective State laws dealing with acquisition of land

or other immovable property. But acquisition should be for a

public purpose as defined under the laws.

12.3        Mahajan, J. (as the learned Chief Justice then was)

speaking for a Constitution Bench of this Court in State of

Bihar vs. Kameshwar Singh, AIR 1952 SC 252 (“Kameshwar

Singh”), has observed:

     “The phrase “public purpose” has to be construed
     according to the spirit of the times in which particular
     legislation is enacted.
                           x     x      x
     The legislature is the best judge of what is good for the
     community, by whose suffrage it comes into
     existence....”

       A wider approach necessarily means that a comprehensive

signification has to be given to the expression “public purpose”.

12.4     That the law must also keep pace with the realities of the

social and political evolution of the country as reflected in the




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                      Page 76 of 139
Constitution.         Therefore, anything that would promote the

welfare of the people as envisaged in the Directive Principles of

State Policy has to be regarded as “public purpose”. Therefore,

what was earlier known as economic justice has been crystallised

as Directive Principles of State Policy. Hence, the nexus between

“public purpose” and Part IV of the Constitution is relevant.

12.5     If public purpose is established under an enactment, then

how that public purpose would be carried into the provisions is

a matter which is left to the wisdom of the Parliament and State

Legislatures. Whether it would be through nationalisation,

acquisition or it should resort to pay the market price and buy in

the open market any privately owned material resource for

transforming it into a “material resource of the community” for

the purpose of distribution so as to best subserve the community,

is a matter which is within the realm and wisdom of the State.

12.6       The acquisition could be for the purpose of the State

utilizing the said land or other immovable property for public

purpose in order to subserve the common good or the acquired

land could be allotted to deserving and eligible persons in the

form of house-sites or houses being constructed by the State.


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 77 of 139
This is an instance of private resources (land or other immovable

property) becoming a property of the community and then being

distributed to subserve the common good. However, acquisition

of land has to be in terms of the rigour that is prescribed under

the provisions of the LA Act, 1894 (now repealed) or in

accordance with the 2013 Act, which is in force, such as the time

frames which have been prescribed for the issuance of

preliminary and final notifications (declaration) under Sections 4

and 6 of the 1894 Act and hearing of objections under Section 5A

of the said Act; holding an enquiry and passing of an award in

terms of Sections 11 and 11A and taking of possession after

making of the award, in which case the land shall vest absolutely

in the Government free from all encumbrances; the computation

of the payment of compensation and the payment of interest etc.

to the land losers. Under the LA Act, 1894, there could not be

acquisition of any land unless it was for a public purpose.

Section 3(f) defined a “public purpose” as under:

     “Section 3. In this Act, unless there is something
     repugnant in the subject or context,
                                    x x x
           (f)   the expression public purpose includes-



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 78 of 139
                 (i)   the provision of village-sites, or       the
                       extension,  planned      development      or
                       improvement of existing village-sites;
                 (ii) the provision of land for town or rural
                      planning;
                 (iii) the provision of land for planned
                       development of land from public funds in
                       pursuance of any scheme or policy of
                       Government and subsequent disposal
                       thereof in whole or in part by lease,
                       assignment or outright sale with the object
                       of securing further development as planned;
                 (iv) the provision of land for a corporation
                      owned or controlled by the State;
                 (v) the provision of land for residential
                     purposes to the poor or landless or to
                     persons residing in areas affected by
                     natural calamities, or to persons displaced
                     or affected by reason of the implementation
                     of any scheme undertaken by Government,
                     any local authority or a corporation owned
                     or controlled by the State;
                 (vi) the provision of land for carrying out any
                      educational, housing, health or slum
                      clearance      scheme      sponsored        by
                      Government or by any authority established
                      by Government for carrying out any such
                      scheme, or, with the prior approval of the
                      appropriate Government, by a local
                      authority, or a society registered under the
                      Societies Registration Act, 1860 (21 of
                      1860), or under any corresponding law for
                      the time being in force in a State, or a co-
                      operative society within the meaning of any
                      law relating to co-operative societies for the
                      time being in force in any State;




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                      Page 79 of 139
                 (vii) the provision of land for any other scheme
                       of development sponsored by Government,
                       or, with the prior approval of the
                       appropriate Government, by a local
                       authority;
                 (viii)the provision of any premises or building for
                       locating a public office,
           but does not include acquisition of land for
           companies.”


     A reading of the said definition would clearly indicate as to

for what public purpose immovable property could be acquired.

It is only when the acquisition was for a public purpose could it

be said that the acquisition, though made under the LA Act,

1894, was within the scope and ambit of the said Act. Also,

certain States have their own definitions of “public purpose”

which is not necessary to discuss.

12.7      Further, under the 2013 Act, the acquisition of land as

per Sections 11 and 19 of the said Act and the hearing of the

objections under Section 15 and the holding of an enquiry under

Section 23 and the period within which an award shall be made

under Section 25 and matters to be considered in determining

compensation as per Section 27; the power to take possession

under Section 38 and other provisions, ensure that the



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                      Page 80 of 139
acquisition of land is              in accordance with what has been

envisaged therein. Moreover, Section 2 of the 2013 Act

categorically states that when the appropriate Government

acquires land for its own use, hold and control, including for

Public Sector Undertakings and for public purpose, it shall

include the following purposes, namely:—

     “2. Application of Act.–(1) The provisions of this Act
     relating    to   land     acquisition,   compensation,
     rehabilitation and resettlement, shall apply, when the
     appropriate Government acquires land for its own use,
     hold and control, including for Public Sector
     Undertakings and for public purpose, and shall include
     the following purposes, namely:—
     (a) for strategic purposes relating to naval, military, air
         force, and armed forces of the Union, including
         central paramilitary forces or any work vital to
         national security or defence of India or State police,
         safety of the people; or
     (b) for infrastructure projects, which includes the
         following, namely:—
           (i)   all activities or items listed in the notification of
                 the Government of India in the Department of
                 Economic Affairs (Infrastructure Section)
                 number 13/6/2009-INF, dated the 27th March,
                 2012, excluding private hospitals, private
                 educational institutions and private hotels;
           (ii) projects involving agro-processing, supply of
                inputs to agriculture, warehousing, cold storage
                facilities,  marketing     infrastructure     for
                agriculture and allied activities such as dairy,
                fisheries, and meat processing, set up or owned
                by the appropriate Government or by a farmers’


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                       Page 81 of 139
                 cooperative or by an institution set up under a
                 statute;
           (iii) project for industrial corridors or mining
                 activities,  national     investment  and
                 manufacturing zones, as designated in the
                 National Manufacturing Policy;
           (iv) project for water harvesting and            water
                conservation structures, sanitation;
           (v) project   for    Government  administered,
               Government aided educational and research
               schemes or institutions;
           (vi) project for sports, health care,         tourism,
                transportation or space programme;
           (vii) any infrastructure facility as may be notified in
                 this regard by the Central Government and after
                 tabling of such notification in Parliament;
     (c) project for project affected families;
     (d) project for housing, for such income groups, as may
         be specified from time to time by the appropriate
         Government;
     (e) project for planned development or the improvement
         of village sites or any site in the urban areas or
         provision of land for residential purposes for the
         weaker sections in rural and urban areas;
     (f)   project for residential purposes to the poor or
           landless or to persons residing in areas affected by
           natural calamities, or to persons displaced or
           affected by reason of the implementation of any
           scheme undertaken by the Government, any local
           authority or a corporation owned or controlled by
           the State.
     (2)    The provisions of this Act relating to land
     acquisition, consent, compensation, rehabilitation and
     resettlement, shall also apply, when the appropriate




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                    Page 82 of 139
     Government acquires land for the following purposes,
     namely: —
     (a) for public private partnership projects, where the
         ownership of the land continues to vest with the
         Government, for public purpose as defined in sub-
         section (1);
     (b) for private companies for public purpose, as defined
         in sub-section (1): Provided that in the case of
         acquisition for—
           (i)   private companies, the prior consent of at least
                 eighty per cent, of those affected families, as
                 defined in sub-clauses (i) and (v) of clause (c) of
                 section 3; and
           (ii) public private partnership projects, the prior
                consent of at least seventy per cent. of those
                affected families, as defined in sub-clauses (i)
                and (v) of clause (c) of section 3, shall be
                obtained through a process as may be
                prescribed by the appropriate Government:
                      Provided further that the process of
                 obtaining the consent shall be carried out along
                 with the Social Impact Assessment study
                 referred to in section 4:
                      Provided also that no land shall be
                 transferred by way of acquisition, in the
                 Scheduled Areas in contravention of any law
                 (including any order or judgment of a court
                 which has become final) relating to land
                 transfer, prevailing in such Scheduled Areas.
     (3)    The provisions relating to rehabilitation and
     resettlement under this Act shall apply in the cases
     where,—
     (a) a private company purchases land, equal to or more
         than such limits in rural areas or urban areas, as
         may be prescribed by the appropriate Government,



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                      Page 83 of 139
           through private negotiations with the owner of the
           land in accordance with the provisions of section 46;
     (b)   a private company requests the appropriate
           Government for acquisition of a part of an area so
           prescribed for a public purpose:
         Provided that where a private company requests the
     appropriate Government for partial acquisition of land
     for public purpose, then, the rehabilitation and
     resettlement entitlements under the Second Schedule
     shall be applicable for the entire area which includes the
     land purchased by the private company and acquired by
     the Government for the project as a whole.”


12.8       Similarly, there are State enactments which allow

acquisition of land from private owners for the purpose of

distribution to eligible persons in order to best subserve the

common good. The acquisition process of privately owned land

or other immovable property ensures that it ultimately vests with

the appropriate Government and transforms the material

resource privately owned as material resource of the community.

As already noted, such land or other immovable property can be

utilized    by the State and        its authorities, agencies and

instrumentalities so as to best subserve the common good.

Alternatively, the State could distribute the said land to eligible

persons having regard to the nature of the public purpose for

which such land is acquired under the respective Acquisition Act



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 84 of 139
or any other enactment which provides for acquisition of land,

such as, Town Planning Act or City Development Authority Act

etc.

12.9       However, the public purpose envisaged under the

respective Acts must be to achieve a common good. Therefore,

the public purpose for which acquisition of immovable property

is made must be clearly established in accordance with the

provisions of the respective enactments. Any special statute for

acquisition of private immovable property must be for a public

purpose which is ultimately for achieving a common good.

12.10     Another mode of acquisition of privately owned material

resources such as land or other immovable property for the

purpose of utilizing the same as best to subserve the common

good is by vesting of the same in the State.     How does such

privately owned land vest in the State?     It could be under an

enactment, such as the Land Reforms Acts of the respective

States, the Urban Land Ceiling Act (since repealed), the Inams

Abolition Act, Village Offices Abolition Act, Land Tenures and

Ceiling Acts under which lands privately owned or granted by the

erstwhile rulers to certain persons and therefore, in the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 85 of 139
possession and control of private persons, on the abolition of

such ownership and control over such lands by the State

enactments, referred to above would vest with the State by

operation of law. For instance, if on the appointed date the land

is in possession and cultivation of tenants, then such lands

covered by the respective tenancies would become vested in the

State and thus be the land of the community i.e. “material

resource of the community” on their vesting in the State. The

State can thereafter grant occupancy rights of such lands to the

tenants or other deserving persons in accordance with law i.e. by

the tenants proving their tenancy on the appointed date before

the Land Reforms Tribunal or as envisaged in the respective

enactments. The mechanism is for a tenant to seek registration

of occupancy rights on proof of tenancy which is a manner of

distribution of the vested land in the State which gets

transformed as material resource of the community on their

vesting in the State.

12.11 Such material resources could also be bought by the State

by paying a valuable consideration instead of acquisition as in

the case of immovable property.



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 86 of 139
12.12      Another mode is when a private owner of immovable or

other property transforms his ownership and control of material

resources as “material resource of the community” by way of

creation of an endowment or a grant or a donation or gift made

to the State so that the said material resource converted as a

community resource is used by the people at large or by the State

depending upon the exigency of each case and the policy of the

State. Earlier private lakes, pastures/grazing lands, forest lands,

etc., were endowed for public use and therefore would be

transformed as “material resource of the community”.

12.13      What is significant in all these instances is the fact that

private resources are not straightaway “distributed” or handed

over to other private persons by the State. Private resources first

become the “resources of the community” through the methods

adopted by the State either through nationalisation, acquisition

or vesting of such resources in the State and once they become

resources vested in the State they get transformed as “material

resources of the community”. Therefore, the expression “material

resources” though including private resources must ultimately

get transformed as “material resources of the community”.



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 87 of 139
“Material resources of the community” means the community at

large would be entitled to claim a benefit of said resources when

they are so distributed by the State or retained by the State for a

public purpose. In other words, material resources privately

owned or controlled by the private persons cannot straightaway

be construed to be “material resources of the community”.

12.14 The expression “of the community” must be given its true

meaning. This is because it is only material resources of the

community which can be distributed by the State and not

privately owned material resources.

So distributed as best to subserve the common good:

13.     The next limb of clause (b) of Article 39 is “distribution” of

“material resources of the community” “as best to subserve the

common good”. Therefore, distribution must be in order to

subserve the “common good” and not solely for private good. This

would imply that firstly, what is to be distributed is “material

resources of the community” and not material resources of the

private persons, per se, and secondly, the distribution must

subserve the common good, which means that it is for the benefit

of the public at large. Thus “common good” cannot be equated


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 88 of 139
to private good which means distributed to other private persons

and not being distributed to the public at large, unless

distribution to other private persons is for the purpose of the

common good and with a public purpose.


13.1 Thus the expression “distribution” as “best to subserve the

common good” would not always envisage allocation or

assignment or transfer to deserving or eligible persons.        For

instance, on nationalisation of banks, the Central Government

exercises control over the banks as nationalized banks.

Additionally, for instance, on nationalization of buses , they could

be utilized for the benefit of the general public through a State

owned department or through a Corporation or entity created by

the State, such as a Government company, a corporation, a

society etc. Similarly, land acquired for a public purpose could

be used by the State for serving the common good while retaining

ownership and control over it and using it for the benefit of the

general public which is also a public purpose. Alternatively, by

allocation of said land or other immovable property in the form

of house sites etc. being allotted, assigned, transferred, conveyed

to eligible and deserving persons distribution of ownership and


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 89 of 139
control of material resources of the community to subserve the

common good is achieved.


13.2      As far as the lands or other immovable property which

vest with the State by virtue of operation of law are concerned,

the persons who are entitled to grant of occupancy rights may

make an application under the relevant laws in respect of the

vested land as erstwhile tenants and seek registration of

occupancy rights for the purpose of cultivation on certain terms

and conditions. When in respect of any piece of land, occupancy

rights cannot be granted to an applicant, in such an event the

land which stood vested in the State would become the State

owned land and the same could be utilized for the purpose of

making grants, assignments, allotments or conveyance to

deserving and eligible persons.


13.3     Further, when private owners of material resources make

an endowment, a gift or a donation to the State, their ownership

and control over such resources would vest with the State and

the State could utilize such material resources as best to

subserve the common good. This is the essence of distribution.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 90 of 139
Common good:

13.4       What is “common good”?       It would mean that while

distributing the material resources of the community there must

be an object which is achieved, such that there would be no

concentration of wealth and means of production in the hands of

a few which is also a Directive Principle in clause (c) of Article 39.

For instance, if a mining lease is to be assigned to any person

who is eligible to take such a lease it must be done in accordance

with law such as by an auction and giving due publicity so that

it is not with a view to unjustly enrich a person, as this would be

contrary to the notion of common good. Therefore, there cannot

be a transfer of private resources being in the ownership and

control of a private person to another set of private persons only

by excluding the public at large. In other words, the State cannot

act as an agent for distribution of privately owned material

resources by taking ownership and control of the same and

handing it over to other private persons selectively. That is not

distribution for subserving the common good.

       On the other hand, there could also be an instance where

only a particular person/entity would be entitled to claim



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 91 of 139
distribution of a material resource of the community having

regard to the object and purpose for which the same is to be

distributed which would be for the common good. This is in the

context of privatisation of the “material resources of the

community” which is a recent phenomenon particularly on the

initiation of reforms in the Indian economy since the year 1991.

However, private persons/entities who are eligible to have the

ownership and/or control of the material resources of the

community would do so only if it is to subserve the common good.

Therefore, while acting under clause (b), the Directive under

clause (c) must also be borne in mind by the State inasmuch as

the distribution of material resources of the community must be

to subserve the common good and not result in concentration of

wealth and means of production to the common detriment. In

other words, where the object is to subserve the common good,

there would automatically be provisions excluded which induce

concentration of wealth and means of production to the common

detriment.


13.5      Reference may be made to a recent decision of a three-

Judge Bench of this Court in Coal India Ltd. vs. CCI, (2023) 10


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 92 of 139
SCC 345, (“Coal India Ltd.”) (of which I was a Member). In the

said case, it was mainly contended that the coal mines operated

by the appellants therein pursuant to the provisions of the Coal

Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973 would be wholly outside the

purview of the Competition Act, 2002. This was for the reason

that the very purpose and policy underlying the Nationalisation

Act was to monopolise the operation of the coal mines and coal

mining in the hands of the Central Government and its agencies

such as the appellant therein. It was contended that it was a

monopoly created by the Nationalisation Act and was accorded

protection of Article 31B of the Constitution by inserting the said

Act in the Ninth Schedule and it was not an ordinary monopoly.

This was for the reason that the State has been charged with the

duty to bear in mind the principles of “common good” being

secured by the “distribution of scarce resources”. It was

submitted in the said case that coal, being a mineral of the

highest importance in the economic life of the nation, its

equitable distribution so as to secure the common good, which is

the Directive contained in Article 39(b), led to the creation of a

statutorily mandated monopoly through the Nationalisation Act.



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 93 of 139
Therefore, it could be wholly inconceivable that the Competition

Act would still be applicable to the appellant therein.

     Holding that the Competition Act applied to the appellant

therein and all public sector companies except where the

sovereign function of the government may be involved, this Court

observed in paragraph 100 as under:

     “100. The expression “common good” in Article 39(b) in
     a Benthamite sense involves achieving the highest good
     of the maximum number of people. The meaning of the
     words “common good” may depend upon the times, the
     felt necessities, the direction that the Nation wishes to
     take in the future, the socio-economic condition of the
     different classes, the legal and fundamental rights and
     also the Directive Principles themselves. As far as the
     time dictated content of common good goes, it simply
     means that “economics” itself not being bound in chains,
     but it is a dynamic concept. The attainment of common
     good would be dependent on the appreciation and
     understanding of a generation as to how economic
     common good is best achieved. The debate between the
     advantages and disadvantages of pursuing the policy of
     State intervention in economic policy which emasculates
     private enterprise and competition has almost reached
     its end. The advantages of a fearlessly competitive
     economy have been realised by the Nation. There is a
     backdrop to it. In the year 1991, the Nation was in a
     manner of speaking compelled to revisit its economic
     policy having regard to the precarious condition of its
     foreign exchange reserves. The permit raj, which
     involved acute regulation of economic activity by the
     State with all its attendant evils, cried out for reforms. A
     slew of highly liberal reforms in 1991 set the stage for
     the Nation to make a paradigm shift. As discussed in the
     Raghavan Committee Report, things moved further in


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 94 of 139
     the direction of attaining faster economic growth. The
     Act is a measure which is intended to achieve the same.
     The role which was envisaged for the public sector
     company could not permit them to outlive their utility or
     abuse their unique position. Disinvestment done in a
     proper manner was perceived as a solution. However,
     sans disinvestment, State monopolies, public sector
     companies and government companies were expected to
     imbibe the new economic philosophy. The novel idea,
     which permeates the Act, would stand frustrated, in fact,
     if State monopolies, government companies and public
     sector units are left free to contravene the Act. Now that
     the Nation was more than 50 years' old after it became a
     Republic and it no longer was the infant it was,
     Parliament which best knows the needs of its people, felt
     that the time was ripe for ushering in the wholesome idea
     of fair competition. Can it be said that free competition
     as envisaged under the Act which involves avoidance of
     anti-competitive agreements, abuse of dominant
     position and regulation of combinations are against the
     common good? As to how common good is best served is
     best understood by the representatives of the people in
     the democratic form of Government. We must bear in
     mind the wholesome principle that when Parliament
     enacts laws, it is deemed to be aware of all the existing
     laws. Properly construed and operated fairly, the “Act”
     would, in other words, harmonise with common good,
     being its goal as well.”

     Further, this Court in paragraphs 118 to 122, observed as

under:

     “118. The appellants rely upon the judgment of this
     Court in State of T.N. v. L. Abu Kavur Bai, (1984) 1 SCC
     515 for the proposition that the scheme of monopoly or
     nationalisation subserves public good. In the said case,
     the Court was dealing with a case of nationalisation of
     transport services. There can be no quarrel with the



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 95 of 139
     proposition that the purpose of the Nationalisation Act
     was indeed to subserve the common good as held
     in Tara Prasad Singh v. Union of India, (1980) 4 SCC
     179. The purpose of the vesting under the
     Nationalisation Act was to distribute the resource to
     subserve the common good.

     119. We may, in fact, notice the concern of the Court
     in Tara Prasad Singh          about coal being not
     inexhaustible and the need for a wise and planned
     conservation of the resources being expressed in para
     39. No doubt, all this was at the time when the Nation
     was confronted with the condition of the mines being
     what it was as brought out in the Statement of Objects.
     120. We agree with the appellants and as held by this
     Court in State of Karnataka v. Ranganatha Reddy,
     (1977) 4 SCC 471 that “distribution” is a word of wide
     meaning and it is covered by Article 39(b) of the
     Constitution. It must be remembered that the Court had
     occasion to hold so by way of dealing with the argument
     that nationalisation did not have a nexus with the word
     “distribution”.
     121. The     judgment     of    this    Court    in Waman
     Rao v. Union of India, (1981) 2 SCC 362 holds that
     laws passed to give effect to Articles 39(b) and 39(c) could
     not be found violative of Article 14. There cannot be any
     quarrel. We are, in this case, called upon to deal with the
     case based on the actions taken by the appellant, which
     is a government company based on its powers under the
     Nationalisation Act, being challenged on the anvil of a
     later law made by Parliament, the validity of which,
     relevantly is not under challenge.
     122. Distribution of coal is intended to subserve
     common good holds this Court in Samatha v. State of
     A.P., (1997) 8 SCC 191. The content of common good is
     itself not a static concept. It may take its hue from the
     context and the times in which the matter falls for
     consideration by the Court. If Parliament has intended



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 96 of 139
     that State monopolies even if it be in the matter of
     distribution must come under the anvil of the new
     economic regime, it cannot be found flawed by the Court
     on the ground that subjecting the State monopoly would
     detract from the common good which the earlier
     Nationalisation Act when it was enacted, undoubtedly,
     succeeded in subserving. We see no reason to hold that
     a State monopoly being run through the medium of a
     government company, even for attaining the goals in the
     Directive Principles, will go outside the purview of the
     Act.”

     Ultimately, in paragraph 130, it was opined by this Court

that there was no merit in the contention of the appellants

therein that the Competition Act would not apply to them for the

reason that they were governed by the Nationalisation Act.


13.6     Thus, under Article 39(b), there could be policies made by

the State towards securing the ownership and control over

material resources of the community so as to distribute as best

to subserve the common good. However, as discussed above this

need not be only by way of a legislation, it could also be by acting

under the extant legislations which would envisage a policy

having the letter and spirit of Article 39(b). In case there is any

enactment made in the context of Article 39(b), in such an event,

the same cannot be assailed on the touchstone of Articles 14 or




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 97 of 139
19, in view of Article 31C of the Constitution. In my view, this bar

under Article 31C, inter alia, is in order to achieve the salutary

object of clause (c) of Article 39 which envisages that the

operation of the economic system does not result in the

concentration of wealth as means of production to the common

detriment.       Thus, clause (b) of the said Article is a means to

achieve an end in clause (c). Thus, both clauses (b) and (c) of

Article 39 being complementary and supplementary to each other

have been clearly envisaged in Article 31C of the Constitution

and therefore any policy which is in the form of an enactment or

a law or any action taken to further the goals of Article 39(b) and

(c) cannot be assailed on the basis of grounds available under

Articles 14 and 19. Thus, Article 31C provides that no such law

giving effect to the policy of the State towards securing the

principles specified in clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 shall be

deemed to be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with or

takes away or abridges any of the rights conferred by Articles 14

and 19.


13.7       In Ranganatha Reddy, while upholding the legislation

for nationalisation of contract carriages by the Karnataka State,


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 98 of 139
it was observed by this Court speaking through Untwalia, J. that

“to distribute” means “to allot, to divide into classes or into

groups and “distribution” embraces arrangement, classification,

placement, disposition, apportionment, the way in which items,

a quantity or the like is divided or apportioned; the system of

dispersing        goods        throughout   a   community”.    Thus,

nationalisation of transport is a distributive process for the good

of the community where the State or its instrumentalities would

take upon themselves to conduct the economic activity on

nationalisation.


13.8     In Sanjeev Coke, a five-Judge Bench of this Court

speaking through Chinnappa Reddy, J. held that the word

“distribute” in Article 39(b) “is used in a wider sense so as to take

in all manner and method of distribution such as distribution

between regions, distribution between industries, distribution

between classes and distribution between public, private and

joint sectors. The distribution envisaged by Article 39(b)

necessarily takes within its stride the transformation of wealth

from private-ownership into public-ownership and is not

confined to that which is already public owned”


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 99 of 139
13.9     Similarly, in Madhusudan Singh vs. Union of India,

(1984) 2 SCC 381 (“Madhusudan Singh”) while upholding land

reforms measures, this Court observed (in para 22) that the

surplus      agricultural       lands    from   the   landlords   could   be

distributed amongst the poor suffering landless tillers of the soil

who were at the mercy of the rich landlords or zamindars. Such

land reforms legislations, therefore, were for securing and giving

effect to objects of Article 39(b) clearly intending to distribute the

material resources of the community, viz., the agricultural lands,

to a large number of tillers of the soil in order to serve the

common good of the aforesaid people on such land vesting in the

State by operation of law under various legislations.


13.10        In Natural             Resources   Allocation,   auction was

considered to be a manner of distribution of material resources

of the community. This Court observed that the distribution of

the “material resources of the community” must be for the

“common good” which should be the sole guiding factor under

Article 39(b) and the touchstone of testing whether any policy

subserves the “common good”. As regards the means adopted, it

should also be in accordance with law and the principles


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 100 of 139
enshrined in Article 39(b). The Court also observed that there

may be various methods of distribution of material resources of

the community including natural resources and it depends upon

the wisdom of the executive as to how it would deal in such

matters. In the said judgment, this Court concluded as under:

     •     Maximization of revenue cannot be the sole
           permissible consideration, for disposal of all natural
           resources, across all sectors and in all
           circumstances, therefore disposal of all natural
           resources through auctions is clearly not a
           constitutional mandate.

     •     Reading auction as a constitutional mandate would
           be impermissible because such an approach may
           distort another constitutional principle embodied in
           article 39(b).

     •     Out of the two concepts namely, “public trust
           doctrine” and “trusteeship” referred in 2G case
           public trust may be accepted as public trust
           mandates a high degree of judicial scrutiny.

     •     A judicial scrutiny of methods of disposal of natural
           resources should depend on the facts and
           circumstances of each case, in consonance with the
           principles of equality and common good. Failing
           which, the court, in exercise of power of judicial
           review.

     •     While distributing natural resources the state is
           bound to act in consonance with the principles of
           equality and public trust and ensure that no action
           is taken which may be detrimental to public interest.

     •     The state action including distribution of natural
           resources has to be fair, reasonable, non-


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 101 of 139
           discriminatory,     transparent,     non-capricious,
           unbiased, without favouritism or nepotism, in
           pursuit of promotion of healthy competition and
           equitable treatment. It should conform to the norms,
           which are rational, informed with reasons and
           guided by public interest, etc. and this is the
           mandate of article 14 of the Constitution of India.

           While any policy or law which envisages that the
           goals in Article 39(b) or (c) cannot be called in
           question in a Court of law on the touchstone of
           Articles 14 and 19, nevertheless the implementation
           of the said policy in a discriminatory or arbitrary
           manner could attract Article 14 or the equality
           clause.    Discrimination and arbitrariness being
           antithetical to the essence of Article 14, the action of
           distribution which is essentially an administrative
           action could be challenged before a Constitutional
           Law on the basis of the relevant principles applicable
           in exercise of judicial review of such administrative
           action.”

13.11       While any policy or law may envisage that the goals in

Article 39(b) or (c) cannot be called in question in a Court of law

on the touchstone of Articles 14 and 19, nevertheless the

implementation of the said policy in a discriminatory or arbitrary

manner could attract Article 14 or the equality clause. Thus,

while the wisdom or correctness of a policy or legislation in

furtherance of the goals and objects of Article 39 (b) and (c)

cannot be questioned vide Article 31C of the Constitution, it does

not bar the questioning of the implementation of the policy before




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                     Page 102 of 139
a     court   of    law.    Discrimination         and   arbitrariness   being

antithetical to the essence of Article 14, the governmental action

of distribution which is essentially an administrative action

could be challenged before a Constitutional Court on the basis of

relevant principles applicable in exercise of judicial review of

such administrative action.

       I shall now discuss the opinions in the four judgments

which are doubted in the reference order.


Ranganatha Reddy:

14.     A     seven-Judge           Constitution    Bench    of   this   Court

considered the correctness of the Karnataka Contract Carriages

(Acquisition)       Act,    1976       (Karnataka    Act    No.21   of   1976)

(“Karnataka Act”) by which all private contract carriages in the

private ownership of persons were sought to be nationalised by

acquisition of the vehicles. The High Court had allowed all the

writ petitions, struck down the Act as unconstitutional and

declared it null and void. There was a direction to restore the

vehicles with the relative permits and all other assets to the

operators from whom they were taken over. Some consequential




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                            Page 103 of 139
directives      for   determination        of   damages   in   some   later

proceedings were also issued.

14.1     The State of Karnataka had filed the appeals before this

Court. One of the contentions raised on behalf of the owners of

the contract carriages was that the acquisition was not for a

public purpose and that the compensation provided was wholly

illusory and arbitrary.             The second contention was that Article

31C does not bar the challenge to the Act as being violative of

Article 31(2) of the Constitution as there is no reasonable and

substantial nexus between the purpose of the acquisition and

securing the principles specified in clauses (b) and (c) of Article

39. Considering the issue of public purpose, the majority held

that it is beyond the pale of any controversy now, particularly

after the decision of this Court in Kesavananda Bharati that

any law providing for acquisition of property must be for a public

purpose and whether the law of acquisition is for public purpose

or not is a justiciable issue. The intention of the legislature has

to be gathered mainly from the Statement of Objects and Reasons

of the Act and its Preamble and various provisions of the Act, its

context and set up, and the purpose of acquisition has to be



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 104 of 139
culled out to ascertain whether it is for a public purpose within

the meaning of Article 31(2) of the Constitution.

14.2     Considering the provisions of the Karnataka Act, it was

observed that in substance, the acquisition of the contract

carriages was for nationalisation of the contract transport service

in the State of Karnataka which was for a public purpose. On

the question as to whether the compensation or amount paid for

the property acquired was illusory and, therefore, in violation of

fundamental right under Article 31(2), it was observed that on an

interpretation of the provisions of the aforesaid Act, the amount

so fixed was neither illusory nor arbitrary. In some respects, it

may be inadequate but that cannot be a ground for challenge of

the constitutionality of the law under Article 31(2) of the

Constitution.

14.3     That the State Government on acquisition and the vesting

of the acquired property would enable the Road Transport

Corporation to run the vehicles. Since the constitutional validity

of the Act was upheld, the majority speaking through Untwalia,

J. did not consider it necessary to express any opinion with

reference to Article 31C read with clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39.


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 105 of 139
It was categorically observed that Krishna Iyer, J. had prepared

a separate opinion especially dealing with this point but the

majority issued a caveat stating that they had not agreed with all

that he had stated in his judgment. Consequently, the appeals

filed by the State were allowed and the writ petitions filed by the

contract carriage operators were unsuccessful.


14.4     Krishna Iyer, J. for himself and on behalf of Bhagwati

and Jaswant Singh, JJ. penned a separate opinion while

agreeing with the majority on the result. The opinion focussed

on judicial perspective vis-à-vis constitutionality of economic

legislation.       It was observed that the quintessence of the

Constitution consists in its Preamble, Articles 38, 39(b) and (c),

31 and the bunch of Articles 31A, 31B and 31C.

14.5     On the question whether the Karnataka Act was in

accordance with the public purpose, it was observed that the

purpose of a public body, to run a public transport service for

the benefit of the people operating in a responsible manner

through exercise of public power which is controlled and

controllable by society through its organs like the Legislature




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 106 of 139
and, at times, even the Court, is manifestly a public purpose. It

was discussed further that there may be a wide range of choices

for achieving a public purpose. The State may walk into the open

market and buy the items, movable and immovable, to fulfil the

public purpose; or it may compulsorily acquire from some private

person’s possession and ownership the articles needed to meet

the public purpose; it may requisition, instead of resorting to

acquisition; it may take on loan or on hire or itself manufacture

or produce. All these steps are various alternative means to meet

the public purpose.

14.6     The State may require several items to run a welfare-

oriented administration or a public corporation or answer a

community requirement. If the purpose is for servicing the

public, as governmental purposes ordinarily are, then everything

desiderated for subserving such public purpose falls under the

broad and expanding rubric. The nexus between the taking of

property and the public purpose springs necessarily into

existence if the former is capable of answering the latter. On the

other hand, if the purpose is a private or non-public one, the

mere fact that the hand that acquires or requires is Government



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 107 of 139
or a public corporation, does not make the purpose automatically

a public purpose. Further, public purpose is vastly wider than

the public necessity, even as a mere purpose is more pervasive

than an urgency. According to Krishna Iyer, J., “Public purpose”

should be liberally construed and neither socialist jurisprudence

nor capitalist legal culture can govern the concept of public

purpose in India’s mixed economy and expanding public sector,

in the context of progressive developmental programmes.

14.7     At paragraph 37 of the majority judgment, it has been

categorically stated “since we have upheld the constitutional

validity of Act on merits by repelling the attack on it by a

reasonable and harmonious construction of the Act, we do not

consider it necessary to express any opinion with reference to

Article 31C read with clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 of the

Constitution. Our learned brother Krishna Iyer, J. has prepared a

separate judgment specially dealing with this point. We must not

be understood to agree with all that he has said in his judgment

in this regard.”         Although Krishna Iyer, J. agreed with the

majority on upholding the nationalisation of Contract Carriages

by the State of Karnataka, he nevertheless made certain



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 108 of 139
observations on behalf of himself, Bhagwati and Jaswant Singh,

JJ. only as a separate afterword. In my view, the same cannot be

considered to be the ratio of the judgment but an expression of

the constitutional philosophy as understood by them during

those decades.

Bhim Singhji:

15.     In Bhim Singhji, the Constitution Bench headed by YV

Chandrachud, C.J., dismissed the writ petitions while striking

down Section 27(1) of the Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulation)

Act, 1976. Writing the majority judgment for himself and on

behalf of Bhagwati, J., it was observed by the learned Chief

Justice that the Act under challenge was passed with the object

of preventing concentration of urban land in the hands of a few

persons and with a view to bringing about an equitable

distribution of land in urban agglomerations to subserve the

common good. “Common good” being the writing on the wall, any

disposal which does not serve that purpose would be outside the

scope of the Act and therefore lacking in competence in diverse

senses. More significantly, it was observed that private property

cannot, under our Constitution be acquired or allotted for private



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 109 of 139
purposes though an enabling power like that contained in sub-

section (1) of Section 23 of the aforesaid Act may be exercised in

cases where the common good dictates the distribution of excess

vacant land to an industry, as defined in clause (b) of the

Explanation to Section 23 of the aforesaid Act. It was observed

that the governing test of disposal of excess land being “social

good”, any disposal in any particular case which did not subserve

that purpose would be liable to be struck down as being contrary

to the scheme and intendment of the Act.

15.1     Krishna Iyer, J. agreeing with the learned Chief Justice

and in disagreement with Tulzapurkar and AP Sen, JJ. observed

that the purpose of the enactment was to set a ceiling on vacant

urban land, to take over the excess and to distribute it on a

certain basis of priority. “Common good” was the guiding factor

for distribution and that public purpose, national development

and social justice were the cornerstone of the policy of

distribution. This is different from compulsory taking from some

private owners to favour by transfer other private owners.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 110 of 139
Sanjeev Coke:

16.     In Sanjeev Coke, the Constitution Bench of this Court

considered the validity of the nationalisation of coking oven

plants of the appellants therein. In the said case, the validity of

Coking Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 was entitled to

protection of Article 31C of the Constitution. In the said case, the

observations of Bhagwati, J. in Minerva Mills were relied upon

in extenso to give a complete approval of the same with “full

concurrence”.

16.1     One of the arguments raised in the said case was that the

word “distribute” in Article 39(b), if given its proper emphasis

would inevitably follow that material resources belong to the

community as a whole, that is to say, to the State or the public,

before they could be distributed as best to subserve the common

good. Since those material resources which belong to the State

only could be distributed by the State, it was argued that material

resources had first to be acquired by the State before they could

be distributed. A law providing for acquisition was not a law for

distribution. This Court did not appreciate the said submission

by Sri Sen. This is also the argument of Sri Zal Andhyarujina.



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 111 of 139
16.2     This Court observed that when Article 39(b) refers to

material resources of the community, it does not refer only to

resources owned by the community as a whole but it refers also

to resources owned by individual member of the community.

Resources of the community do not mean public resources only

but include private resources as well.


16.3     It was further observed that the word “distribute” to be

used in Article 39(b) cannot be construed in the limited sense,

that is, in the sense only of retail distribution to individuals. It is

used in a wider sense so as to take in all manner and method of

distribution such as distribution between regions, distribution

between        industries,          distribution     between     classes      and

distribution between public, private and joint sectors. The word

“distribute”      in   Article       39(b)   takes   within    its   stride   the

transformation of wealth from private ownership into public

ownership and is not confined to that which is already public

owned. In this regard, reliance was also placed on the

observations of Krishna Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy referred

to above.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                              Page 112 of 139
16.4     The       next      question      considered   was,   whether,

nationalisation can have nexus with distribution. It was observed

that “socially conscious economists will find little difficulty in

treating nationalisation of transport as a distributive process for

the good of the community”. Therefore, the observations in this

case talked about the fact that nationalisation of transport is a

part of distributive process for the good of the community.

Ultimately, it was held that expression “material resources of the

community” is not confined to natural resources and it is not

confined to resources owned by the public. It means and includes

all resources, natural and man-made, public and private owned.

Ultimately,       it   was      observed    that   Coking   Coal   Mines

(Nationalisation) Act, 1972 is a legislation for giving effect to the

policy of the State towards securing the principles specified in

Article 39(b) of the Constitution and is, therefore, immune, under

Article 31C, from attack on the ground that it offends the

fundamental right guaranteed by Article 14. Consequently, the

writ petitions filed by Sanjeev Coke Manufacturing Co. were

dismissed by a unanimous judgment.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                       Page 113 of 139
16.5     In this case, the Constitution Bench arrived at its

conclusions         on   the    validity   of    the   Coking   Coal   Mines

(Nationalisation Act), 1972 and upheld the same but while doing

so in paragraphs 10 to 14 observations were made with regard

to the judgment of this Court in Minerva Mills. In fact,

paragraph 10 reads as follows: “We have some misgivings about

the Minerva Mills’ decision despite its rare beauty and persuasive

rhetoric”.     In    my     view,   these       observations    were   wholly

unnecessary as they lose sight of the outstanding judicial

statesmanship exemplified in the majority judgment authored by

learned YV Chandrachud, Chief Justice, in Minerva Mills. One

has to bear in mind the fact that the hearings in the case of

Minerva Mills as well as in Waman Rao were proceeding

contemporaneously but before different Benches both headed by

learned YV Chandrachud, Chief Justice. Realising the import of

the separate opinion of Krishna Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy

and the likelihood of the said opinion gaining momentum in

Minerva Mills as well as in Waman Rao and rightly so, the then

learned Chief Justice took up on himself the responsibility of

pronouncing the operative portion of the judgment in Minerva



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                          Page 114 of 139
Mills in May, 1980 and supplementing the reasons in July, 1980

and the judgment in Waman Rao was delivered in November,

1980 just prior to Krishna Iyer, J. demitting office. It is another

matter that Bhagwati, J. frowned upon such a strategy adopted

in Minerva Mills and in fact penned a common separate

judgment in Minerva Mills and Waman Rao although the

issues were distinct though overlapping in certain areas which

were minority opinions. In Waman Rao, only a short order was

passed by Bhagwati, J.

16.6     A.N. Sen, J. by his concurring judgment, however, opined

that since there was a review of the judgment in Minerva Mills

pending before this Court, he refrained from dealing with the said

decision and from making any observations or comments on the

same.

Abu Kavur Bai:

17.     In this case, the Tamil Nadu Stage Carriage and Contract

Carriages (Acquisition) Act, 1973 was held to be constitutional

and protected under Article 31C as it gave effect to the Directive

Principles under Article 39 (b) and (c). Fazal Ali, J. speaking for

the Bench headed by Y.V. Chandrachud, C.J. observed that in


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 115 of 139
Sanjeev Coke, this Court had opined that where Article 31C

comes in, Article 14 goes out and therefore, there is no scope for

treating Article 14 as included in the principle of Article 39(b).

17.1 In paragraph 72, the expression “public purpose” was

discussed and referring to Black’s Law Dictionary (Special

Deluxe Fifth Edition) at page 1107, it was observed that the term

is synonymous with governmental purpose which has for its

objective the promotion of the public health, safety, morals,

general welfare, security, prosperity and containment of a State.

Discussing the expression “material resources of the community”

in Article 39(b), it was observed that the argument of Sri Sen that

material resources has to be first acquired by the State before

they could be distributed and a law providing for acquisition was

not a law for distribution was not an argument which could be

appreciated.

       In my view, a law proving for acquisition is not strictly

speaking a law providing for distribution but a law which

provides for a public purpose for which acquisition of immovable

property could be made. It is only after the vesting of the acquired

immovable property with the State that the said property would



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 116 of 139
be available for distribution as “material resources of the

community”. This could be for either actual distribution to the

eligible and deserving citizens or to be retained by the State for

being utilised for a public purpose on the strength of the public

trust doctrine.

17.2     There was also discussion on the various nuances of the

expression “distribute” and “distribution” in the context of

nationalisation and ultimately, it was held that nationalisation

of State Carriages and Contract Carriages by way of an

acquisition met the twin objects of Article 39 (b) and (c) and

accordingly allowed the appeals of the State and set aside the

judgment of the Madras High Court.

Basantibai:

18.      In this case, this Court considered the correctness of the

judgment of the Bombay High Court by which the High Court

had declared sub-sections (3) and (4) of the Maharashtra

Housing and Area Development Act, 1976 (hereinafter referred

as, “MHADA”) as void and had given certain ancillary directions.

It is not necessary to go into the discussion on the merits of the

case. However, while considering the validity of the aforesaid


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                 Page 117 of 139
provisions on the touchstone of Article 14 of the Constitution,

this Court, at the outset, proceeded to observe in paragraph 13

of the judgment as: “We shall proceed to test the validity of the

argument keeping aside for the time being the observation in

Sanjeev Coke Manufacturing Co. vs. Bharat Coking Coal Ltd.,

(1983) 1 SCC 147 : AIR 1983 SC 239”. Then reference was made

to Kesavananda Bharati and Minerva Mills. On the basis of

the aforesaid two decisions, it was observed that in order to

ascertain whether the enactment was protected by Article 31C of

the Constitution, the Court has to satisfy itself about the

character of the legislation by studying all parts of it. The

question whether an Act is intended to secure the objects

contained in Article 39(b) or not, does not depend upon the

declaration by the legislature but depends on its contents. The

finding was that MHADA provided for reserving land for securing

public amenities without which people could not live there as

well as community centres, shopping complexes, parks, roads,

drains, playgrounds, all being necessary for civic life and these

amenities being enjoyed by all. It was held that this is also a kind

of distribution. Reference was made to Ranganatha Reddy



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 118 of 139
which dealt with the question whether nationalisation of bus

transport was covered by Article 39(b) and to Krishna Iyer, J’s

observations extracted as under:

     “The next question is whether nationalisation can have
     nexus with distribution. Should we assign a narrow or
     spacious sense to this concept? Doubtless, the latter, for
     reasons so apparent and eloquent. To ‘distribute’ even in
     its simple dictionary meaning, is to ‘allot, to divide into
     classes or into groups’ and ‘distribution’ embraces
     ‘arrangement, classification, placement, disposition,
     apportionment, the way in which items, a quantity, or
     the like, is divided or apportioned; the system of
     dispersing goods throughout a community’ (see Random
     House Dictionary). To classify and allocate certain
     industries or services or utilities or articles between the
     private and the public sectors of the national economy is
     to distribute those resources. Socially conscious
     economists will find little difficulty in treating
     nationalisation of transport as a distributive process for
     the good of the community. You cannot condemn the
     concept of nationalisation in our Plan on the score that
     Article 39 (b) does not envelop it. It is a matter of public
     policy left to legislative wisdom whether a particular
     scheme of takeover should be undertaken.
     Two conclusions strike as quintessential. Part IV,
     especially Article 39(b) and (c), is a futuristic mandate to
     the State with a message of transformation of the
     economic and social order. Firstly, such change calls for
     collaborative effort from all the legal institutions of the
     system : the legislature, the judiciary and the
     administrative        machinery.          Secondly      and
     consequentially, loyalty to the high purpose of the
     Constitution viz. social and economic justice in the
     context of material want and utter inequalities on a
     massive scale, compels the court to ascribe expansive
     meaning to the pregnant words used with hopeful



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 119 of 139
     foresight, not to circumscribe their connotation into
     contradiction of the objectives inspiring the provision. To
     be Pharisaic towards the Constitution through ritualistic
     construction is to weaken the social-spiritual thrust of
     the founding fathers' dynamic faith.”

     Only the aforesaid portions of Justice Krishna Iyer’s

judgment were distilled by this Court in this case. Consequently,

it was held that the MHADA was brought into force to implement

the directive principle contained in Article 39(b) and hence, even

if there was any infraction of Article 14, it was cured by Article

31C which clearly was attracted to the case.

18.1     Therefore, it was observed that the MHADA was protected

from challenge owing to the applicability of Article 31C of the

Constitution and it was immune from the challenge under

Articles 14, 19 and 31 of the Constitution.

18.2     It was further observed that land ceiling laws, laws

providing      for    acquisition   of   land   for   providing   housing

accommodation, laws imposing ceiling on urban property etc.

cannot be struck down by invoking Article 21 of the Constitution.

Consequently, the judgment of the High Court was set aside to

the extent that sub-sections (3) and (4) of Section 44 of MHADA




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                        Page 120 of 139
had been held unconstitutional and struck down and the appeal

was allowed.


18.3     What is significant about the judgment in Basantibai is,

firstly, the case was considered in light of only that portion of the

judgment of Krishna Iyer, J. which dealt with the aspect of

distribution and it did not discuss other aspects of Krishna Iyer,

J.’s judgment which dealt with the question whether even private

property can be equated as “material resources of the

community”. Secondly, in this judgment, it has been expressly

stated that to test the validity of MHADA, the observations of this

Court in Sanjeev Coke were to be kept aside. Venkataramiah, J.

who was the author of the judgment in Basantibai and a

member of the five-Judge Bench in Sanjeev Coke distanced

himself from the observations made by Chinappa Reddy, J. in

Sanjeev Coke as well as the other observations of Krishna Iyer,

J. in Ranganatha Reddy.

18.4     However what is common in all these cases is the fact that

nationalization of contract carriages in Ranganatha Reddy;

nationalization of coal mines in Sanjeev Coke and reserving of




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 121 of 139
land for public amenities under MHADA were all upheld and

sustained on the touchstone of Article 39(b) and protected from

attack by virtue of Article 31C.


18.5     While Krishna Iyer and Chinappa Reddy, JJ. supported

their reasoning on the touchstone of the word “socialist” in the

Preamble of the Constitution, Venkataramiah, J. in Basantibai

considered the validity of the MHADA de hors the observations

made by Chinappa Reddy, J. in Sanjeev Coke and selected only

certain portions of the separate opinion of Krishna Iyer, J. in

Ranganatha Reddy. Thus, this Court was able to consider the

validity of MHADA on the strength of Articles 39(b) read with

Article 31C without taking note of many of the observations in

Ranganatha Reddy and no observation in Sanjeev Coke made

by the aforesaid learned Judges on their “socialist philosophy

and on socialism”. Basantibai is a judgment which was

delivered in the year 1986, when Perestroika was taking place

even in a country such as Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

(USSR), the home to Socialism, and there was also a beginning

of a new thinking in India too commencing with five technological




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 122 of 139
missions leading to the Reforms of 1991 which I have discussed

in the earlier part of my opinion.


19.    This Court in Tinsukhia Electric Supply Co. Ltd. vs.

State of Assam, (1989) 3 SCC 709; and Assam Sillimanite

Ltd. vs. Union of India, 1992 Supp. (1) SCC 692, followed

earlier judgments of this Court in Ranganatha Reddy and

Sanjeev Coke.


Mafatlal:

20.    The context of the case in Mafatlal was a claim for refund

made by a taxpayer owing to an unconstitutional or illegal levy.

With regard to the arguments made by Sri K Parasaran, learned

senior counsel on the distinction between the constitutional

values as they obtained in countries like United States of

America, Canada United Kingdom and Australia and the Indian

Constitution which has set the goal of “justice, social, economic

and political” – a total restructuring of our society as envisaged

in Articles 38 and 39 of the Constitution, certain observations

were made by the nine-Judge Bench of this Court headed by

learned Ahmadi, C.J. and speaking through Jeevan Reddy, J. in




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                Page 123 of 139
paragraphs 84 to 86. In this context, the observations of Krishna

Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy were extracted, which are very

apposite to the reference under consideration and which read as

under:

       “Constitutional problems cannot be studied in a socio-
       economic vacuum, since socio-cultural changes are the
       source of the new values, and sloughing off old legal
       thought is part of the process of the new equity-loaded
       legality. … It is right that the rule of law enshrined in
       our Constitution must and does reckon with the roaring
       current of change which shifts our social values and
       shrivels our feudal roots, invades our lives and fashion
       our destiny.”


       It is in the above context that reference was made to the

expression “the material resources of the community” and the

exposition by Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy and in Sanjeev

Coke and Abu Kavur Bai. Therefore, those observations could

be construed only in the context of the submissions made in the

said case on the goal of Justice as envisaged under the Indian

Constitution. In this context, the observations of S.C. Sen, J. who

wrote a dissenting opinion are instructive. He said, “Article 39

cannot be a basis for retaining whatever has been gathered

unlawfully by the Government for common good. Simply stated,

the Directive Principles of the State Policy do not license the


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 124 of 139
Government to rob Peter to pay Paul.” They have a persuasive

value. Therefore, those observations may be obiter in nature but

have persuasive value in view of my aforesaid discussion.


21.     In Kolkata Municipal Corporation vs. Bimal Kumar

Shah, 2024 INSC 435 (“Bimal Kumar Shah”), Justice P.S.

Narasimha has observed that “to hold that all private property is

covered by the phrase “material resources of the community” and

that the ultimate aim is state control of private resources would

be incompatible with the constitutional protection detailed

above.”


Summary of Conclusion:

22.    Having regarding to the lengthy discussion made above, it

is necessary to have the summary of conclusions as under:

       I.     Articles 37, 38 and 39 of the Constitution of India

       which are part of the Directive Principles of State Policy

       have to be interpreted by bearing in mind the changing

       economic policies of the State and not in a rigid watertight

       compartment. The flexibility of interpretation is having

       regard to the dynamic changes in the Indian socio-




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 125 of 139
       economic policies meant for the welfare and progress of

       the people of India. An interpretation of the aforesaid

       Articles or for that matter any other provision of the

       Constitution must be viewed in the historical backdrop of

       the period in which the interpretation was made by this

       Court      during       the   course   of   adjudication.   Any

       interpretation which was found to be sound and in

       consonance with the socio-economic policy of the State

       during a particular period of time, cannot be critiqued at

       a later point of time in any quarter including by a court

       of law merely because the socio-economic policies of the

       State have changed over a period of time or there is a

       paradigm shift in the thinking and policies of the State.

       II.    Articles 37 and 38 of the Constitution have to be

       borne in mind by the Courts while considering the validity

       of any policy or statute which intend to further any of the

       Directive Principles of State Policy.

       III.   Article 39(b) has to be read in the context of Article

       39(c). Articles 39(b) and (c) supplement and complement

       each other and cannot be construed in silos.


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                       Page 126 of 139
                   Article 39(b) comprises of following five components,

       namely,

             (i)        ownership and control;
             (ii)       material resources;
             (iii)      of the community;
             (iv)       so distributed; and
             (v)        as best to subserve the common good.


      (i)          The expression “ownership and control” must be

                   given its widest connotation in the context of

                   “distribution    of”   “material   resources    of    the

                   community” “as best to subserve the common good”.

      (ii)         “Material resources” can in the first instance be

                   divided into two basic categories, namely, (i) State

                   owned resources which belong to the State which

                   are essentially material resources of the community,

                   held in public trust by the State; and (ii) privately

                   owned resources. However, the expression “material

                   resources” does not include “personal effects” or

                   “personal   belonging”    of   individuals,    such   as,

                   clothing or apparel, household articles, personal




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                           Page 127 of 139
               jewellery and other articles of daily use belonging to

               the individuals of a household and which are

               intimate and personal in nature and use. Excluding

               “personal      effects”,   all   other   privately   owned

               resources can be construed as “material resources”.

                     Thus, all resources whether they are public

               resources or privately owned resources which come

               within the scope and ambit of the expression

               “material resources” as stated above are included

               within that expression.

       (iii)   “Material resources” which are privately owned

               could be transformed as “material resources of the

               community”, inter alia, in the following five ways:

               a. by nationalisation, which could be either by way

                 of an enactment made by the Parliament or a

                 State legislature or in any other manner in

                 accordance with law;

               b. by acquisition, which could be by way of a special

                 enactment made by the Parliament or a State

                 legislature having regard to Entry 42 – List III of


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                          Page 128 of 139
                 the     Seventh     Schedule   of    the    Constitution.

                 Alternatively, the acquisition could be made

                 under the extant Parliamentary or State laws

                 dealing with acquisition;

              c. by operation of law, such as vesting of private

                 resources in the State, which could be by virtue

                 of statutes dealing with land reforms, land

                 tenures, abolition of inams, village offices or any

                 other law where by operation of law there would

                 be vesting of private material resources in the

                 State or in any other manner in accordance with

                 law;

              d. by purchase of the material resource from private

                 persons        by   the   State,    its    agencies   and

                 instrumentalities in the manner known to law;

                 and

              e. by the private owner of the material resource

                 converting his “material resources” as a “material

                 resource of the community” by donation, gift,




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                           Page 129 of 139
                 creation of an endowment or a public trust or in

                 any other manner known to law.

       (iv)   In (a) to (d) above, the provision of Article 300A

              which is a constitutional right to property has to be

              complied with.

       (v)    The “material resources of the community” have to

              be “distributed as best to subserve the common

              good”. Distribution could be in two ways:

              Firstly, by the State itself retaining the material

              resource for a public purpose and/or for public use;

              and

              Secondly, privately owned material resources when

              converted as “material resources of the community”

              can be distributed to eligible and deserving persons

              either by way of auction, grant, assignment,

              allocation, lease, sale or any other mode of transfer

              known to law either temporarily or permanently

              depending         upon   the   mode   adopted    and

              unconditionally or with conditions depending upon:




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 130 of 139
                 (a) nature of the resource and its inherent
                     characteristics;
                 (b) the impact of the resource on the well-being
                     of the community;
                 (c) the scarcity of the resource;
                 (d) the consequences of such a resource being
                     concentrated in the hands of the private
                     owners; and
                 (e) any such factors.

       (vi)   The expression “common good” would, inter alia,

              mean that the distribution of the “ownership and

              control of material resources of the community”

              would not lead to concentration of the wealth and

              means of production in the hands of few which is a

              Directive Principle in clause (c) of Article 39. Thus,

              “distribution         of     material    resources          of   the

              community” cannot violate the Directive Principle in

              clause (c) of Article 39 of the Constitution.

       IV.    The      majority          judgment     of    this     Court      in

       Ranganatha Reddy and the judgment in Abu Kavur Bai

       relate to nationalisation of contract carriages/State

       carriages       which        were      upheld       by      this    Court.

       Nationalisation of coking coal mines was upheld by this



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                               Page 131 of 139
       Court      in    Sanjeev     Coke.   In   Bhim   Singhji   and

       Basantibai, certain provisions of the Urban Land Ceiling

       Act and the provisions of MHADA respectively were

       upheld on the touchstone of Article 39(b) of the

       Constitution.

              The nine-Judge Bench in Mafatlal referred to the

       judgments of this Court in Ranganatha Reddy, Abu

       Kavur Bai etc. in the context of the submission made

       before, i.e., the Indian Constitution envisages Justice –

       social, economic and political, to all citizens of India as

       enshrined in the preamble. This was by way of an obiter

       but having persuasive value.

My Views to the Conclusions arrived at by the learned Chief
Justice:
23.        My views in response to the conclusions arrived at by the

learned Chief Justice to the reference before this Court are

summarized as under:

      a.    Article 31C to the extent that it was upheld in

            Kesavananda Bharati vs. Union of India remains

            in force.

            My view: I agree.



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                       Page 132 of 139
     b.    The majority judgment in Ranganatha Reddy

           expressly distanced itself from the observations

           made by Justice Krishna Iyer (speaking on behalf of

           the minority of judges) on the interpretation of

           Article 39(b). Thus, a coequal Bench of this Court

           in Sanjeev Coke violated judicial discipline and

           erred by relying on the minority opinion.

           My view: The majority judgment in Ranganatha

           Reddy, no doubt, did not concur with the views of

           Krishna Iyer, J. expressed in his separate opinion.

           However, in Sanjeev Coke the Constitution Bench

           of five-Judges independently upheld what was

           challenged in the said case, namely, the Coking Coal

           Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 and while doing so

           in paragraphs 19 and 20 referred to the observations

           of Krishna Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy and made

           certain observations on the majority judgment in

           Minerva Mills. However, A.N. Sen, J. did not

           express any opinion on the judgment of this Court

           in Minerva Mills.



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                  Page 133 of 139
                 What is significant is that the judgments in

           Ranganatha Reddy as well as in Sanjeev Coke

           upheld       the         respective   Nationalisation   Acts.

           Therefore, on merits it cannot be held that Sanjeev

           Coke violated judicial discipline. One cannot            lose

           sight of the fact that in Sanjeev Coke this Court did

           not decide the case only on the basis of the opinion

           of Krishna Iyer, J. in Ranganatha Reddy but on

           merits on the validity of the Nationalisation Act.

           Therefore, Sanjeev Coke is good law insofar as on

           the merits of the matter is concerned.


     c.    The single-sentence observation in Mafatlal to the

           effect that “material resources of the community”

           include privately owned resources is not part of the

           ratio decidendi of the judgment.             Thus, it is not

           binding on this Court.

           My view: It may be obiter but has great persuasive

           value. The discussion made above may be noted.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                           Page 134 of 139
     d.    The direct question referred to this Bench is whether

           the phrase “material resources of the community”

           used in Article 39(b) includes privately owned

           resources.       Theoretically, the answer is yes, the

           phrase may include privately owned resources.

           However, this Court is unable to subscribe to the

           expansive view adopted in the minority judgment

           authored by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha

           Reddy and subsequently relied on by this Court in

           Sanjeev Coke.             Not every resource owned by an

           individual can be considered a “material resource of

           the community” merely because it meets the

           qualifier of “material needs”.

           My view: Yes, privately owned resources except

           “personal effects” as explained above can come

           within the scope and ambit of the phrase “material

           resources       of       the   community”   provided   such

           resources get transformed as “resources of the

           community” as discussed by me above. To reiterate,




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                         Page 135 of 139
           it would not include personal effects as discussed by

           me in paragraph 7.6 above.

                 In view of my aforesaid discussion, I find that

           the controversy whether every resource owned by an

           individual can be considered as “material resource

           of the community” stands clarified.


     e.    The inquiry about whether the resource in question

           falls within the ambit of Article 39(b) must be

           context-specific and subject to a non-exhaustive list

           of factors such as the nature of the resource and its

           characteristics; the impact of the resource on the

           well-being of the community; the scarcity of the

           resource; and the consequences of such a resource

           being concentrated in the hands of private players.

           The Public Trust Doctrine evolved by this Court may

           also help identify resources which fall within the

           ambit of the phrase “material resource of the

           community”.

           My view: I agree. In addition, I also reiterate my

           discussion and conclusion on how privately owned


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 136 of 139
           material resource can be transformed as “material

           resource of the community”.


     f.    The term “distribution” has a wide connotation. The

           various forms of distribution which can be adopted

           by the state cannot be exhaustively detailed.

           However, it may include the vesting of the concerned

           resources in the state or nationalisation.     In the

           specific case, the Court must determine whether the

           distribution “subserves the common good”.

           My view: The term “distribution” has no doubt a

           wide connotation but vesting in the State of a

           particular privately owned “material resource” or

           nationalisation of the same are only conditions

           precedent to distribution which have to comply with

           Article 300A of the Constitution. Further, a resource

           which has vested in the State or a resource retained

           by a State on nationalisation could be utilised by the

           State to subserve the common good as a material

           resource of the community. The public trust

           doctrine would apply to such material resources.


Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 137 of 139
           Alternatively, the State could decide to actually

           distribute the “material resources of the community”

           to eligible and deserving persons by a way of

           assignment, lease, allotment, grant, etc. The same

           would also come within the scope and ambit of the

           expression “distribution”.


24.    In my view, the judgments of this Court in Ranganatha

Reddy, Sanjeev Coke, Abu Kavur Bai and Basantibai correctly

decided the issues that fell for consideration and do not call for

any interference on the merits of the matters and as explained

above. The observations of the Judges in those decisions would

not call for any critique in the present times.        Neither is it

justified nor warranted.

25.     Reference is answered in the above terms.

26.     The Registry to place the matters before Hon’ble the Chief

Justice of India for seeking orders for being listed before the

appropriate Bench.

27.      I must place on record my sincere appreciation to the

learned Attorney General, learned Solicitor General and their



Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.                   Page 138 of 139
teams, learned senior counsel and learned counsel appearing for

the respective parties and learned instructing counsel for their

valuable assistance to this Bench.




                                     ………………………………J.
                                     (B.V. NAGARATHNA)

NEW DELHI;
NOVEMBER 05, 2024.




Civil Appeal No.1012 of 2002 Etc.               Page 139 of 139
                                                                   1

                                                    REPORTABLE

                IN THE SUPREME COURT OF INDIA

         CIVIL APPELLATE/ORIGINAL JURISDICTION

                 CIVIL APPEAL NO.1012 OF 2002

PROPERTY OWNERS’ ASSOCIATION & ORS. …APPELLANT(S)

                             VERSUS

STATE OF MAHARASHTRA & ORS.                    …RESPONDENT(S)

                              WITH

SLP(C)  No.5777/1992,     SLP(C)  No.5204/1992,    SLP(C)
No.8797/1992, SLP(C) No.7950/1992, SLP(C) No.4367/1992,
W.P.(C) No.934/1992, SLP(C) No.6191-6192/1992, SLP(C)
No.6744/1993, SLP(C) No.2303/1995, SLP(C) No.13467/1995,
W.P.(C) No.660/1998, W.P.(C) No.342/1999,         W.P.(C)
No.469/2000, W.P.(C) No.672/2000 and W.P.(C) No.66/2024
                         JUDGMENT

SUDHANSHU DHULIA, J.

1. I have the advantage of going through the well-researched and erudite judgment of the learned Chief Justice D.Y. Chandrachud. During the hearing of the case itself, it was difficult to ignore the scope and ambit of the reference and that of Article 31-C in light of the amendments and judgements pronounced by 2 this Court, as they had a crucial bearing on the question on Article 39(b) i.e. whether privately owned resources would be a part of “material resources of the community”. Logically, therefore, the arguments which were advanced at the bar, which were both long and scholarly, on both sides, were on these two crucial questions, and it is for this reason that the judgment of learned Chief Justice Chandrachud is in two parts. Part one i.e. Part (C) which is on Article 31-C and part two i.e. (D), which is on Article 39(b). I completely agree with part (C) of the judgment i.e. on Article 31-C.

2. In Part (C), the question which had come up for discussion was whether Article 31-C still protects Article 39(b) and (c) and if it does, then to what extent? The learned senior counsel Shri Zal Andhyarujina, learned counsel Shri Sameer Parekh, learned counsel Mr. H Devarajan for the appellants and learned senior counsel Ms. Uttara Babbar for one of the intervenors, argued at length and submitted that after the decision in Minerva Mills v. Union of India (1980) 3 SCC 625, Article 31-C does not survive, and logically therefore the laws which are made in furtherance of the constitutional provisions contained in Article 39 (b) and (c) will not have the protection of Article 31-C. On the other hand, the learned Attorney General for the respondents i.e., Union of India 3 and Shri Rakesh Dwivedi, Sr. Advocate for the State of West Bengal would argue that even prior to Minerva Mills, the majority in the thirteen Judge Bench decision in Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala, (1973) 4 SCC 225 had upheld the validity of the unamended Article 31-C and to that extent Article 31-C still exists and gives protection to laws made in furtherance of policies in Article 39(b) and (c). We have also heard Shri Tushar Mehta, learned Solicitor General of India and Senior Advocate Shri Gopal Sankaranarayanan on behalf of the respondents.

As I have already expressed my complete agreement on the opinion given by the learned Chief Justice on this point, nothing further needs to be said. The unamended Article 31-C to the extent held valid in Kesavananda Bharati survives.

3. But I am afraid, I cannot accept the finding of the learned Chief Justice on the second part of his judgment i.e., on the meaning of the phrase “material resources of the community” given in Article 39 (b). My reasons for the disagreement are as follows:

The present appeals before us have travelled through three references, which have been discussed by the learned Chief Justice in detail, and finally the reference has been made by a 4 Bench of Seven Judges that the interpretation of Article 39 (b) requires a reconsideration. The reference is as follows:
“5. Having given due consideration, we are of the opinion that this interpretation of Article 39(b) requires to be reconsidered by a Bench of nine learned judges: we have some difficulty in sharing the broad view that material resources of the community under Article 39(b) covers what is privately owned.
6. Given that there is some similarity in the issues here involved and in I.R. Coelho v. State of T.N. [(1999) 7 SCC 580. Ed.: The nine-judge bench decision therein is reported as I.R. Coelho v. State of T.N. , (2007) 2 SCC 1] which already stands referred to a larger Bench, preferably of nine learned Judges, we are of the view that these matters should be heard by a Bench of nine learned Judges immediately following the hearing in I.R. Coelho”.

The question as to whether privately owned resources are part of “material resources of the community” as used in Article 39(b), has been answered by the learned Chief Justice as “yes”, “the phrase may include privately owned resources”, but not in the expansive manner as held by the three learned judges in State of Karnataka v. Ranganatha Reddy (1977) 4 SCC 471 and later in Sanjeev Coke Mfg. Co. v. Bharat Coking Coal Ltd. (1983) 1 SCC 147. The judgment further sets limits on what could be “material resources of the community”.

5

I am unable to accept the above proposition as this view ultimately holds that not all privately owned resources are “material resources of the community”. Not only this it further limits the hands of the legislature to a non-exhaustive list of factors to determine which resources can be considered as “material resources”. In my opinion there is no need for this pre- emptive determination.

The definition of “material resources of the community” was purposely kept in generalized and broad-based terms, with which I intend to deal in some detail later in this judgment. I entirely endorse the view taken by the Three learned Judges in Ranganatha Reddy and by the Five learned Judges in Sanjeev Coke, as to the scope and ambit of “material resources of the community”. Privately owned resources are a part of the “material resources of the community”.

4. The question which is there before us is not simply a legal or constitutional question. The question is as much rooted in our modern and contemporary history, as it is in law. Therefore, discussions on the historical background immediately preceding independence as well as on the debates in the Constituent Assembly are extremely important, in my consideration. 6

5. “We may have democracy, or we may have wealth concentrated in the hands of a few, but we cannot have both.” This expression is attributed to Justice Louis D. Brandeis1, an eminent Jurist and a former Judge of US Supreme Court. Without doubt, when Articles 38 and 39 of the Constitution of India were being incorporated in Part IV of our Constitution, a similar thought dominated the minds of the framers of our Constitution. It is for this reason that Granville Austin calls the Indian Constitution, “first and foremost a social document”.2 Our Constitution is not merely a roadmap for governance, it is also a vision for a just and equitable society. The members of our constituent assembly were freedom fighters, social reformers, scholars and lawyers. The struggle against colonial rule for them was not just to liberate India politically, but also to change it for the better, both socially and economically, as inequality reigned everywhere in our society; inequality of wealth, income and status. India’s freedom struggle therefore was as much a struggle to overthrow the colonial yoke, as it was to remove inequality and poverty from a deeply caste ridden society. Nothing articulates this idea better than the 1 Louis Dembitz Brandeis was an associate Judge on the U.S. Supreme Court from 1916-1939. See MR. JUSTICE BRANDEIS, GREAT AMERICAN: PRESS OPINION & PUBLIC APPRAISAL (The Modern View Press, Saint Louis, 1941), pg.42.

2 GRANVILLE AUSTIN, THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION: CORNERSTONE OF A NATION (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, Second Impression 2000), Pg. 50.

7

closing speech of Dr. B. R. Ambedkar in the Constituent Assembly on November 25, 1949. This is what he had said:

“……We must begin by acknowledging the fact that there is complete absence of two things in Indian Society. One of these is equality. On the social plane, we have in India a society based on the principle of graded inequality which means elevation for some and degradation for others. On the economic plane, we have a society in which there are some who have immense wealth as against many who live in abject poverty. On the 26th of January 1950, we are going to enter into a life of contradictions. In politics we will have equality and in social and economic life we will have inequality. In politics we will be recognizing the principle of one man one vote and one vote one value. In our social and economic life, we shall, by reason of our social and economic structure, continue to deny the principle of one man one value. How long shall we continue to live this life of contradictions? How long shall we continue to deny equality in our social and economic life? If we continue to deny it for long, we will do so only by putting our political democracy in peril. We must remove this contradiction at the earliest possible moment or else those who suffer from inequality will blow up the structure of political democracy which this Assembly has so laboriously built up.”3
6. The Constitution of India has deep roots in our freedom struggle and its Part III and Part IV are the embodiment of the hope that one day the tree of true liberty would bloom in India.4

3 CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. XI, Pg.979. 4 GRANVILLE AUSTIN, THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION: CORNERSTONE OF A NATION (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, Second Impression 2000), Pg. 50. 8

Our effort here should be to find the true meaning of the expression “material resources of the community”, from its historical perspective as well, and not to limit this analysis to legalism alone, considering the nature of the case. Also we have to go beyond textual interpretation. Not because text is not important. It is important, but it is only the starting point, not the end point. The meaning of the text has to be located within the general context.5 This Bench has to answer whether private properties or privately owned resources are included in the phrase “material resources of the community”, given in Article 39(b) of the Constitution of India. This question has engaged much attention of our Court already. Initially the question was referred to a Five Judge Constitution Bench which in turn referred it to a Seven Judge Bench and finally to the present Nine Judge Bench. The journey this reference has taken, has already been covered in detail by the Chief Justice in his judgment, and therefore one need not go into it again.

7. Interpretation of a Constitution is different from interpreting an ordinary statute. The obvious difference is in the importance of 5 AHARON BARAK, THE JUDGE IN A DEMOCRACY (Princeton University Press, 2006), Pg. 308. 9 the Constitution, in the hierarchy of the laws of the land, where the Constitution occupies the highest place. Not only this, all laws must adhere to it, and all other laws directly or indirectly find their source or sustenance from the Constitution. The Constitution therefore sits at the top of the normative pyramid. In his seminal work ‘Purposive Interpretation in Law’, Aharon Barak explains the importance of a Constitution as follows:

“It shapes the character of society and its aspiration throughout history. It establishes a nation’s basic political points of view. It lays the foundation for social values, setting goals, obligations and trends. It is designed to guide human behavior over an extended period of time, establishing the framework for enacting legislation and managing the national government. It reflects the events of the past, lays a politics, society, and law. The unique characteristics of a constitution warrant a special interpretive approach to its interpretation, because “it is a constitution we are expounding”.6 A Constitution is also designed by one generation with an eye towards many future generations to come, so that it is able to

6 AHARON BARAK, PURPOSIVE INTERPRETATION IN LAW (Universal Law Publishing Co., 2007), Pg.

370. 10 withstand the vagaries of times. It is a law having special character.7 While interpreting the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, which is a part of the Canadian Constitution, Chief Justice Dickson of the Canadian Supreme Court wrote:

“The task of expounding a constitution is crucially different from that of construing a statute. A statute defines present rights and obligations. It is easily enacted and as easily repealed. A constitution, by contrast, is drafted with an eye to the future. Its function is to provide a continuing framework for the legitimate exercise of governmental power and, when joined by a Bill or a Charter of rights, for the unremitting protection of individual rights and liberties. Once enacted, its provisions cannot easily be repealed or amended. It must, therefore, be capable of growth and development over time to meet new social, political and historical realities often unimagined by its framers. The judiciary is the guardian of the Constitution and must, in interpreting its provisions, bear these considerations in mind.” 8 In determining the meaning of a provision of a Constitution, we have to explore what was in the minds of the framers of the Constitution and what were the objective realities of the times when it was being written. In other words, there is both a 7 Aharon Barak, Hermeneutics and Constitution Interpretation, 14 CARDOZO L. REV. 767 (1992-
93), Pg. 772.
8 Hunter v. Southam Inc (1984) 2 S.C.R 145, Pg. 156. Also see, AHARON BARAK, PURPOSIVE INTERPRETATION IN LAW, Pgs. 370-371.
11

subjective interpretation and an objective interpretation. The subjective interpretation would be to find out what was in the minds of the framers of the Constitution while incorporating a particular provision. This method, though helpful in getting to the meaning, will alone not help us. The reason is again explained by A. Barak:

“The purpose of the constitutional text is to provide a solid foundation for national existence. It is to embody the basic aspirations of the people. It is to guide future generations by its basic choices. It is to control majorities and protect individual dignity and liberty. All these purposes cannot be fulfilled if the only guide to interpretation is the subjective purposes of the framers of the constitutional text. The constitution will not achieve its purposes if its vision is restricted to the horizons of its founding fathers. Even if we assume the broadest generalizations of subjective purpose, this may not suffice. It may not provide a solid foundation for modern national existence. It may be foreign to the basic aspirations of modern people. It may not be consistent with the dignity and liberty of the modern human being. A constitution must be wiser than its creators”.9 Subjective interpretation alone will not give us the full picture and we have to look at the objective purpose for bringing certain 9 Aharon Barak, Hermeneutics and Constitution Interpretation, 14 CARDOZO L. REV. 767, (1992-

93), Pg. 772.

12

provisions in the Constitution. Thus, in our interpretation of the Constitution both subjective and objective purpose is important.

“The objective purpose of a constitution is the interests, goals, values, aims, policies, and function that the constitutional text is designed to actualize in a democracy. A democratic legal system's values and principles shape the objective purpose of its constitution”.10 What was it that the Constitution sought to achieve. What are the foundations on which it stands. What is its purpose and what are its essential values. The debates of the Constituent Assembly will shed some light on why and for what purpose certain provisions were incorporated in our Constitution. But for this we have to first understand what kind of a society, socially and economically, were we to build and what kind of Constitution we thought would best build that society.

8. The earliest indication of what the Constitution of free India was going to be, can be seen in the Karachi Resolution of the Indian National Congress, adopted in the year 1931, which was read in detail before us by Sri Rakesh Dwivedi, Senior Advocate representing State of West Bengal. Many of the provisions which 10 AHARON BARAK, PURPOSIVE INTERPRETATION IN LAW (Universal Law Publishing Co., 2007), Pg.

377. 13 later came to be incorporated in Part III & IV of the Constitution can be traced to this Resolution. The Karachi Resolution can also be seen as a forerunner to Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy which are the heart and soul of the Indian Constitution.11 The Karachi Resolution, inter alia, visualised the role of State in free India. The resolution, adopted by the All India Congress Committee, states that “the State shall own or control key industries and services, mineral resources, railways, waterways, shipping and other means of transport”12. The resolution speaks of democracy as another name for “socialism” and “socialist principles” of equality, distribution of wealth and grassroot participation of people.

9. The Constituent Assembly, which was formed in 1946, to frame a Constitution for free India consisted of members elected by the newly elected members of the Legislative Assemblies of Provinces (elected in January 1946), as well as nominated members who represented the princely States. What kind of 11 Granville Austin calls Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy as “Conscience of the Constitution”. See GRANVILLE AUSTIN, THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION: CORNERSTONE OF A NATION (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, Second Impression 2000), Pg. 50. 12 A. M ZAIDI et al., THE ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF THE INDIAN NATIONAL CONGRESS (VOL.-10: 1930-1935):

THE BATTLE FOR SWARAJ (S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 1980), Pg. 183.
14
Constitution was to be given to the nation was indicated by Jawahar Lal Nehru in the “Objective Resolution” which he placed before the Constituent Assembly on December 13, 1946. This is a watershed event in the making of the Indian Constitution13, as it sets forth the task and the objects to be achieved by the Constituent Assembly. The task before the Constituent Assembly was “to free India through a new Constitution, to feed the starving people and clothe the naked masses, and to give every Indian the fullest opportunity to develop himself according to capacity.”14 The Objective Resolution moved by Jawaharlal Nehru before the Constituent Assembly, which was adopted by the Assembly in December 1946 speaks of secularism and democratic principles of equality, liberty and fraternity to be a part of our Constitution.
There was an earnest plea before the Assembly by Nehru to adopt socialist principles in order to uplift the economy and the condition of the vast majority of its people from poverty and illiteracy. The Objective Resolution was the harbinger of the constitutional values of distributive justice and social engineering in the Indian Constitution. Many of the provisions later became a part of the

13 RAKESH BATABYAL (ed.), THE PENGUIN BOOK OF MODERN INDIA SPEECHES (Penguin Books, 2007), Pg. 365.

14 It was said by Jawahar Lal Nehru in Constituent Assembly of India on January 22,1947. See CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. II, Pg. 316. 15 Directive Principles, particularly in Articles 38 and 39 of the Constitution of India. This is what was said by Nehru on Dec 13, 1946 while discussing the Objective Resolution:

“Well, I stand for Socialism and, I hope, India will stand for Socialism and that India will go towards the constitution of a Socialist State….. What form of socialism again is another matter for your consideration…. [We avoided an expression which could have given rise to controversy]. Therefore we have laid down, not theoretical words and formulae, but rather the content of the thing we desire.”15 Justice O. Chinnappa Reddy in his book “The Court and the Constitution of India: Summits and Shallows” explains that socialism is another name for humanism: -
“…….After all, what is the essence of Socialism? Socialism is no more than humanism or at any rate the essential step towards humanism. The central problem of socialism (that is, humanism) is the problem of man, and its most essential aspect is that of creating conditions for man’s happiness and full development.”16 Apart from the fact that “socialism” is now a part of our Preamble, many of the provisions in Part IV of the Constitution are rooted in socialist philosophy, such as Articles 38, 39, 39A, 41, 42,

15 CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. I, Pg. 62. 16O. CHINNAPPA REDDY, THE COURT AND THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA: SUMMITS AND SHALLOWS (Oxford University Press, 2008), Pg. 139.

16

43, 43A and 47. A word on socialism, which has a direct influence on Article 38 and Article 39 (b) and (c), would be in order. Socialism, thankfully, is not a rigid concept and over the years has been adopted and adjusted according to the needs of society. ‘Socialism’ in the context of the Indian Constitution is just another name for welfare economy. “Indian socialism is about what the Constitution of India wants to have for the people of India, the establishment of a welfare state.”17 What measures this welfare State has to adopt in a democracy is given in the Charter of Instructions contained in Part IV of the Constitution, that is Directive Principles of State Policy, which we will discuss shortly.

10. In the 1940s, when discussions were on as to what shape the free and independent nation would take, the nascent industrial class in India also understood well that the path independent India was to take will be influenced by socialist principles. The industrial class, though in many ways a beneficiary of the colonial rule, was essentially nationalist in character. It gave broad support to the national movement against imperialism and associated with the nationalist movement both as a segment of Indian society and as a separate and distinct political force; though it did not do so 17 O. CHINNAPPA REDDY, THE COURT AND THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA: SUMMITS AND SHALLOWS (Oxford University Press, 2008), Pg. 137.

17

through direct participation.18 “The Indian capitalist class had developed a long-term contradiction with imperialism while retaining a relationship of short-term dependence on and accommodation with it.”19 Our industrial community understood well, the role of the State in heavy industries and infrastructure, which was inevitable, even desirable, as till that time there was not enough capital in private hands, which could take large scale infrastructural projects, like dams, roads, railways and heavy industries. The industrial class recognised that it was the State alone which has to be the biggest investor and proponent of industrial revolution in India. For this reason in 1944-45, a group of industrialists in India took out a paper called “A Plan Of Economic Development For India”, which is popularly known as the ‘Bombay Plan’.20 Some even refer to it as the Tata-Birla Plan.

The Bombay Plan was a visionary scheme drafted in the year 1944 by the then leaders of Indian industry and commerce. The plan recommended an economic policy for the National 18 BIPAN CHANDRA, NATIONALISM & COLONIALISM IN MODERN INDIA (Orient Longman, 1979), Pg.

158. 19 BIPAN CHANDRA, NATIONALISM & COLONIALISM IN MODERN INDIA (Orient Longman, 1979), Pg.

145. 20 SIR P.THAKURDAS, JRD TATA et al., A PLAN OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT FOR INDIA (PART II) (1944). Also see SANJAY BARU (ed.), THE BOMBAY PLAN (Rupa Publications India Pvt Ltd., 2018), Pg. 292.

18

government, which would soon be taking power. The following were the prominent signatories to the plan:

1. JRD Tata, one of India's pioneer industrialists.
2. G. D. Birla, the leader of the Birla group of industries.
3. Sir Ardeshir Dalal, an able administrator and technocrat.
4. Lala Shriram, a prominent north Indian industrialist.
5. Kasturbhai Lalbhai, a famous Indian Industrialist.
6. D. Shroff, director of a number of prominent industries including a few of the Tata group.
7. John Mathai, professor of economics at Madras University and a political personality.
8. Purushottamdas Thakurdas, a Bombay based businessman and business leader.

According to the Bombay Plan, per capita income in the country would double in 15 years from the implementation of the plan. It also laid down policies and methods for securing a better standard of living, improving medical and educational conditions. It also aimed at increasing agricultural production by 130% mainly through promotion of cooperative farming.

But it is the second part of the Bombay plan which is relevant here, where it recognised nationalisation of key industries and the dominant role of the State in the economic development of the 19 Country. It accepted as fait accompli the dominant role of socialism in the economic policies of the national government, but was nevertheless determined to retain and carve out a new space for private capital. It admitted that the existing system based on private enterprise and ownership has not provided the desired results, particularly in the distribution of national income and sought to overcome the weaknesses of private enterprises. This is what the Bombay plan says:

“...On the one hand, we recognize that the existing economic organization, based on private enterprise and ownership, has failed to bring about a satisfactory distribution of the national income. On the other hand, we feel that in spite of its admitted shortcomings, it possesses certain features which have stood the test of time and have enduring achievements to their credit. While it would be unwise to blind ourselves to the obvious weaknesses of the present system, we think it would be equally a mistake to uproot an organization which has worked with a fair measure of success in several directions.”21 According to Professor Aditya Mukherjee, through the Bombay Plan the industrial class in India sought a compromise in the inevitable socialist pattern of our national economy:
“The attempt was to incorporate ‘whatever is sound and feasible in the socialist movement' and see 'how far socialist demands could be accommodated without capitalism surrendering any of its essential features'.

21 SIR P. THAKURDAS, JRD TATA et al., Introductory, in A PLAN OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT FOR INDIA (PART II) (1944). Also see SANJAY BARU (ed.), THE BOMBAY PLAN (Rupa Publications India Pvt Ltd., 2018), Pg. 292.

20

The eventual plan (Bombay Plan) was, therefore, to seriously take up the questions of equitable distribution, partial nationalization, etc., with this objective clearly in mind. 'A consistent ... programme of reforms' was the 'most effective remedy against violent social upheavals”. 22 The purpose of discussing the Bombay Plan is to demonstrate that the 1940s and early 1950s were an era when socialist principles were acceptable to all classes, though with reservations. The young nation short of capital, took a conscious decision to imbibe these principles not only in its economy but also thought it prudent to include some of the provisions in Part IV of the Constitution; the Directive Principles of State Policies.

11. Coming now to the Directive Principles of State Polices. On November 4, 1948, while presenting the draft Constitution to the Constituent Assembly Dr. B. R. Ambedkar elaborated each provision of the Constitution, and laid particular stress on the Directive Principles of State Policies:

“The Directive Principles are like the Instruments of Instructions which were issued to the Governor- General and to the Governors of the colonies and to those of India by the British Government under the 1935 Act. Under the Draft Constitution it is 22 ADITYA MUKHERJEE, POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COLONIAL AND POST-COLONIAL INDIA (PRIMUS BOOKS, 2022), Pg.192.
21

proposed to issue such instruments to the President and to the Governors. The texts of these Instruments of Instructions will be found in Schedule IV of the Constitution. What are called Directive Principles is merely another name for Instruments of Instructions. The only difference is that they are instructions to the Legislature and the Executive. Such a thing is to my mind to be welcomed. Wherever there is a grant of power in general terms for peace, order and good government, it is necessary that is should be accompanied by instructions regulating its exercise.

The Inclusion of such instructions in a Constitution such as is proposed in the Draft becomes justifiable for another reason. The Draft Constitution as framed only provides a machinery for the government of the country. It is not a contrivance to install any particular party in power as has been done in some countries. Who be, if the system is to satisfy the tests of democracy. But whoever captures power will not be free to do what he likes with it. In the exercise of it, he will have to respect these Instruments of Instructions which are called Directive Principles. He cannot ignore them. He may not have to answer for their breach in a Court of Law. But he will certainly have to answer for them before the electorate at election time. What great value these Directive Principles possess will be realised better when the forces of right contrive to capture power.”23 Directive Principles of State Policy incorporated in Part IV of the Constitution of India were therefore to be the “vehicles” for the change of a backward and semi feudal society, towards a journey for a modern and equitable society. Socialist principles were 23 CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. VII, Pg. 41. 22 thought to be necessary in making economic policies of the State if this change was to become a reality. For a fair distribution of wealth and resources, and for removal of inequality Articles 38 and 39 of the Constitution were incorporated, which largely contain the democratic and socialist principles of equality and fair distribution.

12. Initially when Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy were debated and discussed in the Constituent Assembly, they were to be a part of the same group of rights. Together they were to be the conscience of the Constitution.24 It was only later that a division was made between them on the basis of justiciable and non-justiciable rights; one being placed in Part III and the other in Part IV of the Constitution. Directive Principles, as we know, are not enforceable by any court, but as it has been stressed multiple times by this Court, these are nevertheless the principles which are fundamental for the governance of the country. This is what Article 37 of the Constitution mandates:

“37. Application of the principles contained in this Part. – The provisions contained in this Part shall not be enforceable by any court, but the principles therein laid down are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the country and 24 GRANVILLE AUSTIN, THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION: CORNERSTONE OF A NATION (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, Second Impression 2000), Pg. 50.
23

it shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.” The heart and soul of Part IV is Article 38 of the Constitution of India, which reads as under:

“38. State to secure a social order for the promotion of welfare of the people. – (1) The State shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting as effectively as it may a social order in which justice, social, economic and political, shall inform all the institutions of the national life.
(2) The State shall, in particular, strive to minimise the inequalities in income, and endeavour to eliminate inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities, not only amongst individuals but also amongst groups of people residing in different areas or engaged in different vocations.” Article 39 of the Constitution of India, which is to be interpreted by us, has to be read in light of Articles 37 and 38. Article 39 reads as under:
“39. Certain principles of policy to be followed by the State. – The State shall, in particular, direct its policy towards securing—
(a) that the citizens, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood;
(b) that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as best to subserve the common good;
(c) that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment;
24
(d) that there is equal pay for equal work for both men and women;
(e) that the health and strength of workers, men and women, and the tender age of children are not abused and that citizens are not forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their age or strength;
(f) that children are given opportunities and facilities to develop in a healthy manner and in conditions of freedom and dignity and that childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and against moral and material abandonment.” Not just the above provisions, but several other provisions in the Directive Principles are based on socialist philosophy of a welfare State. These are:
Article 39A – Equal justice and free legal aid25. Article 41 – Right to work, to education and to public assistance in certain cases.
Article 42 – Provision for just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief. Article 43 – Living wage, etc., for workers.
Article 43A - Participation of workers in management of industries26.
Article 47 – Duty of the State to raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living and to improve public health.
25 Inserted by s.8 of the Constitution (Forty-Second Amendment) Act, 1976. 26 Inserted by s.9 of the Constitution (Forty-Second Amendment) Act, 1976.
25

Directive Principles are non-justiciable and therefore Courts cannot direct an authority to implement any of the Directive Principles contained in Part IV of the Constitution, unlike in Part III, the Fundamental Rights. But then should the Courts come in the way of the State which brings a law in furtherance of the Directive Principles? Is the State not following its charter of instructions which are “fundamental in the governance of the Country”? In my opinion, since the directive principles are fundamental in the governance of the Country, the Courts should best apply restraint, unless such implementation is destroying the core principles of the Constitution.

Directive Principles of State Policy lay down the goals which can only be achieved in a welfare economy. The philosophy behind Directive Principles is the welfare of the community, that is removal of poverty, inequality and ensuring fair distribution of wealth. These are some of its governing features. It has never been its aim to generate profit and wealth for individuals.

13. Introduction of Directive Principles in our Constitution was a unique and innovative attempt by the framers of the Constitution, as it had till then hardly any precedent in the written Constitutions of the world, except the Irish Constitution, from where these 26 principles have largely been borrowed. It was still an innovative step for it expands and elaborates Directive Principles, unlike as given in the Irish Constitution. While moving the Constitution (First Amendment) Bill, 1951 in Parliament, the Prime Minister said this:

“The Constitution lays down certain Directive Principles of State Policy and after long discussions we agreed to them and they point out the way we have got to travel. The Constitution also lays down certain Fundamental Rights. Both are important. The Directive Principles of State Policy represent a dynamic move towards a certain objective. The Fundamental Rights represent something static, to preserve certain rights which exist. Both again are right”.27 Again, while moving the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Bill, 195428 the Prime Minister stressed on the importance of Directive Principles and held them to be more important than Fundamental Rights, it was said as under:
“I would like to draw the attention of the house to something that is not adequately stressed either in the Parliament or in the Country. We stress greatly and argue in Courts of Law about the Fundamental Rights. Rightly so, but there is such a thing also as the Directive Principles of Constitution… Those are, as the Constitution says, the fundamentals in the governance of the Country … if, … there is an inherent contradiction in the Constitution between 27 See JUSTICE O. CHINNAPPA REDDY, THE COURT AND THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA: SUMMITS AND SHALLOWS (Oxford University Press, 2008), Pgs. 74-75. 28 This bill led to the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, 1955.
27

the Fundamental Rights and the Directive Principles of State Policy,…. It is up to this Parliament to remove the contradiction and make the Fundamental Rights subserve the Directive Principles of the State Policy”.29 At the same time, another Member of Parliament M.S. Gurupadaswamy, while speaking on the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Bill, 1954 underlined the importance of Directive Principles of State Policy and its purpose:

“I may point out that the rights that have been given in the chapter on Directive Principles are more fundamental than some of the so called Fundamental Rights. I feel that the principles enunciated in Part III and Part IV of the Constitution are inconsistent in a way… it is unfortunate that the Directive Principles are treated as less important than the so called Fundamental Rights. Some of the Directive Principles seem to be more fundamental than the Fundamental Rights. The Fundamental Rights chapter deals only with liberal rights of individuals and they seem to conform to the old school of thought which has outlived its utility, the school of utilitarians and the liberals. As against this the principles enunciated in Part IV approach a Socialist pattern. The sincerity or the goodness of this government will be judged by how far they go to implement these Directive Principles. It is very easy to stick to Fundamental Rights and appear progressive while doing nothing to reduce class difference. But real liberty will have no meaning unless there is economic equality”.30 29 See JUSTICE O. CHINNAPPA REDDY, THE COURT AND THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA: SUMMITS AND SHALLOWS (Oxford University Press, 2008), Pgs. 74-75. 30 See JUSTICE O. CHINNAPPA REDDY, THE COURT AND THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA: SUMMITS AND SHALLOWS (Oxford University Press, 2008), Pgs. 74-75.
28

14. To reiterate, the purpose of the Directive Principles is the welfare of the people and of the community. Provisions in Part IV of the Constitution of India are directions to the State to bring such legislation which would make the ‘Welfare State’ a reality, as it will be the deeds of a ‘Welfare State’ which will truly make it a ‘Welfare State’. Directive Principles have no meaning if they remain in the Constitution as a pious precept, as some members of the Constituent Assembly believed.31 Directive Principles must be enforced through law. When and how it is done will depend on our Parliament and State legislatures as it is in their domain, but do they must, for these are “fundamental for the governance of the Country”. Directive Principles of State Policy are the guide maps which will take our State towards a ‘Welfare State’. Justice O. Chinnappa Reddy in Chapter 9 of his book32 writes:

“To any person interested in the building up of a welfare state, it is clear that the Directive Principles of State Policy are at least as fundamental as the Fundamental Rights and far more important from the point of view of the objectives to be attained as stated in the preamble which is the key to the Constitution. It is a mistake to suppose, with due respect to some eminent judges who so supposed, 31 P.S. Deshmukh said “We do not want to depend on mere platitudes and pious wishes” (CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. V, Pg.341). N. Ahmad referred to them as “pious expressions” (CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. VII, Pg. 225). B. Das called them “pious hopes and wishes” (CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. VII, Pg. 539). Kazi Syed Karimuddin also called them “pious wishes” (CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. VII, Pg. 473). 32 See JUSTICE O. CHINNAPPA REDDY, THE COURT AND THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA: SUMMITS AND SHALLOWS (Oxford University Press, 2008), Pg. 76.
29

that the Fundamental Rights are more ‘transcendental’ or ‘primordial’ than the Directive Principles. The difference between the Fundamental Rights and the Directive Principles lies in this that the Fundamental Rights are aimed at assuring political freedom to citizens by protecting them against excessive state action while the Directive Principles are aimed at securing social and economic freedoms for citizens by state action. The one is concerned with the rights of citizens vis-à-vis the state while the other is concerned with the duties of the state vis-à-vis the body of citizens. In the words of Ambedkar, the Fundamental Rights make India a political democracy and the Directive Principles would make it a social and economic democracy.” It is in the Directive Principles of State Policy that we find a vision of the social revolution that the framers had in mind for our Country. It aimed at making people of India free in a positive sense, “free from the passivity engendered by centuries of coercion by society and by nature, free from the abject physical conditions that had prevented them from fulfilling their best selves”.33

15. In the beginning of our functioning as a new Republic, the non-enforceability of Directive Principles vis-à-vis the Fundamental Rights weighed with the Courts as well as some 33 GRANVILLE AUSTIN, THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION: CORNERSTONE OF A NATION (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, Second Impression 2000), Pg. 51.

30

prominent “Legal Scholars”34, which resulted in the importance and significance of Directive Principles being undermined.

In State of Madras v. Champakam Dorairajan 1951 SCC OnLine SC 30, this Court held as under:

“…..The Directive Principles of State Policy which by Article 37 are expressly made enforceable by a court cannot override the provisions found in Part III which, notwithstanding other provisions are expressly made enforceable by appropriate writs, orders or directions under Article 32. The Chapter on Fundamental Rights is sacrosanct and not liable to be abridged by any legislative or executive act or order except to the extent provided in the particular Article in Part III. The Directive Principles of State Policy have to conform to and run subsidiary to the Chapter on Fundamental Rights. In our opinion that is the correct way in which the provisions found in Parts III and IV have to be understood….”35
16. A subtle change is seen later in the interpretation of Directive Principles, where the Court could see that an attempt should be made to harmoniously construct Directive Principles with Fundamental Rights. In In Re: Kerala Education Bill, 1957, 1958 SCC OnLine SC 8, this Court states as under:
“….The directive principles of State policy have to conform to and run as subsidiary to the Chapter on Fundamental Rights… nevertheless, in determining

34 H.M. Seervai has been extremely critical of the role of directive principles, to the extent of considering it almost superfluous and unnecessary. 35 1951 SCC OnLine SC 30, para 15.

31

the scope and ambit of the fundamental rights relied on by or on behalf of any person or body the court may not entirely ignore these directive principles of State policy laid down in Part IV of the Constitution but should adopt the principle of harmonious construction and should attempt to give effect to both as much as possible.”36 In Mohd. Hanif Quareshi and others v. State of Bihar and others 1957 SCC OnLine 629, this Court again stresses on harmonious interpretation:

“…….a harmonious interpretation has to be placed upon the Constitution and so interpreted it means that the State should certainly implement the directive principles but it must do so in such a way that its laws do not take away or abridge the fundamental rights.”37
17. The Constitution mandates that the Parliament and the legislative bodies of the States must apply Directive Principles in making their laws. They would be failing in their duty if they ignore this Constitutional mandate. It will be the same for the Courts if they fail to enforce Fundamental Rights which are enshrined in Part III of the Constitution. These are coordinate functions and must be performed in harmony38. The earlier position taken by this

36 1958 SCC OnLine SC 8, para 8.

37 1957 SCC OnLine SC 629, para 12.

38 P.K. TRIPATHY, SPOTLIGHTS ON CONSTITUTIONAL INTERPRETATION (N.M Tripathi Pvt. Ltd., 1972), Pg. 295.

32

Court in judgments cited above, in my opinion, did not reflect the correct position of the Constitution. An extremely eloquent expression underlining the significance of Directive Principles was given by Justice Y.V. Chandrachud in Kesavananda Bharati:

“…..As I look at the provisions of Parts III and IV, I feel no doubt that the basic object of conferring freedoms on individuals is the ultimate achievement of the ideal set out in Part IV. A circumspect use of the freedoms guaranteed by Part III is bound to subserve the common good but voluntary submission to restraints is a philosopher's dream. Therefore Article 37 enjoins the State to apply the Directive Principles in making laws. The freedoms of a few have then to be abridged in order to ensure the freedom of all. It is in this sense that Parts III and IV, as said by Granville Austin, together constitute the 'conscience of the Constitution’. The Nation stands today at the cross-roads of history and exchanging the time honoured place of the phrase, may I say that the Directive Principles of State Policy should not be permitted to become 'a mere rope of sand'. If the State fails to create conditions in which the fundamental freedoms could be enjoyed by all, the freedom of the few will be at the mercy of the many and then all freedoms will vanish. In order, therefore, to preserve their freedom, the privileged few must part with a portion of it.”39 Kesavananda Bharati, is a landmark decision which is notable for the strong but positive rupture it makes in our Constitutional journey and lays down a new path of Constitutional

39 (1973) 4 SCC 225, para 2120.

33

understanding and interpretation with its “basic structure” doctrine. Kesavananda Bharati also firmly establishes the importance of directive principles in our Constitution and in interpretation of the legislative measures which have been brought about for the enforcement of Directive Principles.

Later, in Minerva Mills, Justice Y.V. Chandrachud further reiterates this position:

“Part III and Part IV are like two wheels of a chariot, one no less important than the other. In other words, Indian Constitution is founded on the bedrock of the balance between Parts III and IV. This harmony and balance between Fundamental Rights and the Directive Principles is an essential feature of the Basic Structure of the Constitution.”40 In State of Kerala v. N.M. Thomas (1976) 2 SCC 310, Justice K. K. Mathew while concurring with the majority opinion blends equality in Article 14 and 16 with Part IV of the Constitution of India. What he says is extremely relevant:
“Today, the political theory which acknowledges the obligation of Government under Part IV of the Constitution to provide jobs, medical care, old age pension, etc., extends to human rights and imposes an affirmative obligation to promote equality and liberty. The force of the idea of a State with obligation to help the weaker sections of its members seems to have increasing influence in

40 (1980) 3 SCC 625, para 56.

34

constitutional law. The idea finds expression in a number of cases in America involving social discrimination and also in the decisions requiring the State to offset the effects of poverty by providing counsel, transcript of appeal, expert witnesses, etc. Today, the sense that Government has affirmative responsibility for elimination of inequalities, social, economic or otherwise, is one of the dominant forces in constitutional law. While special concessions for the underprivileged have been easily permitted, they have not traditionally been required. Decisions in the areas of criminal procedure, voting rights and education in America suggest that the traditional approach may not be completely adequate. In these areas, the inquiry whether equality has been achieved no longer ends with numerical equality; rather the equality clause has been held to require resort to a standard of proportional equality which requires the State, in framing legislation, to take into account the private inequalities of wealth, of education and other circumstances”.41 In State of Gujarat v. Mirzapur Moti Kureshi Kassab Jamat and others (2005) 8 SCC 534, this Court held that such restrictions which aim at fulfilling the Directive Principles are reasonable as long as they do not run in “clear conflict” with Fundamental Rights.

A scholarly study on the decisions of Supreme Court of India on social rights divides the period so far in three phases. The initial phase in the 1950s, 60s and even early 70s was a time when by 41 (2005) 8 SCC 534, para 67.

35

and large this Court treated Directive Principles as subservient to Fundamental Rights. The second phase is when this Court spoke about harmony between the two sets of rights and then the third phase beginning in the 80s and 90s was when some of the rights which fall in Part IV were read as part of fundamental right to life with dignity.42

18. In his acknowledged scholarly work (the three volumes on Constitution of India), H.M. Seervai holds Directive Principles of State Policy of little significance. In the Fourth Edition of his Book “Constitutional Law of India” he has this to say about the Directive Principles:

“… To my knowledge, no one had been able to dispute the proposition that if directive principles had not been enacted, or are struck out, nothing would have happened, and, in my submission, it is incapable of being disputed. However, the answer to the second question, “What would have happened if fundamental rights had not been enacted or are struck out?” is that the result would have been a disaster and our country would have been in danger of being converted into a dictatorship and Police State”.43 The learned scholar expressed his scepticism on the importance of Directive Principles and held them to be superfluous and 42 SHYLASHRI SHANKAR, SCALING JUSTICE: THE SUPREME COURT, SOCIAL RIGHTS AND CIVIL LIBERTIES IN INDIA (Oxford University Press, 2009), Pg. 124. 43 H.M. SEERVAI, CONSTITUTIONAL LAW OF INDIA (4th Ed., Vol. II, 1993), Pgs. 1923-1924.
36

unnecessary, and his reasons are at least partly based on the fact that a large number of democratic countries do not have Directive Principles and they are also not necessary for a welfare State44. However, as I write this opinion, about a dozen countries in the world have adopted Directive Principles, in one way or the other, in their Constitution, apart from Ireland and India.

Lael K. Weis in her article ‘Constitutional Directive Principles’45 cites examples of eleven Countries (mostly African Countries) who have borrowed the “Drafting Formula” from the Indian Constitution. In other words, some of the principles in the Directive Principles of State Policy of the Indian Constitution have been made a part of the Constitution of other countries. These are:

Constitution of Papua New Guinea, 1975; Constitution of United Republic of Tanzania, 1977; Constitution of Sri Lanka, 1978;
Constitution of Zambia, 1991; Constitution of Ghana, 1992;
Constitution of Uganda, 1995; Constitution of Gambia, 1996;
Constitution of Eritrea, 1997; Constitution of Nigeria, 1999;
Constitution of Swaziland, 2005 and Constitution of Nepal, 2015.
44
H.M. SEERVAI, CONSTITUTIONAL LAW OF INDIA (4th Ed., Vol. II, 1993), Pg. 1932; “The framers of our Constitution borrowed the idea of enacting directive principles from the Irish Constitution. However, a large number of free democratic countries, federal and unitary, have no directive principles. And contemporary history shows that the enactment of directive principles is not necessary for introducing a welfare State.” 45 Lael K. Weis, Constitutional Directive Principles, 37 (4) OXFORD JOURNAL OF LEGAL STUDIES 916 (2017), Pg. 923.
37

In our Constitutional journey, without doubt, it is the provisions of Part III as well as that of Part IV, Fundamental Rights as well as Directive Principles, which have played the major role in influencing our society, politically, socially and economically. It is not without reason that Granville Austin calls Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy, together, as the conscience of the Constitution.

19. Coming back to the direct question before this Court on “material resources of the community”. A Three Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in Ranganatha Reddy and later a Five Judge Constitution Bench in Sanjeev Coke and then to some extent even a Nine Judge Constitution Bench in Mafatlal Industries v. Union of India (1997) 5 SCC 536 had no difficulty in answering the question that “material resources of the community” includes privately owned resources. There is no judgment of this Court which has interpretated the phrase “material resources of the community”, in any other manner, or has held that private property is not a part of material resources of the community. Only doubts have been raised, and it is on these ‘doubts’ that this Nine Judge Bench has finally been constituted to give its verdict. 38

There should be no confusion that the expression “material resources of the community” used in Article 39(b) includes privately owned resources. This has been the consistent view of this Court, as already referred above. It could not have been otherwise. To my mind a reference to material resources in Article 39 (b) without privately owned resources being a part of it, does not even make any sense. It is only when we include privately owned resources, as a part of the “material resources of the community” that the purpose of Articles 38 and 39 is fully realised. It is only then that the socialist and democratic principles incorporated in our Constitution get their true meaning. The aims and objects of our freedom fighters, their vision for a just and equitable society, the extensive debates in the Constituent Assembly, the provisions incorporated in Part IV, even other than Article 39 (b), all have to be taken into consideration and they leave us with no doubt that privately owned resources are a part of “material resources of the community”, as given in Article 39(b).

Let us imagine the opposite. What if privately owned resources are not a part of “material resources of the community”? It would then mean that material resources will include only public resources. But public resources are in any case meant to serve 39 the public. It is only when “private ownership” and “private property” are included in “material resources” that the provision acquires a meaning. We also have to read clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 together, and in light of Article 38 of the Constitution of India, in order to get a better perspective. Article 39(c) mandates that our economic system should not result in concentration of wealth and means of production (in a few hands). Material resources (both private and public) of the community must subserve the common good. The debates in the Constituent Assembly show that efforts made by some of the members to specify the scope of material resources were turned down for this reason.

There is another aspect to the matter. In case private property or privately owned resources are not considered as a part of “material resources of the community”, and it would only include public resources and public property then the laws which are made for enforcement of these Directive Principles do not actually require the protection of Article 31-C. Protection of Article 31-C is only required when private property and privately owned resources are being acquired to subserve the common good and while doing so it is violating Article 14 and 19 of the Constitution 40 of India. When public resources are being utilised for common good, there is no violation of Article 14 and 19 of the Constitution of India and consequently there is no requirement of Article 31-C. As we have already referred in the preceding paragraphs, the unamended Article 31-C to the extent its validity has been upheld in Kesavananda Bharati still stands as a part of the Constitution and exists as a protective umbrella to the laws which are made in pursuance of Article 39 (b) and (c) of the Constitution of India.

The unamended Article 31-C to the extent held valid in Kesavananda Bharati is a part of the Constitution and protects the laws made in pursuance of Article 39 (b) and (c). This has also been discussed in detail in Minerva Mills, Waman Rao & Others v. Union of India (1981) 2 SCC 362 and also in Sanjeev Coke.

20. During the Constituent Assembly debates, an amendment was moved by one of the members, Mr. K. T. Shah, who proposed to elaborate as to what would be “material resources of the community”. According to him, these would include all the natural resources, minerals, etc. This amendment was turned down by the Assembly. Dr. Ambedkar while denying this amendment also gave his reasons, which were that it is always better to keep some expressions in general terms since these are being incorporated in 41 a Constitution. In case one elaborates the phrase “material resources”, the Constituent Assembly would be arresting and limiting its meaning. From this it can also be deducted that according to Dr. Ambedkar, a generalised term would include the entire resources of the community, including private property, and that also seemed to be the general consensus.

The precise reasons given by Dr. Ambedkar while disagreeing with the proposed amendment were as under:

“I think the language that has been used in the Draft is a much more extensive language which also includes the particular propositions which have been moved by Professor Shah, and I therefore do not see the necessity for substituting these limited particular clauses for the clauses which have been drafted in general language deliberately for a set purpose. I therefore oppose his second and third amendments”.46 What is important here is that, in turning down the proposed amendment of Shri Shah, the Constituent Assembly did not think it correct to limit “material resources” to specified resources alone and it was deliberately left as a broad-based term – “material resources of the community”.
46 CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. VII, Pgs. 518-19.
42

In doing so, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar showed great wisdom and acumen as the Chairman of the Drafting Committee of the Constitution. He understood well that the Constituent Assembly is not in the process of making an ordinary statute, it was the Constitution which was being made. A Constitution has to be drafted in a manner to withstand the test of several years and generations, and therefore, by necessity certain provisions and words have to be in general terms, which is referred to as ‘Majestic Generalizations’.

21. A. Barak assigns three reasons as to why in a Constitution some expressions have to be broad based and in general terms; of which two are important. The first is because the constitutional text expresses a general agreement of the Constituent Assembly (as was the case in India). “In order to reach agreement, nations generally must confine themselves to opaque and open-ended terms, reflecting their ability to reach consensus only at a high level of abstraction”.47 The second is that the constitutional text is designed to regulate human behaviour of future generations, therefore, by 47 AHARON BARAK, PURPOSIVE INTERPRETATION IN LAW (Universal Law Publishing Co., 2007), Pg.

372. 43 necessity the language which has to be adopted should be flexible enough to include new viewpoints, positions and modes of behaviour which cannot be predicted at the time when the Constitution is being written. “Otherwise, the constitutional text would be obsolete the day it is enacted. At the same time, a constitutional text must be definitive enough to bind the branches of government and prevent them from behaving in the future, in a way that is contrary to the viewpoints, positions, and social behavior that the text seeks to preserve. The language of a constitutional text must be both rigid and flexible. “Air valves” or open-ended terms that can be interpreted in a number of ways serve this purpose. Constitutions define human rights in open-textured terms, using “majestic generalities”.48 Dr. Ambedkar understood these concepts well and therefore as we have seen “material resources of the community” was not elaborated. In my opinion, the purpose was not to restrict the meaning of “material resources”, by restricting the phrase only to a few given names (as Sri K.T. Shah had proposed) but to leave it to the legislature to include any material resource which would 48AHARON BARAK, PURPOSIVE INTERPRETATION IN LAW (Universal Law Publishing Co., 2007), Pgs. 372-373. Also see Fay v. New York 332 U.S. (1947) (Jackson, J.), Pg. 261, 282. 44 subserve common good. The choice of the words “material resources” and not “natural resources”, is also significant.

22. Again, the words ‘ownership’ and ‘control’ have to be interpreted both conjunctively and disjunctively depending on the purpose and wisdom of the legislatures. At times, both ownership and control of material resources are required for public purpose while at some other instances it would not be necessary to acquire the ownership but only control of these resources. Shri Tushar Mehta, the learned Solicitor General of India, laid particular emphasis on this aspect. It will depend from fact to fact, situation to situation, and that should always be left to the wisdom of the legislative bodies, as the learned Attorney General Sri R. Venkataramani and Sri Gopal Sankarnarayanan, Senior Advocate (representing State of West Bengal) would also argue.

23. The first clear opinion by the Supreme Court on privately owned resources being a part of the “material resources of the community”, though by a minority of three judges, is in Ranganatha Reddy. The State of Karnataka had challenged before this Court, the order of the Karnataka High Court, which had set aside a government scheme and also the provisions in the Karnataka Contract Carriages (Acquisition) Act, 1976 (hereinafter 45 referred to as “Karnataka Act”) for acquisition of all private owned transport buses, which were to be plied by the state-owned corporation. The object and reasons of the Act showed that this was being done to implement Article 39 (b) and (c) of the Constitution. The High Court, however, held that there was no “public purpose” in the acquisition. This order of the High Court was set aside by the Seven Judge Bench, where all the Judges were unanimous in holding that the High Court was wrong in setting aside the scheme of the Government as it was indeed for a “public purpose”. This was done by making a harmonious construction and reading down certain provisions of the Act. Three Judges (Justice V.R. Krishna Iyer, Justice P.N. Bhagwati and Justice Jaswant Singh) out of the seven, in their concurring but separate opinion went ahead to emphasise as to what the expression “material resources of the community” would mean in Article 39(b) of the Constitution of India. This opinion is significant for it is here that we get a clear and unequivocal description of what constitutes “material resources of the community”. It is respectfully stated that this opinion holds the field even today and has been followed by the Five Judge Bench in Sanjeev Coke and later in many other cases.

46

24. Although Shri Tushar Mehta, the learned Solicitor General of India, argued at length to convince this Court that the observations in Mafatlal are not obiter dicta and it is a binding precedent for this Court, the argument is not entirely convincing. In Mafatlal, the question before this Court primarily was of unjust enrichment. The observations of Justice Jeevan Reddy are only incidental and were not related to the core issue. I agree with the learned Chief Justice on this point and I adopt the detailed reasoning given by him in holding that the majority opinion in Mafatlal constitutes obiter dicta and is not binding on this Court.

25. Now coming back to Ranganatha Reddy, the reason why a separate opinion was required, was explained by Justice V.R. Krishna Iyer and the other two Judges, as under:

“Because, to put it simplistically, a legislation for the nationalisation of contract carriages by the Karnataka State, where provision has been made for fair compensation under present circumstances, has still been struck down by the High Court on the surprising grounds of absence of public purpose, illusoriness of compensation State takeover being beyond the orbit of Article 39(b) and the like, and to express ourselves emphatically in reversal ... on the obvious, yet basic, issue we itemise below which is necessary to obviate constitutional derailment again. The public sector, in our constitutional system, is so strategic a tool in the national plan for transformation from stark poverty to social justice, transcending administrative and judicial allergies, that the questions raised and rulings thereon are of 47 larger import for the country than one particular legislation and its vires and one particular Government and its policies. What are those disturbing interrogatories?”49 The Three Judges have given a very wide meaning to the term material resources, stating:
“81……….. material resources of the community in the context of re-ordering the national economy embraces all the national wealth, not merely natural resources, all the private and public sources of meeting material needs, not merely public possessions. Every thing of value or use in the material world is material resource and the individual being a member of the community his resources are part of those of the community. To exclude ownership of private resources from the coils of Article 39(b) is to cipherise its very purpose of redistribution the socialist way. A directive to the State with a deliberate design to dismantle feudal and capitalist citadels of property must be interpreted in that spirit and hostility to such a purpose alone can be hospitable to the meaning which excludes private means of production or goods produced from the instruments of production”.50 (Emphasis supplied) After Ranganatha Reddy, comes the unanimous decision of the Five Judge Bench of this Court in Sanjeev Coke where ‘material resources’ were held to be as follows:-
“And material resources of the community in the context of reordering the national economy embraces all the national wealth, not merely 49 (1977) 4 SCC 471, para 40.
50 (1977) 4 SCC 471, para 81.
48

natural resources, all the private and public sources of meeting material needs, not merely public possessions. Every thing of value or use in the material world is material resource and the individual being a member of the community his resources are part of those of the community. To exclude ownership of private resources from the coils of Article 39(b) is to cipherise its very purpose of redistribution the socialist way.” It then goes on to say this:

“We hold that the expression “material resources of the community” is not confined to natural resources; it is not confined to resources owned by the public; it means and includes all resources, natural and man-made, public and private- owned”.51

26. Since Sanjeev Coke there has been a long list of judgments of this Court where the findings of Ranganatha Reddy and Sanjeev Coke have been followed. Some of these are as follows: -

1. State of T.N. v. L. Abu Kavur Bai, (1984) 1 SCC 515 Decision by: Y.V. Chandrachud, C.J. and S. Murtaza Fazal Ali, V.D. Tulzapurkar, O. Chinnappa Reddy and A. Varadarajan, JJ.
2. Tinsukhia Electric Supply Co. Ltd. v. State of Assam, (1989) 3 SCC 709 Decision by: R.S. Pathak, C.J. and Sabyasachi Mukharji, S. Natarajan, M.N. Venkatachaliah and S. Ranganathan, JJ.
51 (1983) 1 SCC 147, para 19.
49
3. Madhusudan Singh v. Union of India, (1984) 2 SCC 381 Decision by: S. Murtaza Fazal Ali and M.P. Thakkar, JJ.
4. State of Maharashtra v. Basantibai Mohanlal Khetan, (1986) 2 SCC 516 Decision by: E.S. Venkataramiah And M. P. Thakkar, JJ.
5. Assam Sillimanite Ltd. v. Union of India, 1992 Supp (1) SCC 692.

Decision by: Kuldip Singh and M. Fathima Beevi, JJ.

6. Jilubhai Nanbhai Khachar v. State of Gujarat, 1995 Supp (1) SCC 596 Decision by: K. Ramaswamy and N.G. Venkatachala, JJ.

In my opinion it would be unwise to upset the long-settled meaning given consistently by several Benches of this Court to the phrase “material resources of the community”, used in Article 39(b) by the framers of the Constitution.

Did Sanjeev Coke fall in error in relying upon the observations of minority judges in Ranganatha Reddy, penned by Justice V.R. Krishna Iyer, as the opinion of the majority of Judges had expressly stated their inability to agree with such observations of the minority? Did Sanjeev Coke break judicial discipline by following the law laid down by minority, and not following the binding precedent of majority? And were the future 50 decisions of this Court wrong in following the decision in Sanjeev Coke too? The question here is essentially one of the binding nature of a precedent. Was that breached?

27. What is a binding precedent and more precisely what would be the value of a minority judgment. This aspect needs to be cleared.

In the common law system, which we follow in India, judicial precedents have to be followed. This we know as stare decisis or ‘stare decisis et non quieta movere’ (stand by the decisions and not to unsettle what is settled). A co-ordinate bench must follow the law laid down by another co-ordinate bench. Now, the question is what is the law laid down on Article 31-C and Article 39 (b) by the majority of Four Judges in Ranganatha Reddy. With respect, there is none. The only interpretation on the above provision is by the minority of Three Judges.

28. The background of Ranganatha Reddy case must be stated again in order to get a proper perspective. The State of Karnataka enacted a statute known as Karnataka Contract Carriages (Acquisition) Act, 1976, by which all the contract carriages which were in private hands in State of Karnataka, were acquired and thus became a part of the Karnataka State Road Transport 51 Corporation (hereinafter referred to as ‘Corporation’). The object and reasons of the Act52 clearly state that the primary reason for incorporating the Act is to implement the policy of the State mandated under Article 39 (b) and (c) of the Constitution of India. The scheme of the acquisition as well as the vires of the Karnataka Contract Carriages (Acquisition) Act, 1976, was challenged before the Karnataka High Court and these petitions were ultimately allowed and the Act was declared to be in violation of Articles 14 and 19 of the Constitution of India. It was held that the acquisition of private properties in the form of private transport was not in public interest, and it did not subserve common good. There again, the defence of the State and the corporation was that the Act was to implement a policy of the State in line with Article 39(b) & (c) of the Constitution.

The matter was taken in appeal before this Court and was ultimately referred to a Bench of Seven Judges. All Seven Judges allowed the appeal and upheld the constitutional validity of the 52 From the Statement of Objects and Reasons of Act 21 of 1976 — A large number of contract carriages were being operated in the State to the detriment of public interest and were functioning stealthily as stage carriages. This had to be prevented. Article 39(b) and (c) enjoins upon the State to see that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as best to subserve the common good and that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth to the common detriment.

In view of the aforesaid it was considered necessary to acquire the contract carriages run by private operators.

52

Karnataka Contract Carriages (Acquisition) Act, 1976, thereby setting aside the order of the High Court. All the same, the majority of the Judges i.e. Four out of the Seven Judges upheld the validity of the law by their reading through a harmonious construction of the Act, and did not go into the aspect of Article 39

(b) or (c), as well as Article 31-C of the Constitution of India. This was dealt only in the minority judgment of Justice Krishna Iyer (minority comprising Three Judges). At this juncture, we may also note that the very purpose of the Act, the Constitutional validity of which was challenged before the Supreme Court, was to implement the policy of the State as mandated under Article 39(b) & (c) of the Constitution of India. It was also the main argument on behalf of the State Government/the appellant to justify the acquisition under the Directive Principles of State Policies stated above. Nevertheless, it is true that the majority of Four Judges, although upheld the validity of the law and thereby had set aside the judgment of the Karnataka High Court, did so on the basis of harmonious reading of the law. This is what they said:

“37... Since we have upheld the constitutional validity of the Act on merits by repelling the attack on it by a reasonable and harmonious construction of the Act, we do not consider it necessary to express any opinion with reference to Article 31-C read with clauses (b) and (c) of Article 39 of the 53 Constitution. Our learned Brother Krishna Iyer, J. has prepared a separate judgment specially dealing with this point. We must not be understood to agree with all that he has said in his judgment in this regard”.53 The minority Three Judges concurred with the view of the majority Four Judges, but gave a separate opinion along with reasons as to why a separate opinion is necessary, which has already been referred above. The minority of Three Judges upheld the validity of the Karnataka Act, primarily, on the touchstone of Articles 31-C and 39(b) & (c) of the Constitution of India. This is what was said:
“This takes us to the non-negotiable minimum of nexus between the purpose of the acquisition and Article 39(b). Article 39(c) was feebly mentioned but Article 39(b) was forcefully pressed by the appellant. Better read Article 39(b) before discussing its full import:
“39. (b) Certain principles of policy to be followed by the State— The State shall, in particular, direct its policy towards securing that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as best to subserve the common good.” The key word is “distribute” and the genius of the Article, if we may say so, cannot but be given full play as it fulfils the basic purpose of restructuring the economic order. Each word in the article has a strategic role and the whole article a social mission. It embraces the entire material resources of the community. Its task is to distribute such resources.

53 (1977) 4 SCC 471, para 37.

54

Its goal is so to undertake distribution as best to subserve the common good. It re-organizes by such distribution the ownership and control.

81. “Resources” is a sweeping expression and covers not only cash resources but even ability to borrow (credit resources). Its meaning given in Black's Legal Dictionary is:

“Money or any property that can be converted into supplies; means of raising money or supplies; capabilities of raising wealth or to supply necessary wants; available means or capability of any kind.” And material resources of the community in the context of re-ordering the national economy embraces all the national wealth, not merely natural resources, all the private and public sources of meeting material needs, not merely public possessions. Every thing of value or use in the material world is material resource and the individual being a member of the community his resources are part of those of the community. To exclude ownership of private resources from the coils of Article 39(b) is to cipherise its very purpose of redistribution the socialist way. A directive to the State with a deliberate design to dismantle feudal and capitalist citadels of property must be interpreted in that spirit and hostility to such a purpose alone can be hospitable to the meaning which excludes private means of production or goods produced from the instruments of production”.54 54 (1977) 4 SCC 471, paras 80-81.
55

In other words, the minority judgment agreed with the majority in upholding the validity of the Karnataka Act, but went ahead justifying the acquisition under the Karnataka Act, as it was only following the mandate of the Constitution given in Article 39(b) and (c) of the Constitution of India which had its protection under Article 31-C of the Constitution of India. The minority judgment upheld the Karnataka law and the acquisition made therein, by justifying the law on the basis of Article 31-C and Article 39 (b) and

(c) of the Constitution. The majority had reached a similar conclusion, but by another reasoning. They did not discuss Article 31-C or Article 39(b) and (c). Although, the legislation in question was passed by the State legislature, declaring in its objects and reasons that the Act was enacted with the purpose of achieving the aim of Article 39 (b) and (c) of the Constitution of India.

When the Karnataka Act was challenged in the High Court, the State defended the legislation relying upon Article 39 (b) and

(c) in the light of Article 31-C of the Constitution. The Division Bench of the High Court rejected the arguments of the State as it saw no public purpose in the acquisition. Again, when the case came to this Court in Appeal, the entire argument of the appellant was built on Article 39(b) and (c) and the protection the law had 56 under Article 31-C. The minority of Three Judges thus were not answering a question which was never there, but to the contrary, they chose to answer the fundamental question which was before them.

29. My respectful submission here is that the judgment of Three Judges in Ranganatha Reddy does not fall under clause (5) of Article 14555 as a dissenting judgment or opinion, though yes it is also true that what will be called as a judgment and opinion of the Court, will be what was given by the majority of four Judges since “no judgment and no such opinion shall be delivered by the Supreme Court save with the concurrence of a majority of the Judges present at the hearing of the case..” [Article 145(5)] When later the opinion of the Three Judges is followed by the Five Judges in Sanjeev Coke it was done as the Five Judge Constitution Bench was persuaded by the logic and reasoning of the Three Judges. In doing this no judicial discipline was broken as the majority of Four Judges did not give a contrary opinion on 55 Article 145: Rules of Court, etc.:

(1) … (2) … (3) … (4) … (5) No judgment and no such opinion shall be delivered by the Supreme Court save with the concurrence of a majority of the Judges present at the hearing of the case, but nothing in this clause shall be deemed to prevent a Judge who does not concur from delivering a dissenting judgment or opinion.
57

the subjects. Admittedly, there was no judgment before Sanjeev Coke which had held a view contrary to what was held in Ranganatha Reddy.

Coming back to Ranganatha Reddy while answering this question, the minority of Three Judges did not go against any of the observations or findings of the majority judges. All they did was give a clear opinion on a question of law, which they were called upon to do. That was the crucial question before the Supreme Court which the Three Judges had answered.

30. The question now is that when in Sanjeev Coke, the Five Judge Constitution Bench unanimously followed the minority judgement in Ranganatha Reddy did it violate judicial discipline of not following the majority but the minority decision. In my opinion, it did not break any judicial discipline, since in Sanjeev Coke, the Five Judges did not go against the law laid down by the majority Judges in Ranganatha Reddy but only adopted the logic of the Three Judges on which the majority of Four Judges were silent.

31. It is first difficult for me to even come to the conclusion that the Four Judges in Ranganatha Reddy entirely disagreed with the minority opinion of Justice Krishna Iyer. It merely says “we 58 must not be understood to agree with all that he has said in his judgment in this regard.” This is not exactly a disagreement. The majority of the Four Judges chose to remain silent on the subject. It cannot be said that the Four Judges, in any way, said anything contrary or in opposition to what was laid down by the Three Judges in Ranganatha Reddy, and therefore, no judicial discipline was broken by Justice O. Chinnappa Reddy when he authored the unanimous judgment in Sanjeev Coke by adopting the logic of the Three Judges in Ranganatha Reddy.

Theoretically speaking there are no judgments of the Supreme Court which may throw any light on what would be the binding nature of a judgment of minority judges given on a subject, where the majority has remained silent.

The logic, however, is very clear, in cases where a Judge or Judges of the Supreme Court in minority have given a decision on a point on which the majority has remained silent, that it would be binding on the High Courts and all other Courts, and for this Court the least it will have is persuasive value. Reference can be made here to a decision of this Court in KT Moopli Nair v. State of Kerala 1960 SCC OnLine SC 7. In the above judgment, the Supreme Court had held that a tax rate of 2 rupees per acre 59 irrespective of the nature of the land was violative of Article 14, as unequals cannot be treated as equals. The question which was before this Court was whether the impugned levy, although levied as a tax on land, was also applicable on forest land. In other words, it was argued that a similar tax on forest land was invalid. The majority of the Judges noticed this submission in Moopli Nair, but did not deal with it. This was only dealt with by Justice A.K. Sarkar in his dissenting judgment where it was held that the power to tax under Entry 49 List II, would include taxation of forest land as well. Consequently, when a similar matter came before Kerala High Court in V. Padmanabha Ravi Varma Raja v. Deputy Tahsildar 1962 SCC OnLine Ker 98, it was held by the High Court that it was bound by the minority view of Justice Sarkar on the point and held that State legislature had the competence to levy tax on land on which a forest stood. Similarly, the Bombay High Court in Mahinder Bahawanji Thakur v. S.P. Pande 1963 SCC OnLine Bom 28 had held that the minority decision will have a precedential value on a point when the law has not been discussed by the majority in their judgment. Allahabad High Court held a similar view in Sudha Tiwari v. Union of India 2011 SCC OnLine All 253.

60

The logic therefore would be that the opinion of minority judges on a point where the majority is silent, can be followed by the High Courts but in the Supreme Court it will have only persuasive value.

The five learned judges in Sanjeev Coke relied upon the decision of the minority judges in Ranganath Reddy as they were persuaded by the logic and the interpretation given by Justice Krishna Iyer to the phrase “material resources of the community”.

32. There is another aspect to the question which is before us today, which is if we today hold that privately owned resources are not a part of “material resources of the community”, we would not only be unsettling Ranganatha Reddy and Sanjeev Coke and all the subsequent decisions of this Court, which followed Sanjeev Coke, but we would also be unsettling the whole body of laws including Constitution Bench decisions of this Court which have held even prior to Ranganath Reddy though indirectly that privately owned resources are part of “material resources of the community”. There was a clear presumption in all these cases that privately owned resources are part of “material resources of the community”.

61

What is the most important “material resource” of the community in India? Undoubtedly, it is land. At the time of our independence, inequality in land distribution was evident throughout the country. We had big landlords, on the one hand, and landless masses of poor peasantry on the other, who mostly worked as agricultural labourers on the large farm lands of these landlords. The abolition of zamindars, big landlords and middlemen was a pledge the leaders of the freedom movement had made to the people of this country. This was also now one of the “charters of instructions” for the Government as Dr. Ambedkar would put it under Articles 38 and 39 of the Constitution of India. On September 10, 1949, the then Prime Minister while speaking on Article 2456 before the Constituent Assembly, emphasised the necessity of abolishing the zamindari system. He underlined that this was the pledge they had given to the nation, “and no change is going to come in our way. That is quite clear. We will honour our pledges”57.

Since land was in the State List i.e., List II of the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution of India, such changes had to be brought in by the State Legislatures. Land reform legislations were 56 That came to be enacted as Article 31 of the original Constitution. 57 CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DEBATES, VOL. IX, Pg. 1195. 62 thus the first important legislations passed in different States, by and large on the same lines, taking care of the local provisions and local factors.

These land reform legislations had to first muster the scrutiny of the respective High Court, where these legislations were challenged by the landlords and zamindars. High Courts, though were not unanimous in their verdicts, for example Patna High Court struck down the Bihar Land Reforms Act, 1950, but the validity of a similar legislation in Madhya Pradesh was upheld. Similarly, the Constitutional validity of U.P. Zamindari Abolition Act, 1947 was upheld by the Allahabad High Court.

This was done by Allahabad High Court in Raja Suryapal Singh v. U.P of Govt., 1951 SCC OnLine All 183. One of the grounds on which the U.P. Zamindari Abolition Act was challenged was that the acquisition under it was not for ‘public purpose’ and it did not make provisions for adequate compensation, thus, violating Article 31(2) of the Constitution. The High Court went into the question of ‘public purpose’ as used in the Constitution, and while exploring the meaning of words ‘public purpose’, enquired as to whether there are any other provisions which can guide the Court to attribute a meaning to these words.

63

The decision of Allahabad High Court came in the very early days of the Constitution when the relationship between Directive Principles and Fundamental Rights was yet to be explored. It was a time when the First Constitutional Amendment had yet to be introduced. We would like to reproduce here some of the observations of Allahabad High Court:

“41. Now is there to be found in the Constitution of India anything to guid the Cts. as to the meaning to be attributed to the expression “public purpose” when used therein? We think there is. Chap. 4 contains what are described as directive principles of State policy, & although those principles are not enforceable by any Ct. Article 37 specifically lays down that they are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the country & that “it shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.
42. If then we examine the directive principles we find that Article 39, cls. (b) & (c) provide:
“(b) that the ownership & control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as best to sub-serve the common good;
(c) that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth & means of production to the common detriment..

……

47. If, therefore, the acquisition of property sought to be affected (effected?) by the impugned Act is for the purpose of implementing one or more of the directive principles of State policy it will, in our judgment, be for a public purpose within the meaning of the Constitution, & it will be unnecessary for us to consider whether for other 64 purposes it comes within the meaning which the law has given to that expression.”58

33. In order to safeguard land reform laws from the interference of the Courts, the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951 was introduced. Though there were other reasons as well, they may not be relevant for our purposes.

The Statement of Objects and Reasons of the First Constitution (Amendment) Bill, 1951 states as follows: -

“The main object of the Bill are, accordingly to amend Article 19 for the purposes indicated above and to insert provisions fully securing the constitutional validity of zamidari abolition laws in general and certain specified State Acts in particular.” At that time, the Constituent Assembly was working as the provisional Parliament because the First General Elections were yet to be conducted. The urgency of the provisional Parliament in bringing the First Constitutional Amendment was explained by the Prime Minister on May 16, 1951, who said that the delay was causing injustice to millions of Indians, and there was an urgent need to incorporate Article 31A and 31B and the Ninth Schedule to the Constitution. 59 58 1951 SCC OnLine All 183, paras 41, 42 and 47. 59 PARLIAMENTARY DEBATES (PART II-PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS), Pg. 8830. Prime Minister Nehru explained the urgency as follows :-
65
Then explaining the predictable long delay the land reforms would take in Courts, against which nothing much could be done, he said as follows:
“It is not good for us to say we are helpless before fate and the situation which we are to face at present. Therefore we have to think in terms of these big changes land changes and the like and therefore we thought of amending article 31. Ultimately, we thought it best to propose additional articles 31A and 31B in addition to that there is a schedule attached of a number of Acts passed by the State Legislatures, some of which have been challenged or might be challenged and we thought it best to save them from long delays and these difficulties, so that this process of change which has been initiated by the States should go ahead. Many of us present here are lawyers and have had some training in law which is a good training and many of us respect lawyers. But nevertheless a lawyer represents precedent and tradition and not change, not dynamic process. Above all the lawyer represents litigation…”60 In other words, the Parliament could not wait for decisions of Courts to settle the position in regard to land reforms, as it could take a long time and every day of delay in bringing land reforms would be an injustice to the people to whom they had “……the primary problem is the land problem today in Asia, as in India. And every day of delay adds to difficulties and dangers apart from being an injustice in itself.” 60PARLIAMENTARY DEBATES (PART II- PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS), Pgs. 8831-8832.
66
promised these reforms long before Independence. The Parliament wanted to stabilize the situation as early as possible and did not want these land reforms to remain entangled in the legal battles, at least this is what was thought.

34. The First Amendment, inter alia, introduced Articles 31-A & 31-B and the Ninth Schedule to the Constitution with an aim to strengthen land reform laws with the innovative Ninth Schedule, providing safe harbour to such legislations.

The First Amendment was challenged before the Supreme Court in the famous Shankari Prasad Singh v. Union of India, AIR 1951 SC 458 where it was upheld. The powers of the Parliament under Article 368 of the Constitution of India of amending the Constitution were held to be plenary which could also amend the Fundamental Rights in the Constitution.

Subsequently, decisions of High Courts on land legislations were challenged before this Court in State of Bihar v. Kameshwar Singh, (1952) 1 SCC 528, but now Article 31A, Article 31B and the Ninth Schedule were there in the Constitution after getting approval of this Court in Shankari Prasad. 67

Justice S.R Das in Kameshwar Singh underlined the importance of Articles 38 and 39 in bringing social, economic and political justice. He stated as under:

“…Indeed, what sounded like idealistic slogans only in the recent past are now enshrined in the glorious Preamble to our Constitution proclaiming the solemn resolve of the people of this country to secure to all citizens justice, social, economic and political, and equality of status and of opportunity. What were regarded only yesterday, so to say, as fantastic formulae have now been accepted as directive principles of State policy prominently set out in Part IV of the Constitution. The ideal we have set before us in Article 38 is to evolve a State which must constantly strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and making as effectively as it may be a social order in which social, economic and political justice shall inform all the institutions of the national life. Under Article 39 the State is enjoined to direct its policy towards securing, inter alia, that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as to subserve the common good and that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment… what, I ask, is the purpose of the State in adopting measures for the acquisition of the zamindaries and the interests of the intermediaries? Surely, it is to subserve the common good by bringing the land, which feeds and sustains the community and also produces wealth by its forest, mineral and other resources, under State ownership or control. This State ownership or control over land is a necessary preliminary step towards the implementation of the directive principles of State policy and it cannot but 68 be a public purpose… Further, it must always be borne in mind that the object of the impugned Act is not to authorise the stray acquisition of a particular property for a limited and narrow public purpose but that its purpose is to bring the bulk of the land producing wealth under State ownership or control by the abolition of the system of land tenure which has been found to be archaic and non-conducive to the general interest of the community...”61 There was now to be a ceiling on land and the surplus was to be distributed among the marginal and landless farmers, though further legislations would be required. It is true that in years to come, in reality, the rich and powerful landlords defeated much of the provisions of land reforms, yet the land reforms had its positive effects. Professor Aditya Mukherjee in his book “Political Economy of Colonial and Post-Colonial India” states as under:
“Also, though the opportunity to acquire large areas of surplus lands for redistribution was missed because of defective and delayed ceiling laws, in the long run the high population growth and the rapid subdivision of large holdings over several generations (in the absence of the practice of primogeniture for over the ceiling limits. In fact, the number of holding and the areas operated under the category of large holdings and the area operated under the category of large holdings, 25 acres or above (even 15 acres and above), kept falling in the decades since independence right upto the 1990s. Except in certain small pockets in the country, very large landholdings of the semi feudal type now became things of the past.
61 (1952) 1 SCC 528, para 142.
69

Inequality among landowners was no longer a key issue, as it was not very skewed any more. By one estimate, by 1976-7 nearly 97 per cent of the operated holdings were below 25 acres and 87 per cent of the holdings were below 10 acres.” 62 The eminent scholar of Indian agriculture C.H. Hanumantha Rao who has also been quoted by Aditya Mukherjee has this to say about the land reforms: “The law discouraged concentration of landownership beyond the ceiling level and thus prevented the possible dispossession of numerous small and marginal holders which would probably have occurred through a competitive process in the land market in the absence of a ceiling on landholdings”.63 What is more important is the fact that essentially land reform laws were upheld on these principles by the Supreme Court (See: Kameshwar Singh and Shankari Prasad). In other words, taking away of material resources from private hands for public purposes was held to be constitutional by the Supreme Court. For our purposes, therefore, logically taking away of material resources from private hands for the good of the community was upheld even before Ranganath Reddy. We see no reason as to why there can 62 ADITYA MUKHERJEE, POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COLONIAL AND POST-COLONIAL INDIA (PRIMUS BOOKS, 2022), Pg. 511.

63 C.H Hanumantha Rao, Rural Society and Agricultural Development in Course of Industrilisation: Case of India, 26 ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL WEEKLY (1991), Pg. 691. 70 be any different view now simply because the material resources may not only be land but some other “material resources”.

35. In 1964, the Government of India appointed a Commission under the Commission of Inquiry Act, 1952 to inquire into concentration of wealth. The terms of its reference were as follows:

“(a) to inquire into the extent and effect of concentration of economic power in private hands and the prevalence of monopolistic and restrictive practices in important sectors of economic activity other than agriculture with special reference to-
(i) the factors responsible for such concentration and monopolistic and restrictive practices;
(ii) their social and economic consequences, and the extent to which they might work to the common detriment; and
(b) to suggest such legislative and other measures that might be considered necessary in the light of such enquiry, including, in particular, any new legislation to protect essential public interests and the procedure and agency for the enforcement of such legislation.”64 This Commission gave its report in 1965 called the ‘Report of the Monopolies Inquiry Commission 1965’, which was prepared after taking views from leading businessmen, State governments and various other stakeholders. Chapter II titled ‘Causes of Concentration’ in the report, earmarked the following as the primary reasons for concentration of wealth in India:
64 Introduction to REPORT OF THE MONOPOLIES INQUIRY COMMISSION 1965.
71
(a) Easier Access to Credit: Big enterprises were able to obtain credit from banks on much easier terms than small businesses, which further helped in the growth of concentration, as they can offer much better security.
(b) Only the Indian industrialists had the skill and knowledge to successfully run an enterprise. They were able to raise sufficient capital, from the public through limited liability public companies, so as to afford licences and import raw materials and machinery required to proliferate the nascent economy of independent India.
(c) As a result of the policies to achieve self-reliance, most foreign enterprises were taken over by a few Indian industrialists as only they could afford such an acquisition.
(d) Formation of Industrial Conglomerates: During World War II, the colonial government granted subsidies to certain enterprises to expand their production capacity in order to support the war effort. This helped increase their profits and allowed them to acquire their competitors, leading to an elimination of competition and concentration of economic power in the hands of those few select business houses 72 The Report referred to the provisions in the Constitution to prove the point that the framers of our Constitution were aware of the tendency of the national economy, which favoured concentration of wealth in a few hands and this had to be remedied:
“It would be wrong to think that the dangers of excessive concentration were not recognised by the Indian statesmen. The makers of the Indian Constitution were well aware of this potential danger. It was to impress upon the future governments of the country the need of fighting this danger that the following principles were laid down in article 39(b) and
(c) of the Constitution.”65 The point which is being made here is that private wealth was only concentrated in a few hands and there was a huge gap between the rich and the poor and the distribution of wealth was not taking place as it ought to have as there were provisions in the Constitution to bring suitable changes.

36. Measures the Government could take in reducing inequality and redistributing wealth could only be through its laws and the schemes under the law, but then these laws invariably faced challenges before the constitutional courts, which significantly delayed their implementation. One example is the laws for abolition of zamindari as discussed previously. Another important 65 REPORT OF THE MONOPOLIES INQUIRY COMMISSION 1965 (VOL-I), Pg. 6. 73 resource, which the State sought to take control of in pursuance of achieving the objectives of Article 39(b) & (c), was financial assistance, to the farmers in particular. It was not difficult for big enterprises to obtain credit. Also, the landowning farmers could mortgage their land to obtain credit but the landless farmers had no collateral to provide as security against credit before the private banks.

Agriculture was the main source of livelihood for a majority of Indians. All the same, farmers in our country were perpetually indebted to the money lenders and had hardly any other resource to look forward to. The State was required to support the farmers in adopting new techniques if the food-grains production was to increase. Farmers needed financial support in the form of credit which could not have been expected through private banks.

Also, the agrarian reforms in the initial years would have failed to achieve their purpose if farmers, who benefitted from those reforms, were not to be supported in agriculture production. No doubt that agrarian reforms hold great significance in India, but it would be wrong to say that the abolition of zamindaris would be enough for the tillers of the soil. Merely handing over the most precious 'material resource' (land) to the farmers was not 74 sufficient; something more was required to be done. Financial assistance through easy loans were to be made available to farmers, and they were also to be provided with genetic seeds (HYV66 seeds), pesticides etc. This was all to be a part of the Green Revolution of the late 1960s. Institutional credit support to the farmers would become easier with the nationalisation of the banking system, besides its impacts on other parts of the economy.

37. To understand the Bank Nationalisation Case, we have to go back a few years prior to when these measures were taken by the State. In State of West Bengal v. Bela Banerjee (1953) 2 SCC 648, a Five-Judge bench of this Court was dealing with the provisions of West Bengal Land Development and Planning Act, 1948, under which the State could acquire land for public purposes including settling immigrants who had migrated to West Bengal from erstwhile East Pakistan (now Bangladesh). Proviso to Section 8(b) of this Act had fixed the market value as the maximum compensation as on 31.12.1946, for the lands acquired irrespective of the date of its actual acquisition. This Court held the proviso to be unconstitutional on the ground that it offended Article 31(2), which at the time, stood as follows:

66 High-Yielding Variety.
75
"(2) No property, movable or immovable, including any interest in, or in any company owning, any commercial or industrial undertaking, shall be taken in possession of or acquired for public purposes under any law authorizing the taking of such possession or such acquisition, unless the law provides for compensation for the property taken possession of or acquired and either fixes the amount of the compensation, or specifies the principles on which, and the manner in which, the compensation is to be determined and given."

Justice Shastri, writing for the Constitution Bench, observed that the legislature has the discretion of laying down principles on which compensation has to be determined but "such principles must ensure that what is determined as payable must be compensation, that is, a just equivalent of what the owner has been deprived of."67 Further, it was observed that principles to determine the compensation are justiciable and whether they took into consideration all factors which make up the true value of the property has to be examined.

Apart from this issue of ‘just equivalent’ doctrine, the Government also realised that the detailed description of the property in the original Article 31(2) would pose a problem for laws 67 (1953) 2 SCC 648, para 6.

76

not only essentially related to acquisition but also for the legislations which incidentally touched on property rights.

38. To overcome these difficulties, the Parliament introduced the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act 1955, which, inter alia, amended Article 31(2) and excluded 'regulatory laws' from the purview of 'acquisition'. For this, the elaborate description in the original Article 31(2) in the form of the words ‘moveable or immoveable, including any interest in, or in any company owning any commercial or industrial undertaking’ was removed and the question of adequacy of compensation was made a non-justiciable issue. The amended Article 31(2) was as follows:

"(2) No property shall be compulsorily acquired or requisitioned save for a public purpose and save by authority of a law which provides for compensation for the property so acquired or requisitioned and either fixes the amount of the compensation, or specifies the principles on which, and the manner in which, the compensation is to be determined and given; and no such law shall be questioned in any court on the ground that the compensation provided by that law is not adequate."

The Fourth Amendment, so far as it relates to Article 31 (2), was aimed at restricting judicial interference on the question of adequacy of compensation. On 11th April 1955, while discussing 77 the Bill (that led to the Constitutional (Fourth Amendment) Act, 1955), the then Prime Minister had said in Lok Sabha that:

"Remember this, that the sole major change is to make clear one thing which I submitted on the last occasion, was clear to us at the time this Constitution was framed. That is to say, according to the Constitution as put forward before the Constituent Assembly and as it emerged from the Constituent Assembly, the quantum of compensation or the principles governing compensation would be decided by the legislature. This was made perfectly clear. Now, it is obvious that those who framed the Constitution failed in giving expression to their wishes accurately and precisely and thereby the Supreme Court and some other Courts have interpreted it in a different way. The Supreme Court is the final authority for interpreting the Constitution. All I can say is that the Constitution was not worded as precisely as the framers of the Constitution intended. What the framers of the Constitution intended is there for anyone to see. All that has been done now is to make that wording more precise and more in accordance with what the framers of the Constitution at that time meant and openly said. That is the only thing.”68 In other words, the Government of the day was of the view that the framers of the Constitution never intended that compensation be ‘just equivalent’ to what owners are deprived of and in any case, compensation was to be the sole domain of the legislatures and Courts cannot go into that aspect. The decisions 68 LOK SABHA DEBATES (PART II- PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS), VOL-III, Pgs.
4833-4834.
78
of this Court, however, go against this view that Courts are altogether precluded from going into the question of adequacy of compensation.

39. A Five-Judge bench of this Court in Vajravelu v. Special Deputy Collector, 1964 SCC OnLine SC 22 dealt with the scope of the Fourth Constitutional Amendment qua Article 31(2)69. In this case, this Court declared the Land Acquisition (Madras Amendment) Act, 1961 as unconstitutional on the grounds of violation of Article 14. Justice Subba Rao observed that though the law fixing the amount of compensation or laying down principles governing such fixation cannot be questioned on the grounds of adequacy, yet the legislature cannot play fraud on the Constitution by determining compensation on irrelevant principles or making the compensation illusory. This is what was said:

“To illustrate: a law is made to acquire a house; its value at the time of acquisition has to be fixed; there are many modes of valuation, namely, estimate by an engineer, value reflected by comparable sales, capitalisation of rent and similar others. The application of different principles may lead to different results. The adoption of one principle may give a higher value and the adoption of another principle may give a lesser value. But nonetheless they are principles on which and the manner in which compensation is determined. The court 69 See State of Madras v. D. Namasivaya Mudaliar 1964 SCC OnLine SC 169, Union of India v. Metal Corporation of India 1966 SCC OnLine SC 15. But also see State of Gujarat v. Shri Shantilal Mangaldas & Ors., AIR 1969 SC 634.
79

cannot obviously say that the law should have adopted one principle and not the other, for it relates only to the question of adequacy. On the other hand, if a law lays down principles which are not relevant to the property acquired or to the value of the property at or about the time it is acquired, it may be said that they are not principles contemplated by Article 31(2) of the Constitution. If a law says that though a house is acquired, it shall be valued as a land or that though a house site is acquired, it shall be valued as an agricultural land or that though it is acquired in 1950 its value in 1930 should be given, or though 100 acres are acquired compensation shall be given only for 50 acres, the principles do not pertain to the domain of adequacy but are principles unconnected to the value of the property acquired. In such cases the validity of the principles can be scrutinized. The law may also prescribe a compensation which is illusory: it may provide for the acquisition of a property worth lakhs of rupees for a paltry sum of Rs 100. The question in that context does not relate to the adequacy of the compensation, for it no compensation at all. The illustrations given by us are not exhaustive. There may be many others falling on either side of the line. But this much is clear. If the compensation is illusory or if the principles prescribed are irrelevant to the value of the property at or about the time of its acquisition, it can be said that the legislature committed a fraud on power and, therefore, the law is bad. It is a use of the protection of Article 31 in a manner which the article hardly intended”.70 Thereafter, this Court summed up the position with the following words:

"Briefly stated the legal position is as follows: If the question pertains to the adequacy of compensation, 70 1964 SCC OnLine SC 22, para 15.
80
it is not justiciable; if the compensation fixed or the principles evolved for fixing it disclose that the legislature made the law in fraud of powers in the sense we have explained, the question is within the jurisdiction of the court”.71 In short, the entire acquisition, nationalisation, distribution, etc., could never be properly implemented, or made effective for reasons of “inadequate compensation”.

40. In July 1969, the President promulgated an ordinance nationalising 14 banks. We would also like to reproduce the extracts from the speech of the then Prime Minister who addressed the Nation from the All India Radio on the day when the initial ordinance to nationalise banks was promulgated. The Prime Minister explained the decision of nationalising banks as follows:

“...Ours is an ancient country but a young democracy, which has to remain ever vigilant to prevent the domination of the few over the social, economic or political systems… To the millions of small farmers, artisans and other self-employed persons, a bank can be a source of credit, which is the very basis for any effort to improve their meagre economic lot… What is sought to be achieved through the present decision to nationalise the major banks is to accelerate the achievement of our objectives. The purpose of expanding bank credit to priority areas which have hitherto been somewhat neglected- such as (1) the removal of control by a few, (2) provision of adequate credit for agriculture, small industry and exports, (3) the giving of a 71 1964 SCC OnLine SC 22, para 16.
81

professional bent to bank management, (4) the encouragement of new classed of entrepreneurs, (5) the provision of adequate training as well as reasonable terms of service for bank staff- still remains and will call for continuous efforts over a long time. Nationalisation is necessary for the speedy achievement of these objectives”.72 This ordinance soon turned into an Act called the Banking Companies (Acquisition & Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1969 (Act 22 of 1969), passed in August 1969. This first phase of Bank Nationalisation resulted in the famous RC Cooper v. Union of India (1970) 1 SCC 248 where the majority of 10:1 struck down the Act on the grounds that “Act violates the guarantee of compensation under Article 31(2)”. It was not the case that RC Cooper held that the State was incompetent to nationalise the banks but it held that the Act nationalising the Banks did not apply the right principles in determining the compensation. RC Cooper discussed Bela Banerjee and Vajravelu in the following words:

"89. This Court held in Bela Banerjee case that by the guarantee of the right to compensation for compulsory acquisition under Article 31(2), before it was amended by the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, the owner was entitled to receive a "just equivalent" or "full indemnification". In P. Vajravel Mudaliar case this Court held that notwithstanding the amendment of Article 31(2) by 72 A. MOIN ZAIDI, THE GREAT UPHEAVAL 1969-1972 (Orientalia, 1972), Pgs. 103-105.
82
the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act, and even after the addition of the words "and no such law shall be called in question in any Court on the ground that the compensation provided by that law is not adequate", the expression "compensation"

occurring in Article 31(2) after the Constitution (Fourth Amendment) Act continued to have the same meaning as it had in Section 299(2) of the Government of India Act, 1935, and Article 31(2) before it was amended viz "just equivalent" or "full indemnification".

90. There was apparently no dispute that Article 31(2) before and after it was amended guaranteed a right to compensation for compulsory acquisition of property and that by giving to the owner, for compulsory acquisition of his property, compensation which was illusory, or determined by the application of principles which were irrelevant, the constitutional guarantee of compensation was not complied with……….”73

41. The main reason for holding the Bank Nationalising Act as unconstitutional in RC Cooper was that the principles specified in Schedule II of the Act, for determining compensation, were not appropriate. Many important factors like the goodwill of the bank and the value of unexpired periods of long-term leases were not taken into consideration for the determination of compensation. Para 117 and para 121 of the majority judgement summed up the striking down of Bank Nationalising Act as follows:

“117. We are of the view that by the method adopted for valuation of the undertaking, important items of assets have been excluded, and principles 73 (1970) 1 SCC 248, paras 89 -90.
83

some of which are irrelevant and some not recognised are adopted. What is determined by the adoption of the method adopted in Schedule II does not award to the named banks compensation for loss of their undertaking. The ultimate result substantially impairs the guarantee of compensation, and on that account the Act is liable to be struck down.

……………………..

121. Section 4 of the Act is a kingpin in the mechanism of the Act. Sections 4, 5, and 6, read with Schedule II provide for the statutory transfer and vesting of the undertaking of the named banks in the corresponding new banks and prescribe the method of determination of compensation for expropriation of the undertaking. Those provisions are, in our judgment, void as they impair the fundamental guarantee under Article 31(2).

Sections 4, 5, and 6 and Schedule II are not severable from the rest of the Act. The Act must, in its entirety, be declared void."74 Within a week of the pronouncement of the judgment in RC Cooper, the Government came up with another ordinance which turned into the Banking Companies Act, 1970 (Act 5 of 1970). This new Act was the modified form of the earlier Act and this new Act provided for a specific amount to each bank nationalised, in order to facilitate the bank nationalisation. In this way, the first phase of Bank Nationalisation took place in India.

74 (1970) 1 SCC 248, paras 117 and 121.

84

42. Ultimately the Parliament brought the Constitution (Twenty Fifth Amendment) Act, 1971 into force which inter alia further diluted the right to property. This Constitutional Amendment was the direct result of RC Cooper, as it was evident from the Statement of Objects and Reasons of the Constitution (Twenty-fifth Amendment) Bill, 1971 which reads as follows:

"STATEMENT OF OBJECTS AND REASONS Article 31 of the Constitution as it stands specifically provides that no law providing for the compulsory acquisition or requisitioning of property which either fixes the amount of compensation or specifies the principles on which and the manner in which the compensation is to be determined and given shall be called in question in any court on the ground that the compensation provided by that law is not adequate. In the Bank Nationalization case [1970, 3 S.C.R. 530), the Supreme Court has held that the Constitution guarantees right to compensation, that is, the equivalent in money of the property compulsorily acquired. Thus in effect the adequacy of compensation and the relevancy of the principles laid down by the Legislature for determining the amount of compensation have virtuality become justiciable inasmuch as the Court can go into the question whether the amount paid to the owner of the property is what may be regarded reasonably as compensation for loss of property. In the same case, the Court has also held that a law which seeks to acquire or requisition property for a public purpose should also satisfy the requirements of article 19 (1) (f).
The Bill seeks to surmount the difficulties placed in the way of giving effect to the Directive Principles of State Policy by the aforesaid interpretation. The word "compensation" is sought to be omitted from 85 article 31(2) and replaced by the word "amount". It is being clarified that the said amount may be given otherwise than in cash. It is also proposed to provide that article 19(1)(f) shall not apply to any law relating to the acquisition or requisitioning of property for a public purpose.
3. The Bill further seeks to introduce a new article 31C which provides that if any law is passed to give effect to the Directive Principles contained in clauses (b) and (c) of article 39 and contains a declaration to that effect, such law shall not be deemed to be void on the ground that it takes away or abridges any of the rights contained in article 14, 19 or 31 and shall not be questioned on the ground that it does not give effect to those principles. For this provision to apply in the case of laws made by State Legislatures, it is necessary that the relevant Bill should be reserved for the consideration of the President and receive his assent.
(emphasis supplied) Amongst others, this Amendment substituted the word 'compensation' with the word 'amount' in Article 31(2). It also introduced Article 31-C, making legislations passed under Article 39 (b) & (c) immune from challenges under Articles 14 & 19 of the Constitution. The laws which were made subsequently and their challenge before the Courts have to be seen in the light of the background stated above.

43. It is true that the state of our economy and society has undergone a change since the Constitution was framed in the late 40s and first interpreted in the early 50s. Even till the 70s and 86 early 80s, this Court had no difficulty in interpretating and giving a meaning to the words ‘material resources of the community’, by including privately owned resources as its part. Doubts have been raised by this Court now, which is only significant of the times we presently live in. When a wider interpretation was given to the words “material resources” in the 60s, 70s and early 80s, it was in an era where socialism was still a principle embedded in our constitutional ethos and definitely in our economy. The political philosophy of that day also recognised and accepted this principle. Times have changed since then, and so has the governing philosophy which is now of a liberal and market driven economy. All the same, as our short but significant constitutional journey demonstrates the crucial Constitutional Amendments and its consequence, the landmark decisions of the Supreme Court relate as much to personal liberty as to wealth and its redistribution, which again is a part of the “material resources of the community”, covered under Articles 38 and 39 of the Constitution. These decisions directly or indirectly touch upon “material resources of the community”. Will we be correct in saying today that, private resources are not a part of the “material resources of the community”. Can this be said in the light of the present times since ‘Constitution is a living document’! 87

44. The Constitution is indeed a living document. The words and meanings in the Constitution are not frozen in time, they change and evolve. The Constitution cannot be limited to the vision of its founding fathers.75 To borrow a phrase from Anatole France if we do that then the dead would be the living and the living the dead.76 “The judge has an important role in the legislative project: The judge interprets statutes. Statutes cannot be applied unless they are interpreted. The judge may give a statute a new meaning, a dynamic meaning, that seeks to bridge the gap between law and life’s changing reality without changing the statute itself. The statute remains as it was, but its meaning changes, because the court has given it a new meaning that suits new social needs. The court fulfils its role as the junior partner in the legislative project. It realizes the judicial role by bridging the gap between law and life.”77 However, the meaning can change to an extent and no further. It can expand to an extent and evolve to a limit. Words and expressions cannot have an entirely opposite meaning to what was initially prescribed to them. In Video Electronics Pvt. Ltd. 75 Aharon Barak, Hermeneutics and Constitution Interpretation, 14 CARDOZO L. REV. 767 (1992-

93), Pg. 772.

76 ANATOLE FRANCE et. al., CRAINQUEBILLE (Dodd, Mead & Co., Inc., 1922), Pg. 171. “The precise reference is from the following sentence “That which is written by the dead will be erased by the living. Were it not so, the will of those who have passed away would impose itself upon those who yet survive; and the dead would be the living and the living the dead”. 77 AHARON BARAK, THE JUDGE IN A DEMOCRACY (Princeton University Press, 2006), Pgs. 4-5. 88 v. State of Punjab, (1990) 3 SCC 87, Justice Sabyasachi Mukharji had said:

“Constitution is a living organism and the latent meaning of the expressions used can be given effect to only if a particular situation arises. It is not that with changing times the meaning changes but changing times illustrate and illuminate the meaning of the expressions used. The connotation of the expressions used takes its shape and colour in evolving dynamic situations.”78
45. We have earlier referred to the existing philosophy of the day, the purpose of Directive Principles and the speech of Dr. Ambedkar on inequality in the country when the Constitution was being framed. Has our world changed? Has the inequality in the country decreased? There are no definite or easy answers to these questions.

Although in absolute terms poverty may have decreased79, as some reports indicate. Possibly, the lowest strata of our society in economic terms may be better off than what it was say 50 years earlier. But this would not mean that the inequality in our society too has decreased, or the gap between the rich and the poor has 78 (1990) 3 SCC 87, para 36.

79

NATIONAL MULTIDIMENSIONAL POVERTY INDEX: A PROGRESS REVIEW 2023, NITI AAYOG, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA. 89 narrowed down. There are conflicting reports on inequality and poverty.

All the same, UNDP80 Human Development Report shows India to be lagging behind in human development.81 The Human Development Index ranks India at the 134th position, out of 193 countries, which were examined.82 The Global Hunger Index (GHI) Report, which is based on WHO83 parameters, similarly ranks India at the 105th spot, out of 127 countries evaluated84.

The least the above figures indicate is that there are still large grounds which remain to be covered. The economic conditions as they exist today require the efforts of the State with its welfare measures, inter alia under Article 39(b) & (c) of the Constitution, as interpreted in Ranganatha Reddy and Sanjeev Coke.

46. Undoubtedly this Court has given an expansive meaning to the phrase “material resources of the community”. We have seen the background and the historical necessity both for the 80 United Nations Development Programme.

81 As per the UNDP Development Report, India’s Gini coefficient is 0.444. The Gini coefficient measures the dispersion of income or distribution of wealth among the members of a population, where 1 represents perfect inequality while 0 represents perfect equality. Available at https://hdr.undp.org/data-center/human-development-index#/indicies/HDI. 82 Available at https://hdr.undp.org/data-center/human-development-index#/indicies/HDI. 83 World Health Organisation.

84 Global Hunger Index 2024. Available at https://www.globalhungerindex.org/pdf/en/2024.pdf 90 incorporation of such provisions and its interpretation by this Court.

Ultimately, we the people of India have resolved “to secure to all its citizens”- justice, liberty, equality and fraternity. The Constitution of India secures these values for all its citizens and speaks in an expansive language, particularly for the provisions contained in Part III and Part IV. This is how the Constitution has been interpreted by this Court all along. It is due to the expansive meaning given by the Supreme Court to Articles 14 and 21 that we have today an entire body of case laws, which protects the life and liberty of its people.

47. Articles 14, 19 and 21 of the Constitution have been given an expansive meaning by this Court, which was never perceived by the framers of the Constitution. But this is precisely the task of the Constitutional Courts.

There is a long list of decisions where this Court has protected the fundamental rights by expanding the scope and ambit of Articles 14 and 21 of the Constitution. To mention some of these:

1. In Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, (1978) 1 SCC 248, this Court expanded Article 21 many folds by establishing its co-relationship with Articles 14 and
19. It culminated in a position of law where a law depriving ‘personal liberty’ has to meet the 91 requirements of Article 19 and ‘procedure’ under Article 21 has to satisfy Article 14, meaning that such ‘procedure’ cannot be arbitrary but has to be ‘just, fair and reasonable’. A law which was arbitrary was violative of Article 14 of the Constitution of India.
2. In MH Hosket v. State of Maharashtra, (1978) 3 SCC 544 this Court relied on Maneka Gandhi to recognize the right of prisoners to free legal assistance including help in filing appeals.
3. In Hussainara Khatoon v. Home Secretary, State of Bihar (I) (1980) 1 SCC 81, it was held that the right to a speedy trial is a fundamental right under Article 21 and any law keeping undertrials behind bars for long cannot be regarded as ‘reasonable, just or fair’.
4. In Sunil Batra v. Delhi Administration, (1980) 3 SCC 488 this Court condemned the inhuman and degrading treatment of prisoners, particularly the use of solitary confinement and held that fundamental rights do not end at the prison gates. It was emphasised that prison authorities must respect the dignity and rights of inmates under Articles 14, 19, and 21 of the Constitution. Thus, ‘human dignity’, which is apparently not a fundamental right was read as a part of Article 21 of the Constitution of India.
5. In Bijoe Emmanuel v. State of Kerala (1986) 3 SCC 615 this Court held that expelling students for not singing the National Anthem, for the reasons that it went against their religious beliefs as Jehovah's Witnesses, was a violation of their Right to Freedom of Religion under Article 25. Further, it was observed that Article 19 also stood violated as no law required individuals to sing the national anthem, provided that they do not disrespect it. Tolerance was read as a part of the fundamental secular culture of this country.
92
6. In Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan, (1997) 6 SCC 241 this Court, drawing upon constitutional principles and international conventions, established guidelines to address sexual harassment at the workplace, citing the absence of specific legislation and to ensure the protection of women's rights to equality, life, and liberty under Articles 14, 15, and
21.
7. In K.S. Puttaswamy v. Union of India (2017) 10 SCC 1 this Court affirmed right to privacy as a fundamental right under the Constitution, which was read as a right and a part of ‘life and liberty’ under Article 21. It was held that privacy encompasses autonomy, dignity, and the freedom to control their own personality.
8. In Navtej Singh Johar v. Union of India (2018) 10 SCC 1 this Court invalidated Section 377 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860, on the grounds that it contravenes Articles 14 and 15 of the Constitution by discriminating based on gender identity. Additionally, it was found to infringe upon the right to life, dignity, and autonomy guaranteed under Article 21, as well as the right to freedom of expression under Article 19(1)(a), thereby impeding the ability of LGBT individuals to realise their identity fully.

The words in Articles 14 and 21 apparently do not give the meaning which has come to be given to these two Articles now, through a catena of decisions of this Court. They cover the whole range of Rights as this is how they have evolved and expanded by this Court and the High Courts. A Constitutional provision acquires its meaning only after it is interpreted by a Constitutional Court.

93

48. The provisions in Article 39(b) & (c) too have to be read in the light of Article 38 of the Constitution of India. Once we do that, we cannot but give an expansive meaning to the phrase “material resources of the community”.

The meaning which must be given to “material resources of the community” is what has been given to it in Ranganatha Reddy by the Three Judges and what has been followed in the Constitution Bench decision in Sanjeev Coke. To my mind, this has been the correct interpretation of the phrase “material resources of the community”. To reiterate what was said by Justice Krishna Iyer in Ranganatha Reddy:

“… material resources of the community in the context of re-ordering the national economy embraces all the national wealth, not merely natural resources, all the private and public sources of meeting material needs, not merely public possessions.
Everything of value or use in the material world is material resource and the individual being a member of the community his resources are part of those of the community.”85

49. It is for the legislature to decide how the ownership and control of material resources is to be distributed in order to 85 (1977) 4 SCC 471, para 81.

94

subserve common good. Once the expansive meaning of “material resources of the community” is determined, there is no necessity of drawing further guidelines for the legislatures to determine as to what will constitute material resources. How to control and distribute a material resource is also the task of the Legislature, but while doing so what has to be seen is that the control and ownership of the material resource be so distributed that it subserves common good of the community. If it does not, then such a legislation can be struck down as the Judiciary is not deprived of its powers of judicial review. The legislation in question has to establish a nexus with the principles specified in Article 39(b) and (c) to be a valid legislation. This is the law in terms of Kesavananda Bharati and Minerva Mills. To put it differently what and when do the “privately owned resources” come within the definition of “material resources” is not for this Court to declare. This is not required. The key factor is whether such resources would subserve common good. Clearly the acquisition, ownership or even control of every privately owned resource will not subserve common good. Yet at this stage we cannot come out with a catalogue of do’s and don’ts. We must leave this exercise to the wisdom of the legislatures.

95

50. The incorporation of Article 38 as well as Article 39(b) and (c) in Part IV of our Constitution was based on the prevalent philosophy of the time and the path of development India chose to follow. The interpretation given to the above provisions by this Court, particularly in Ranganatha Reddy and Sanjeev Coke also has its contextual relevance. Perhaps in some ways situations have changed. What has not changed, however, is the inequality. There is today a political equality and there is also an equality in law, yet the social and economic inequalities continue as cautioned by Dr. Ambedkar in his speech in the constituent Assembly on November 25, 194986.

The inequality in income and wealth and the growing gap between the rich and the poor is still enormous. It will therefore not be prudent to abandon the principles on which Articles 38 and 39 are based and on which stands the Three Judge opinion in Ranganatha Reddy and the unanimous verdict in Sanjeev Coke. 86 “On the 26th of January 1950, we are going to enter into a life of contradictions. In politics we will have equality and in social and economic life we will have inequality. In politics we will be recognizing the principle of one man one vote and one vote one value. In our social and economic life, we shall, by reason of our social and economic structure, continue to deny the principle of one man one value. How long shall we continue to live this life of contradictions? How long shall we continue to deny equality in our social and economic life? If we continue to deny it for long, we will do so only by putting our political democracy in peril. We must remove this contradiction at the earliest possible moment or else those who suffer from inequality will blow up the structure of political democracy which this Assembly has so laboriously built up.” [From: Rudrangshu Mukherjee (ed.), Great Speeches of Modern India, (Random House India, 2007), Page 218-219] 96 The broad and inclusive meaning given to the expression “material resources of the community” by Justice Krishna Iyer and Justice O. Chinnappa Reddy in Ranganatha Reddy and Sanjeev Coke respectively has stood us in good stead and has lost none of its relevance, or jurisprudential value, nor has it lost the audience which appreciates these values.

Before I conclude, I must also record here my strong disapproval on the remarks made on the Krishna Iyer Doctrine as it is called. This criticism is harsh, and could have been avoided.

The Krishna Iyer Doctrine, or for that matter the O. Chinnappa Reddy Doctrine, is familiar to all who have anything to do with law or life. It is based on strong humanist principles of fairness and equity. It is a doctrine which has illuminated our path in dark times. The long body of their judgment is not just a reflection of their perspicacious intellect but more importantly of their empathy for the people, as human being was at the centre of their judicial philosophy. In the words of Justice Krishna Iyer himself : “The Courts too have a constituency – the nation – and a 97 manifesto – the Constitution”. (Bangalore Water Supply & Sewerage Board. vs A. Rajappa & Others)87.

……...……….………………….J. [SUDHANSHU DHULIA] New Delhi.

November 5, 2024.

87 (1978) 2 SCC 213, Para 7, Page 229.